Home

HP P9500 User's Manual

1. Acronyms 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX D DBMS Database Management System Dev Device DNS Domain Name Server F FC Fibre Channel FC SP Fibre Channel Security Protocol FO Failover FQDN Fully Qualified Domain Name G GMT Greenwich Mean Time GUI Graphical User Interface H HBA Host Bus Adapter HDev Host Device A cD FIGH I LIMINO P RIS VIW Acronyms 2 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX HLU Host Logical Unit HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol I I O Input Output IP Internet Protocol iSCSI Internet Small Computer System Interface L LAN Local Area Network LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDEV Logical Device LPAR Logical Partition LU Logical Unit LUN Logical Unit Number LVM Logical Volume Manager gt O J Im Ia x z oO U ky In I lt WwW Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Acronyms 3 MPIO Multipath I O NAS Network Attached Storage NIM Network Installation Management NPIV N Port ID Virtualization NTP Network Time Protocol 0 ODM Object Data Manager Os Operating System
2. P P Port PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect PVID Physical Volume Identifier A cD FIGH I LIMINO P RIS VIW Acronyms 4 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX R RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial in User Service S SAN Storage Area Network SCSI Small Computer System Interface SLPR Storage Logical Partition SMIT System Management Interface Tool SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SP Service Pack SSL Secure Sockets Layer SVP Service Processor V VG Volume Group gt O J Im Ia ix z oO U ky In I lt WwW Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Acronyms 5 W WWN World Wide Name A c D lt z Acronyms 6 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Glossary This glossary explains the terms used in this manual A automatic failback A function for checking the status of paths at regular intervals and automatically placing the status of a path recovered from an error into the Online status If a path with an Offline E or Online E status recovers from an error an automatic failback will place the path Online Automatic failbacks check the status of paths that were placed in
3. Creating an HDLM Environment 3 19 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Installation environment Host Virtual I O server Installation meth ethod Local boot Boot disk Local boot disk 2 disk p nvironmen 7 environment S Sonni environment Boot disk environment Unattended installation Installation on alternate disks Installation in a multibos environment Legend Yes Can be executed No Cannot be executed 1 Only new installations upgrade installations and re installations are supported 2 Only upgrade installations and re installations are supported 3 Only upgrade installations are supported The installation procedures are explained in this manual in the locations shown below installux sh Or installp command o Performing a New Installation of HDLM on page 3 25 o Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 o Upgrading or Re installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment in a Local Boot Disk Environment on page 3 60 in Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment on page 3 60 o Upgrading or Re installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment in a Boot Disk Environment on page 3 60 in Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment on page 3 60 o Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 7 1 Environment on page 3 62 Unattended installation Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM on page 3 65 Installa
4. 2 16 HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX d Execute a command that displays the information for the path for which a new path priority number has been set lspath 1 hdisk4 p fscsi0 w 50060e8005271720 31000000000000 E scsi id 0x651400 SCSI ID False node name 0x50060e8005271720 FC Node Name Fals state Enabled N A True priority 5 N A True Slot number This number indicates the position of the slot where an HBA is mounted You can find the order of the slot numbers by comparing their physical location code The following describes how to obtain the physical location code a Execute the following command to find hdisk based on AutoPATH_ID usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view drv PathID HDevName OSPathID LDEV 000000 hdiskO 00000 9500V 0051 0005 000001 hdiskl 00000 9500V 0051 0015 000002 hdisk2 00000 9500V 0051 0020 h h 000003 hdiskO 00001 9500V 0051 0005 000004 hdisk1 00001 9500V 0051 0015 000005 hdisk2 00001 9500V 0051 0020 b Execute the following command to find the parent device of hdisk the HBA device instance lsdev C 1 hdisk4 F parent Fscsi0 c Execute the following command to find the physical location code based on the HBA device instance iscfg vp L fscsi0 DEVICE LOCATION DESCRIPTION fscsi UI I P I 11 FC SCS 1 0 controller protocol device PLATFORM SPECIFIC Name fibre channel
5. KAPL01049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name aa aa y n Messages Details The clear set operation will be started To continue the operation enter y To Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation cancel the operation enter n ad aa clear Or set Action If you want to execute the operation enter y If you want to terminate processing enter n For details on the clear operation see clear Returns the Path Statistics to the Initial Value on page 6 3 For details on the set operation see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 KAPLO1050 The currently selected paths will be Details I changed to the Online status Is this OK y n The online operation will be started To continue the online operation enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action If you want to execute online processing enter y If you want to terminate processing enter n For details on the online operation see online Places Paths Online on page 6 11 KAPL01051 Because no path has been selected Details I among the currently displayed paths the paths in the Offline C Offline E and Online E statuses will be changed to the Online status Is this OK y n All the paths will be placed Online because the path selection parameter is not specified for the online operation T
6. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to confirm that the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk If the following message is displayed then the physical volume hdisk was recognized correctly lsdev Cc disk hdiskl Available Virtual SCSI Disk Drive Creating an HDLM Environment 3 43 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment 3 44 1 Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation to log in to AIX Back up the HDLM settings If an upgrade installation or re installation fails AIX automatically removes HDLM and the HDLM settings are deleted Perform this step so that a copy of the HDLM settings is available in this case If an upgrade installation or re installation fails perform a new installation and then re execute setup to reflect the settings that have been backed up o Save the HDLM environment settings information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys gt any file name Make sure that the license has not expired o Save the HDLM execution environment ODM settings usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset o gt any file name Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by HDLM umount file system mount point Execute the following command to display all the activated volume g
7. Messages 8 85 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation retry For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10002 Too many parameters have been Details w specified Four or more parameters have been specified Action Check the parameters of the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then retry For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10003 The first parameter has not been set to a Details W directory Value aa aa The first parameter must be set to a directory to which collected information is output aa aa First parameter Action Check the parameters of the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then retry For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10004 The parameter contains an incorrect Details Ww value Value aa aa The first parameter must be a directory The second parameter must be f aa aa Invalid parameter Action Check the parameters of the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then retry For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page
8. cccceseeeeees 3 37 When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment cccsseseeeees 3 37 When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk EnvirOnMment ccssseesseeeseeeenees 3 44 When Installing HDLM on Alternate DiSKS cccsssesseeesseseseesseeeseans 3 49 Performing an Installation in a Multibos Environment cccsssceeeeeeseees 3 51 Using the nimadm command to simultaneously upgrade HDLM and migrate TI Sascacecausnanaactarantaieniaccaschanacsennnanpiecacesdannsantees cantatas a Eaa 3 54 Migrating from HDLM Version 5 8 1 or Earlier to Version 5 9 or Later 3 56 Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment sssssssssrssrrsrssreerrsresreerrrresne 3 60 Upgrading or Re installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment in a Local Boot Disk Environment sessen ianiai taie ii 3 60 Upgrading or Re installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment in a Boot Disk ENMVironment Jenison a a E aaa 3 60 Migrating HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 EnVirOniMentveccciissinevscnsnasnscnsevinnivnnevsanis 3 61 Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 7 1 Environment sssssssssrsrrrsrssreererrnerrerrrresne 3 62 Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM csseessseeseeeeseeeeseeeeeeees 3 65 When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment ccseeeeeeees 3 65 When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment c ssccsssessseeeeees 3 68 Checking the Path Configuration resien aiaa 3 72 Setting up IDI
9. opt hitachi HNT etc 002PPName log Log file related to hntr2regist HNTRLib2 opt hitachi HNT spool setuplog ETUP D002 1log Log file related to DOO2setup HNTRLib2 E D002 log Log file related to DOO2setup HNTRLib2 integrated trace file output directory specified in the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library utility Default var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool integrated trace file prefix specified in the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library utility2 1 64 log 2 default prefix hntr Integrated trace file HNTRLib2 opt hitachi HNTRLib mmap hntrmmap mm Memory mapped file HNTRLib output integrated trace file output directory specified in the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library utility Default opt hitachi HNTRLib spool hntr 1 16 log Utility Reference Integrated trace file HNTRLib output Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Output directory usr DynamicLinkManager config dimmgr xml Explanation dimmar setting file dimwebagent proper ties Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component settings file dimmgr_DPC xml DPC option setting file usr lpp bosinst cdfs optional list System backup definition file etc filesystems Mount information of the file system inittab inittab file syslog conf File for defining the directory for
10. lsdev C grep fscsi The following are execution examples fscsi0 available 1H 08 02 FC SCSI I O controller protocol device fscsil available 11 08 02 FC SCSI I O controller protocol device HDLM Operation 4 23 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 4 24 In the second line of the above examples 11 in 11 08 02 indicates the bus number and 08 indicates the HBA adapter number The fscsi number to be used when replacing this HBA is 1 Execute the dimodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM to check the NPIV option setting usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset o The following are execution examples Lun Reset gt off Online E IO Block on NPIV Option off OS Error Log Output 2 Off Check the NPIV Option line Place in Offline C status the path that goes through the HBA to be replaced Depending on the NPIV option setting for the dlmodmset utility checked in step 2 execute one of the following commands o Ifthe NPIV option is set to off Specify the HBA adapter number and bus number and then execute the command shown below The following example shows how to place the path in Offline C status when the path goes through an HBA whose HBA adapter number is 08 and whose bus number is 11 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr offline hba 08 11 o Ifthe NPIV option is set to on Use the fscsi number found in step 1 to execute the command below The following example shows h
11. usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev A KAPL10528 I The volume group will be made inactive and the file system that is using HDLM will be unmounted Is this OK y n y hdisk3 is deleted KAPLO9012 I All HDLM drivers were removed In the following example the utility displays Help usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev h Usage dlmrmdev e f A s h dimrmprshkey Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation Shared Host Methodology The dimrmprshkey utility cancels persistent reservation shared host methodology on a specified volume Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmprshkey 1 hdisk name h Parameters 1 hdisk name Specify the name of the physical volume on which the persistent reservation you want to cancel is registered You can specify only one name for hdisk name h Displays the format of the dimrmprshkey utility Notes e Verify that the specified physical volume is not used If it is used the dimrmprshkey utility fails with an error Utility Reference 7 31 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX e Verify that no error has occurred on the path connected to the specified physical volume If an error has occurred the persistent reservation shared host methodology cannot be canceled Examples In the following example the utility cancels persistent reservation shared host methodology on the specified volume usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmpr
12. Processing of the KAPL15009 E dimpr c command failed Processing of the KAPL15005 I dlmodmset o command was successful Processing of the KAPL15080 I dlimchpdattr o command was successful Processing of the KAPL15081 E dlimchpdattr o command failed Processing of the KAPL15082 I dimchpdattr a command was successful Processing of the KAPL15083 E dimchpdattr a command failed The status of a path KAPL15116 I was successfully changed to Online A path was KAPL15117 I successfully added Path addition failed KAPL15118 W A path was KAPL15119 I successfully deleted Path deletion failed KAPL15120 W 1 HDLM Functions 2 39 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX The severity levels are as follows 3 Error 4 Warning 6 Informational 2 If you use Ctrl C to cancel the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information audit log data indicating that the DLMgetras utility has terminated will not be output 3 If you use Ctrl C to cancel the dimgetrasinst utility for collecting HDLM installation error information audit log data indicating that the dimgetrasinst utility has terminated will not be output Requirements for Outputting Audit Log Data HDLM can output audit log data when all of the following conditions are satisfied e The syslog daemon is active e The output of audit log data has been enabled by using the H
13. The user stopped the operation Messages Details The dlmpreremove utility has been terminated because n was sent to a request 8 119 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Action None KAPL13108 An internal error occurred in the Details E dimpreremove utility Error Code aa aa bb bb Execute the DLMgetras utility to collect error information and then contact your vendor or maintenance company Refer to the HDLM User s Guide for instructions how to execute the DLMgetras utility aa aa The error number which specifies the performed processing decimal number bb bb Return value of the executed processing decimal number A system based error not caused by the user occurred during dimpreremove utility processing Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL13109 A parameter is invalid parameter Details Ww dasad An invalid parameter is specified aa aa The specified parameter character string Action With the h parameter specified execute the HDLM pre remove utility dlmpreremove Make sure that the parameters that should be specified are correct and then re execute For details about the dlmpreremove utility see dimpreremove Utility for Executed Before Removing HDLM on page 7529 KAPL13110 The dlmpreremove utility ca
14. bb bb Return code decimal number Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if you have an HDLM maintenance contract KAPL13150 The system environment is invalid Error Details E Code aa aa bb bb The system environment is not valid as an 8 122 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation environment for executing the dlmpremkcd utility aa aa Error number decimal number bb bb Return code decimal number Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if you have an HDLM maintenance contract KAPL13151 I Processing terminated before completion because a signal was received Details The dlmpremkcd process has been terminated by an operation such as Ctrl C Action None KAPL13157 I The dlmrmprshkey utility completed successfully Details The dilmrmprshkey utility completed successfully Action None KAPL13158 No parameter has been specified WwW Details No parameter has been specified Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimrmprshkey utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL13159 A parameter is invalid parameter WwW aa aa Details An invalid parameter is specified aa aa The specified parameter Action With the h parameter specified
15. An operation name is missing Action Specify the operation name and then retry KAPLO1004 W The operation name is invalid Operation name aa aa Details aa aa Specified operation name Action Execute the help operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the operation name and then retry For details on the help operation see help Displays the Operation Format on page 6 4 KAPLO1005 W A parameter is invalid Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb Messages Details Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation ad dd clear set online offline Or view bb bb Specified parameter Action Execute help operation name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the parameter and then retry For details on the help operation see help Displays the Operation Format on page 6 4 KAPLO1006 W A necessary parameter is not specified Operation name aa aa Details The specified operation does not contain the necessary parameter ad dda clear set offline Or view Action Execute help operation name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the parameter Specify the correct parameter and then retry For details on the help operation see help Displays the Operation Format on page 6 4 KAPLO1007 W A duplicate parameter is specified Operation name
16. Details aa aa completed successfully ad aa installhdlm installp cfgmgr dlmodmset dlnkmgr or dlmrmdev Action None KAPLO9212 E aa aa ended abnormally Messages Details aa aa ended abnormally ada aa installhdlm installp cfgmgr dlmodmset dinkmgr or dlmrmdev Action 8 69 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX ao Message Text Explanation Check the error message that was output just before this message and then perform the action indicated in that error message KAPLO9213 An error occurred during aa aa Details WwW processing Although the aa aa processing has ended an error occurred during the processing ada aa installhdlm installp cfgmgr dlmodmset dlnkmgr or dlmrmdev Action Check the error message that was output just before this message and then perform the action indicated in that error message KAPLO9214 A parameter is invalid parameter Details Ww ad aa A parameter is invalid aa aa The specified parameter character string Action Specify the h parameter for the installhdln utility confirm the parameter that should be specified and then retry the operation KAPLO9215 The system environment is invalid Error Details E Code aa aa The system environment is not valid as an environment for executing the installhdim utility aa aa Error number decimal number that
17. KAPLO5001 to KAPLO6000 Message ID KAPL05003 I Message Text The HDLM driver filter component was successfully attached to Disk aa aa Partition bb bb Explanation Details The path corresponding to Disk aa aa Disk sequence number and Partition bb bb Fixed at 0 was successfully registered in the core logic Action None KAPL05008 E Could not allocate memory aa bb Execute the DLMgetras utility to collect error information and then contact your vendor or maintenance company Refer to the HDLM User s Guide for instructions how to execute the DLMgetras utility Details The OS memory allocation function was started but an error was returned from the memory allocation function aa aa Number of program lines bb bb Memory capture size Action Check whether the HDLM driver has started normally If it has not started or contains an error execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO5011 E Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Could not attach the HDLM driver filter component to Disk aa Partition bb cc dd Execute the DLMgetras utility to collect error information and then con
18. To Display the Format of the delete Operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr delete help Parameters To Delete a Path Dynamically path Indicates that the target of the operation is a path managed by HDLM Example usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr delete path KAPL01161 I This operation will change the path configuration Do you want to continue y n y KAPL01165 I A path was deleted path ID 00010 storage HITACHI HUS100 9100163 iLU 0030 KAPL01164 I Paths were deleted number of paths deleted 2 completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Executes the command without displaying the message asking for confirmation of command execution from the user Specify this parameter if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message for example when you want to execute the command in a shell script or batch file Example usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr delete path s KAPL01165 I A path was deleted path ID 00010 storage HITACHI HUS100 9100163 iLU 0030 6 70 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX KAPLO1164 I Paths were deleted number of paths deleted 2 completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss To Display the Format of the delete Operation help Use this parameter to display the delete operation format Example usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr delete help delete Format dinkmgr delete path s KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command compl
19. 1 Create a pair of the primary volume and the secondary volume paircreate Split the pair pairsplit Enable the secondary volume to be recognized as a volume group recreatevg When you execute the recreatevg command characteristics of the volume group will be initialized Therefore change the characteristics of the volume group chvg as necessary Access the primary volume and the secondary volume 5 Export the volume group and then delete the volume information exportvg Re synchronize the volume pair pairresync If there are several pairs of primary and secondary volumes repeat the above steps for each pair step 2 to step 6 Notes on an LVM Mirror Configuration When an error such as one that might occur in a LVM mirror configuration is detected and I O access for a path in the Online E status continues detection of errors will continue When the i parameter of the utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM dimodmset is set to on I O access is suppressed until troubleshooting measures are taken This can shorten the time needed to deal with the problem However when this parameter is set to on I O access to the path in the Online E status will be suppressed so I O success will not automatically change the path to the Online status To recover the path use an online command or the auto failback function For details about the dimodmset utility see dl modmset Utility for Setting the
20. 15 Store the license key file directly under the var tmp directory by using the hdlm license name var tmp hdlm_ license Note that the hdlm_license and dlm lic_key files are deleted after installation finishes successfully Execute the following command o When installing HDLM from the DVD ROM directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted installux sh or installp axgd directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted HDLM AIX all o When installing HDLM from the directory to which the DVD ROM was copied directory copied from DVD ROM installux sh or installp axgd directory copied from DVD ROM HDLM AIX all Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during installation you do not have to restart the host If the KAPLO9172 E message is displayed the hdisk for the device that is managed by HDLM still remains Re execute the procedure starting from step 6 During installation the KAPLO9241 w message might be output In this case installation of HDLM continues but installation of HDLM components has failed After installing HDLM resolve the problem according to the KAPLO9241 W message if necessary Execute the following command to make sure that the package is installed lslpp la DLManager mpio rte Make sure that the fileset item in the output listing contains DLManager mpio rte and all the displayed statuses are COMMITTED If one or more of the displayed
21. 24 Execute the following command in the client logical partition to reconfigure the device cfgmgr Execute the following command in the client logical partition to check that the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk lsdev Cc disk Check that the following execution result is displayed hdiskl Available Virtual SCSI Disk Drive Execute the following command to restore the backed up volume group restvg f any desired file name or device name hdisk name When Removing HDLM in the Boot Disk Environment a Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation for details about how to log in to AIX If you are not using a virtual I O server proceed to step 9 Execute the following command to activate the volume group that is using the virtual SCSI disk of the HDLM management target hdisk varyonvg volume group name Execute the following command to mount the file system used to configure volume groups in the client logical partition mount file system mount point Execute the following command to back up the volume group in the client logical partition savevg i f any file name or device volume name volume group name Execute the following command to unmount the file system in the client logical partition umount file system mount point Execute the following command to delete the volume group in the client l
22. Enter a license key Details I The license key will now be renewed Enter a license key Action None KAPL01069 The entered license key is invalid Details Ww The entered license key is invalid Action Enter a valid license key KAPL01070 The entered license key is invalid Details E Renewal of the license key will now stop The license key renewal processing will be aborted because an invalid license key was entered three times in a row Action Obtain a valid license key and then retry 8 18 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID KAPLO1071 I Message Text The permanent license was installed Explanation Details The license was renewed and is registered as a permanent license Action None KAPLO1072 I The emergency license was installed The license expires on aa aa Details A license was renewed and is registered as an emergency license aa aa Year 4 digits month 01 12 day 01 31 Action Install a permanent license by the expiration day KAPLO1073 E The temporary license expired Details The temporary license has expired Register a permanent license Action Register a permanent license KAPLO1074 E The emergency license expired Details The emergency license has expired Register a permanent license Action Register a permanent license KAPLO1075
23. HDLM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive Ki XL XXX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4000 HDLM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss License Type Expiration Permanent KAPL01001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Even if cluster software is used the name of the cluster software is not displayed in Support Cluster However the cluster support function is operating normally From the execution result of the view operation check that the correct version of HDLM is installed If HDLM Version S x x x xx the installed version of HDLM is correct X X X XX is the installed version of HDLM From the execution result of the view operation check that the programs are running properly If HDLM Manager HDIM Alert Driver and HDIM Driver are all Alive all programs are running correctly If you are not using a virtual I O server go to step 33 If you are using a virtual I O server define an hdisk as a virtual target device Execute the following command on the virtual I O server When creating the hdisk as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev hdisk name vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter name When creating the logical volume as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev logical volume nam vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter nam Execute the following command in the client logical partition to reconfigure the device c
24. Obtaining Program Information 5 6 Obtain the information that you need to report to your HDLM vendor or maintenance company Use the DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information For details on the DLMgetras utility and the information it collects see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Some of the information collected by the DLMgetras utility might be cleared when the host is restarted Because of this whenever an error occurs execute the DLMgetras utility as soon as possible Troubleshooting Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX What To Do for the Program Error Follow the recommended actions for messages in Chapter 8 Messages on page 8 1 If the error occurs again after you thought that you had resolved the problem use the dlinkmgr command s view operation to check the status of the HDLM program and then do whatever is necessary to resolve the problem For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Execute the following command Example usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys If the KAPLO1012 E message appears as a result of executing the command The following shows the KAPLO1012 E message KAPLO1012 E Could not connect the HDIM manager Operation name VLEw Start the HDLM manager For details about how to start the HDLM manager see Starting the HDLM Manager on page 4 14 If the KAPLO
25. PathiD DskName iLU Status Ic Count OBOCO3 HITACHI 3500V 0123 0180 Online 400 000009 HITACHI 3500V 0123 0180 Online 20 000004 HITACHI 3500V 0123 0181 Online 10 000010 HITACHI 9500V 9123 0181 Online 339 000005 HITACHI 3500V 0123 0182 Online 405 000011 HITACHI 3500V 0123 0182 Online 405 000000 HITACHI USP Y 0014050 000050 Online 1005 E 000006 HITACHI USP V 0014050 000050 Online 000001 HITACHI USP V 0014050 00005 Online 0 000007 HITACHI USP Y 9014050 000051 Online 0 g 000002 HITACHI USP V 0014050 000052 Online 0 n 000008 HITACHI USP V 0014050 000052 Online 0 7 KAPLOLOO1 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4 To display a summary of path information path G If the c parameter is specified at the same time as the path parameter only PathID DskName iLU CP Status and Type are displayed for the path information The displayed contents are also shortened so that each path information item is displayed on a single line The items that are displayed are PathID DskName iLU CP Status and Type For details on what is displayed for each item see Table 6 12 Displayed Path Information on page 6 48 When you use the c parameter the number of characters that can be displayed in the product ID element of the DskName field is limited to 10 When there are 11 or more characters in the product ID the 8th and following characters are
26. W If an add operation was executed This message indicates that no paths were added If a delete operation was executed This message indicates that no paths were deleted Action If an add operation was executed Execute an OS command and check whether the addition of paths is recognized by the OS Use the view operation of the HDLM command dInkmgr to check whether the paths have already been added to HDLM If a delete operation was executed Check whether the paths to be deleted are in the Offline C status Use the view operation of the HDLM command dInkmgr 8 30 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation to check whether the paths have already been deleted from HDLM KAPLO1161 I This operation will change the path configuration Do you want to continue y n Details This message confirms whether to perform a path configuration change by using an add operation or delete operation Action Enter y to change the path configuration or enter n to cancel the operation KAPLO1162 I A path was added path ID aa aa storage bb bb iLU cc cc Details This message displays information about a path added as the result of an add operation aa aa path ID of the added path bb bb storage vendor ID product ID serial number to which the added path is connected
27. aa Year 4 digits month 01 12 day 01 31 Action Install a permanent license by the expiration day KAPLO9081 I The emergency license has been installed The license expires on aa aa Messages Details The emergency license has been installed aa aa Year 4 digits month 01 12 day 01 31 Action 8 63 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Install a permanent license by the expiration day KAPLO9082 W The temporary license expired Action Enter a permanent license key KAPL09083 W The emergency license expired Action Install a permanent license KAPL09087 E The entered license key is invalid Renewal of the license key will now stop Obtain a valid license key and then re install HDLM Details The renewal of the license key will be aborted because an invalid license key was entered Action Obtain a valid license key and then re install HDLM KAPLO9088 E KAPLO9090 W The entered license key is invalid The HDLM installation will now terminate Obtain a valid license key and then re install HDLM This operation will now be continued without updating the license Action Obtain a valid license key and then re install HDLM Details This operation will continue without updating the license Action Install a permanent license at a late
28. bb bb log area size hexadecimal number Action Check whether any other error occurred The information that could not be written is discarded Review the actual memory size when another error does not occur When the actual memory size is insufficient increase the actual memory size When the actual memory size is sufficient execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO6014 Could not write emergency information Details E into the emergency information buffer aa aa bb bb When a log output request was made from the filter driver the log information was discarded because of a memory allocation failure Alternatively although an emergency message such as a path error message detected by the core logic was generated as an Messages 8 53 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation output message its log information was discarded by the HDLM alert driver aa aa Message code hexadecimal number bb bb Buffer size hexadecimal number Action Check whether any other error occurred The information that could not be written is discarded Review the actual memory size if
29. cc cc LU number to which the added path is connected Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dInkmgr to verify information about the added paths KAPLO1163 E The path configuration change failed details aa aa Messages Details This message indicates that an add operation or delete operation failed aa aa code indicating the content of the error Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or if you havea maintenance contract for 8 31 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation HDLM the maintenance company KAPLO1164 I Paths were deleted number of paths deleted aa aa completion time bb bb Details This message indicates that a delete operation succeeded aa aa number of paths deleted bb bb year 4 digits month date hour minute second Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dInkmgr to verify that the paths were deleted KAPLO1165 I A path was deleted path ID aa aa storage bb bb iLU cc cc Details This message displays information about a path deleted as the result of a delete operation aa aa path ID of the deleted path bb bb storage vendor ID product ID serial number to which the deleted path was connected cc cc LU number to which
30. ie dnu hd iep hbaportwwn vid hdev HostDeviceName stname srt pn cp t dinkmgr view path c stname srt lu cp t dinkmgr view lu hdev HostDeviceName pathid AutoPATH ID J t dinkmgr view lu item slpr vg pn cp clpr type ic ie dnu iep dpc vid all hdev HostDeviceName pathid AutoPATH ID J t dinkmgr view lu c t dinkmgr view lu c item slpr vg all t dinkmgr view drv t dinkmgr view hba srt pb portwwn t dinkmgr view cha srt cp t KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss add Adds a Path Dynamically 6 68 The dinkmgr command s add operation batch adds paths that are connected to the host and not configured on the host You can execute this command dynamically without any effects on existing paths Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Format To Add a Path Dynamically usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr add path s To Display the Format of the add Operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr add help Parameters To Add a Path Dynamically path Indicates that the target of the operation is a path managed by HDLM Example usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr add path KAPL01161 I This operation will change the path configuration Do you want to continue y n y KAPL0116
31. o When the license key file has been provided Store the license key file directly under the var tmp directory by using the hdlm_ license name var tmp hdlm_ license The license key file or license key is not deleted after the installation Create an installation information settings file To use the sample file copy it from the DVD ROM to a directory on the hard disk cp p cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool instutil sample installhdlm conf any directory You can change the sample installhdlm conf file name Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 11 12 The following shows an example of copying the sample installhdlm conf file and then changing the file name to install _ set conf cp p cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool instutil sample installhdlm conf any directory install_set conf For details about how to edit the installation information settings file which is used by the installhdim utility see Items To Be Defined in an installation information Settings File on page 7 32 Additionally since HDLM must be restarted after installation change the setting for the restart key in the installation information settings file from n to y a After you have performed an unattended installation you can also manually restart HDLM If you plan to manually restart HDLM you do not need to change the setting for the restart key in the installation information sett
32. y n y KAPLO1061 I 1 path s were successfully placed Offline C 0 path s were not Operation name offline Executes the command without displaying the message asking for confirmation of command execution from the user Specify this parameter if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message for example when you want to execute the command in a shell script or batch file Example The following example shows how to place a path whose AutoPATH_ID is 000001 offline without asking for confirmation of command execution from the user usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline pathid 1 s KAPLO1061 I 1 path s were successfully placed Offline C 0 path s were not Operation name offline To Display the Format of the Offline Operation 6 10 help Displays the format of the offline operation Example The following example shows how to display the format of the offline operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr offline help offline Format dlnkmgr offline path hba HBAPortNumber BusNumber hbaid HBA ID s dlnkmgr offline path cha pathid AutoPATH_ID chaid CHA ID s dlnkmgr offline path pathid AutoPATH_ID s dlnkmgr offline path hdev Host_Device_Name ospathid Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX OS Path ID s Valid value AutoPATH ID 000000 999999 Decimal HBA ID 00000 99999 Decimal CHA ID
33. 00000 99999 Decimal OS Path ID 00000 99999 Decimal KAPLO1001 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name offline completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Reference Using the view operation together with standard UNIX commands enables you to filter the path information listed for a specific HBA port or CHA port For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 We recommend that you use the following command and verify the information on the target paths before you execute the offline operation to place offline all the paths connected to a specific HBA port or CHA port Example 1 The following example shows how to filter and display the information on all paths that pass through the HBA port whose HBA adapter number is 04 and bus number is 01 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path grep 04 01 The above command will display information on all the paths that pass through the specified HBA port Example 2 The following example shows how to filter and display the information on all the paths that pass through the CHA port oa of the Thunder 9500V series usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path stname grep 9500V grep OA The above command will display information pertaining to only those paths that pass through the specified CHA port online Places Paths Online The dinkmgr command s online operation places offline paths online Specif
34. 10 iLU HDevName OSPathID PathID Status 003A hdiskO 00000 000000 Online 00001 000001 Online 003B hdiskl 00000 000002 Online 00001 000003 Online 003C hdisk2 00000 000004 Online 00001 000005 Online 003D hdisk3 00000 000006 Online Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 00001 000007 Online 003E hdisk4 00000 000008 Online 00001 000009 Online 003F hdisk5 00000 000010 Online 00001 000011 Online 0040 hdisk6 00000 000012 Online 00001 000013 Online 0041 hdisk7 00000 000014 Online 00001 000015 Online 0042 hdisk8 00000 000016 Online 00001 000017 Online 0043 hdisk9 00000 000018 Online 00001 000019 Online KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss To display LU information by adding items to be displayed lu item The items specified with the item option are displayed among with those displayed by the 1u option When the value of the item parameter is omitted or all is specified all the items except for DPC Physical Product Physical SerialNumber Physical iLU and Physical ChaPort that can be displayed are displayed The table below lists the correspondence between the display items that can be added by using the item parameter and the parameter values that can be specified after the item parameter Table 6 15 Items That Can Be Added by Using the lu item Parameter and Sub parameters Item that can be added Subsequen
35. 10 HDLM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive Kee XAK yyyy mm dd hh mm ss HDLM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive XK XXX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4000 HDLM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss License Type Expiration Permanent KAPL01001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Even when cluster software is being used the name of the cluster software is not displayed in Support Cluster However the cluster support function is operating normally From the execution result of the view operation check that the correct version of HDLM is installed If HDLM Version is x x x xx the installed version of HDLM is correct X X X XX is the installed version of HDLM If the KAPLO1012 E message is displayed the HDLM device has not been configured Re execute the procedure starting from step 14 From the execution result of the view operation check that the programs are running properly If HDLM Manager HDLM Alert Driver and HDLM Driver are all Alive all programs are running correctly If you are not using a virtual I O server the upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM is complete For details about the files to be inherited after the upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM see Table 3 11 List of Files Inherited During an Upgrade Installation or Re installation on page 3 37 If you are using a virtual I O server define an hdisk as a virtua
36. C Critical E Error Warning Information Terms Used in Messages and Message Explanations The following table shows the terms that appear in messages and the terms that are used for explanation meaning description and handling of the messages Table 8 2 Terms Used in the Messages and Message Explanations Terms Meaning Variable if there are multiple variables in a message aa aa is followed by bb bb cc cc and so on Cluster support Failover Load balancing Operation name The operation name that is input after dinkmgr in the command Components that Output Messages to syslog Some messages for the following components are output to syslog Messages 8 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX HDLM manager HDLM driver filter component HDLM alert driver HDLM management target KAPLO1001 to KAPLO2000 Message ID KAPLO1001 I Message Text The HDLM command completed normally Operation name aa aa completion time bb bb Explanation Details The HDLM command completed successfully ad aa clear help offline online set or view bb bb Year month day hour minute second Action None KAPLO1002 I The HDLM command started Operation name aa aa Details The HDLM command was executed ad aa clear offline online set OF view Action None KAPLO1003 W No operation name is specified Details
37. Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL09248 A parameter is invalid parameter Details Ww gauad An invalid parameter is specified 8 82 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation aa aa The specified parameter character string Action With the h parameter specified execute the diminstcomp utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPLO9292 Execution of the dlmpremkcd utility Details W during installation failed Execution of the dimpremkcd utility during installation failed Action Take action according to the dlmpremkcd utility message output to the HDLM utility log during HDLM installation If no dimpremkcd utility messages were output to the HDLM utility log execute the dlmpremkcd utility with the c parameter If you are not planning to back up the OS backup of the HDLM installation environment to a CD or DVD no action is required because this error does not affect HDLM operation KAPLO09293 An attempt to add an HDLM entry tothe Details W Error Record Template Repository failed An attempt to add an HDLM entry to the Error Record Template Repository failed Action If HDLM messages are not output to the OS error log no action is required because this message does not affect HDLM opera
38. KAPL10578 W An attribute value is invalid attribute value aa aa Messages Details An invalid attribute value is specified 8 101 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 102 Message ID Message Text Explanation aa aa The specified attribute Action With the hn parameter specified execute the dimchpdattr utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL10579 I The HDLM default values will be changed Is this OK y n Details This message confirms whether it is okay to execute the dlmchpdattr utility Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimchpdattr utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL10580 W The entered value is invalid Re enter y n Details A value other than y orn has been entered for a y n request Action Enter either y or n KAPL10581 I The user stopped the operation Details The dimchpdattr utility was terminated because the response to a request was n Action None KAPL10582 E The entered value is invalid The operation will now stop Details The dimchpdattr utility has been stopped because an invalid response was sent three times consecutively to a request Action To execute dlmchpdattr utility again enter either y Orn KAPL10583 E An internal error oc
39. MK 92DLM111 26 xiv Preface Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Document organization The following table provides an overview of the contents and organization of this document Click the chapter title in the left column to go to that chapter The first page of each chapter provides links to the sections in that chapter Chapter Appendix Description Chapter 1 Overview of HDLM on page 1 1 Gives an overview of HDLM and describes its features Chapter 2 HDLM Functions on page 2 1 Describes management targets and the system configuration of HDLM and the basic terms and functions for HDLM Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment on page 3 1 Describes the necessary preparations for installing HDLM and then describes how to install HDLM and set up the various functions Chapter 4 HDLM Operation on page 4 1 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting on page 5 1 Describes procedures for operating HDLM by using the HDLM commands and procedures for manually starting and stopping the HDLM manager This chapter also describes how to configure the appropriate environment for operating HDLM such as changing the HDLM management target devices that connect paths or replacing the hardware that comprises a path Explains how to troubleshoot a path error HDLM failure or any other problems that you might encounter Chapter 6 Command Reference on page 6 1 Describe
40. Node fibre channel Physical Location W1 1 P1 11 01 physical location code The obtained physical location code is in the Uaa bb Pcc Idd format The first letters Uaa bb depend on the model of the host HDLM selects the path with the lowest value for aabbccdd When the physical location code is in another format the priority of paths is not decided Note that the top priority path does not change because of for example restarting a computer in the same environment HDLM Functions 2 17 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Note Depending on the HBA you need to repeat steps b and c For details on the position of slots see the manual of the host CHA port number The port number of the CHA You can check this number by using the dlinkmgr command s view operation For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 AutoPATH_ID The ID assigned to a path This ID is re assigned each time the host or the HDLM Manager is started You can check this ID by using the dinkmgr command s view operation For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Automatic failbacks 2 18 When a path recovers from an error HDLM can automatically place the recovered path back online This function is called the automatic failback function In order to use the automatic failback function HDLM must already be monitoring error recovery on a regular basis Whe
41. Unmount the DVD ROM Creating an HDLM Environment 3 67 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 11 12 13 umount cdrom Delete the created mount directory rm r cdrom Delete the installation information settings file rm r directory containing the installation information settings file Perform the procedure appropriate for the installation type If you are performing a new installation perform steps 14 to the end of the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment on page 3 25 of Performing a New Installation of HDLM on page 3 25 If you are performing an upgrade installation or a re installation perform steps 15 to the end of the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment on page 3 37 of Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment 3 68 To install HDLM in a boot disk environment i For AIX 5 3 use a single path configuration for host and storage systems For AIX 6 1 or AIX 7 1 you can use a single path configuration or a multi path configuration for host and storage systems Log in to AIX as the root user If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation to log in to AIX If you are performing a new installation and the boot disk is in a multi path configuration execute the commands b
42. cc cc The format of a key value is invalid aa aa Error number decimal number that specifies the executed processing bb bb Return value decimal number of the executed processing cc cc Line number decimal number of an installation information settings file Action Specify the revised installation information settings file and then retry the operation KAPLO9229 The definition of the installation Details W information settings file includes an invalid section name Error Code aa aa bb bb line cc cc A section that does not exist is included aa aa Error number decimal number that specifies the executed processing bb bb Return value decimal number of the executed processing cc cc Line number decimal number of an installation information settings file Action 8 76 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Specify the revised installation information settings file and then retry the operation KAPLO9230 W The definition of the installation information settings file includes a duplicated section name Error Code aa aa bb bb line cc cc Details A duplicated section name is included aa aa Error number decimal number that specifies the executed processing bb bb Return value decimal number of the executed processing cc cc Line number d
43. dinkmgr set lb on lbtype rr exrr lio exlio lbk exlbk lb off ellv ElogLevel elfs ElogFileSize Command Reference 6 31 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX elfn Number Of ElogFiles systflv TraceLevel systfs TraceFileSize systfn Number Of TraceFiles pchk on intvl Interval Time pchk off afb on intvl Interval Time afb off iem on intvl Error Monitor Interval iemnum Number Of Times iem off lic audlog on audlv AudlogLevel category Category Value audlog off audfac Facility Name Facility Number lbpathusetimes Number Of PathUseTimes expathusetimes Number Of ExPathUseTimes dpc on off pathid AutoPATH ID lu storage dpcintvl Dpc Interval s Valid value ElogLevel 0 1 2 3 4 Default Value 3 ElogFileSize 100 2000000 KB Default Value 9900 Number Of ElogFiles 2 16 Files Default Value 2 TraceLevel 0 1 2 3 4 Default Value 0 TraceFileSize 100 16000 KB Default Value 1000 Number Of TraceFiles 2 64 Files Default Value 4 Interval Time 1 1440 Minute Default Value 30 pchk Interval Time 1 1440 Minute Default Value 60 afb Error Monitor Interval 1 1440 Minute Default Value 210 Number Of Times 1 99 Times Default Value 3 AudlogLevel 0 F 3 Default Value 6 Categor
44. in step 6 The status of the boot disk s hdisk cannot be changed 7 Execute the following command and verify the status of the hdisks recognized as HDLM managed devices lsdev Cc disk o If you attempted to delete an existing hdisk by executing the dimrmdev utility verify that the hdisk has been deleted o If you attempted to inherit the existing hdisk configuration by executing the dimrmdev utility with the e parameter specified verify that the status of the hdisks is Defined hdiskO Available 1S 08 00 8 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdiskl Available 1S 08 00 9 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk2 Available 1S 08 00 10 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk3 Defined 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre hdisk4 Defined 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre 8 If the license has expired prepare the license key or license key file If the license has not expired proceed to step 9 o When only the license key has been provided Create the var DLmM directory and then in this directory create the license key file dim lic key The following shows an example when the license key is 123456789ABCDEF mkdir var DLM cho 123456789ABCDEF gt var DLM dlm lic key o When the license key file has been provided Store the license key file directly under the var tmp directory by using the hdlm_license name var tmp hdlm_ license Note that the hdlm_license and dlm lic_key files are deleted after
45. of the fileset character string bb bb DLManager mpio rte Level of the fileset character string Action Remove HDLM and then re execute the installation program KAPL09048 HDLM cannot be installed aa aa is Details E running An attempt to install HDLM failed because either of aa aa is running aa aa HDLM manager HDLM driver Action 8 62 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Execute the dlmrmdev utility and then re execute the installation program KAPLO9076 I The permanent license was installed Details The permanent license was installed Action None KAPLO9077 I The temporary license was installed The license expires on aa aa Details A temporary license was installed aa aa Year 4 digits month 01 12 day 01 31 Action Install a permanent license by the expiration day KAPLO9078 I The emergency license was installed The license expires on aa aa Details An emergency license was installed aa aa Year 4 digits month 01 12 day 01 31 Action Install a permanent license by the expiration day KAPLO9079 I The permanent license has been installed Action None KAPLO9080 I The temporary license has been installed The license expires on aa aa Details The temporary license has been installed aa
46. operation Displays 0x000F0000 Fixed When the path error was detected through an I O error Displays the OS error code bb bb Path ID same as PathID of view path decimal number cc cc HBA adapter number or Adapter type same as PathName of view path character string dd dd Bus number or Adapter number character string ee ee Target ID hexadecimal number 8 56 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation ff ff Host LU number same as PathName of view path hexadecimal number gg gg Dev number same as DNum of view path decimal number hh hh Host device name Action There could be an error in the path See What To Do for a Path Error on page 5 3 and restore the path displayed in the message to running status KAPLO8023 I A path was recovered PathID aa aa Details PathName bb bb cc cc dd dd ee ee DNum ff ff HDevName gg gg The path has been recovered aa aa Path ID same as PathID of view path decimal number bb bb HBA adapter number or Adapter type same as PathName of view path character string cc cc Bus number or Adapter number character string dd dd Target ID hexadecimal number ee ee Host LU number same as PathName of view path hexadecimal number ff ff Dev number same as DNum of view path decimal number
47. or a logical volume configured for HDLM as the virtual target device For details about how to configure a virtual target device see the installation procedure in Performing a New Installation of HDLM on page 3 25 and Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 To set up a virtual SCSI disk MPIO configuration in a client partition or to use PowerHA in a client partition set the hdisk reservation policy in the virtual I O server partition to no reserve If you want to use HDLM in a client partition to which a virtual HBA is applied by using the virtual I O server NPIV functionality set the NPIV option to on If the option is not set to on HDLM might not be able to recognize a path that goes through the virtual HBA To set the NPIV option execute the dimodmset utility For details on this utility see dlmodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM on page 7 21 If the HDLM device has already been configured and NPIV option settings are changed stop and restart the host For a local boot disk environment instead of stopping and restarting the host you can also perform the following procedure a Execute the dlmrmdev utility for deleting HDLM drivers to change the HDLM device status to Defined or delete the HDLM driver For details on the dimrmdev utility see dimrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers on page 7 30 b Execute the following command to reconfigure
48. specifies the executed processing Action If the error code is 1 The tmp directory does not exist Prepare the tmp directory and then retry the operation 8 70 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation If the error code is 2 You do not have write permission for the tmp directory Make sure that you have access permissions for the tmp directory If the error code is 3 You do not have write permission for the file system of the tmp directory Make sure you have access permissions for the storage location of the tmp directory If the error code is 4 The var tmp directory does not exist Prepare the var tmp directory and then retry the operation If the error code is 5 You do not have write permission for the var tmp or var DLM directory Make sure you have access permissions for these directories If the error code is 6 You do not have write permission for the file system of the var tmp Or var DLM directory Make sure you have access permissions for the storage location of these directories If the error code is 7 There is not enough unused capacity for the file system of the var tmp or var DLM directory Make sure there is enough unused capacity for these directories If the error code is 8 Messages 8 71 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Messa
49. the HDLM migration support utility confirm the option that should be specified and then re execute For details about the dlmmigsts utility see dimmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 KAPL13009 No parameter value has been specified Details W parameter ad aa aa aa Parameter character string Action Specify the h option in the HDLM migration support utility confirm the option that should be specified and then re execute For details about the dimmigsts utility see dimmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 KAPL13010 The specified file does not exist Details W parameter aa aa Filename bb bb aa aa Parameter character string bb bb Filename character string Action If parameter odm specify odmsetfile in 8 116 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation dimmigsts again and then re execute If parameter set specify dinksetfile in dimmigsts again and then re execute For details about the dimmigsts utility see dimmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 KAPL13011 W The number of parameters is insufficient Action Specify the h option in the HDLM migration support utility confirm the option that should be specified and then re execute For details about the dimmigsts utility see dimmigsts Util
50. yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Even when cluster software is being used the name of the cluster software is not displayed in Support Cluster However the cluster support function is operating normally From the execution result of the view operation check that the correct version of HDLM is installed If HDLM Version S x x x xx the installed version of HDLM is correct X X X Xx is the installed version of HDLM From the execution result of the view operation check that the programs are running properly If HDLM Manager HDLM Alert Driver and HDLM Driver are all Alive all programs are running correctly If you are not using a virtual I O server the upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM is complete For details about the files to be inherited after the upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM see Table 3 11 List of Files Inherited During an Upgrade Installation or Re installation on page 3 37 If you are using a virtual I O server define an hdisk as a virtual target device Execute the following command on the virtual I O server When creating an hdisk as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev hdisk name vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter name When creating a logical device as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev logical volume name vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter name Execute the following command in the client logical partition to reconfigure the device cfgmgr
51. 1 3 No Technology Level Technology Level 01 For Technology Level 02 Apply SP1 or later AIX V7 1 Virtual I O Server 3 ioslevel 2 1 0 0 to 2 2 2 xx where xx is a number 5 1 Every SP is applicable unless otherwise specified 2 To set up a boot disk environment that uses Thunder 9500V series Hitachi AMS WMS series or Hitachi SMS series use SP2 or a later service pack 3 An environment in which the Secure by Default functionality is enabled during installation of the OS is not supported 4 To set up a boot disk environment that uses a storage system of the Thunder 9500V series Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series or HUS100 series apply SP2 or a later service pack 5 HDLM supports PowerVM Live Partition Mobility in an environment in which a virtual SCSI device or virtual HBA is used as the HDLM device Prerequisite Programs for HDLM Before you install HDLM confirm that the required programs written below have been installed For details about HTC_ODM and XP_ODM contact the storage system vendor e VisualAge C Runtime 5 0 0 0 or later IBM XL C C V7 Runtime 7 0 0 0 to IBM XL C C V8 Runtime 8 0 0 0 or 8 0 0 6 or later 8 0 0 1 to 8 0 0 5 are not supported IBM XL C C V9 Runtime 9 0 0 1 or later or IBM XL C C V10 Runtime 10 0 0 1 or later or IBM XL C C V11 Runtime 11 1 0 1 or later or IBM XL C C V12 Runtime 12 1 0 0 or later Execute the following command as applicable to check
52. 35 re installation of 3 13 removing 3 97 setup 3 73 type of installation 3 12 upgrade installation of 3 12 Upgrade Installation or Re installation 3 37 HDLM alert driver 2 7 Glossary 3 HDLM command 2 6 HDLM driver 2 7 Glossary 3 HDLM environment creating 3 1 HDLM management target devices 2 3 HDLM manager 2 7 Glossary 3 starting 4 14 stopping 4 14 HDLM resident processes 4 15 HDLM script for PowerHA registering 3 91 HDLM system configuration 2 3 HDLM utility 2 6 help 6 4 Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library applying the settings 3 89 Displaying setup menu 3 84 Notes 3 84 Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib removing 3 105 Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 Removing 3 104 Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library settings finishing 3 89 HLU 2 5 host 4 3 Glossary 3 host bus adapter 2 3 replacing 4 23 host device 2 5 Glossary 3 host device name _ Glossary 3 host LU 2 5 Glossary 3 host LU number 6 52 Glossary 4 host supported 3 3 I 1 O count 6 3 errors 6 3 identifying error part 5 5 error path 5 5 Information 2 33 installation 3 17 installation error information 2 34 collecting with dlmgetrasinst 7 16 installation new 3 12 installation information settings file Items to be defined 7 32 installhdim 7 32 installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 environment 3 60 HDLM in a PowerHA 7 1 environment 3 62 unattended installation of HDLM 3 65 installux sh 7 43 integrated HDLM mana
53. 4 13 Starting and Stopping the HDLM ManaGel sccsssccseeessesceeesseescasessesseseesenesaeess 4 14 Starting the HDLM Man sO lcs svc cieteeceasucecennacishnsadstcanscivatdewoniecsedieenteccesoeiers 4 14 Stopping the HDLM ManAG el gacesicscacecdcsestcscccnctsntecedecdeietverdcanssestadsandessebeeiaadscad 4 14 HDLM Resident PROCESS OS scat clic cscs octescmacteciatenvnsestoavcaseineea cansdisaeieensauceiesededenededseevesecsd 4 15 Changing the Configuration of the HDLM Operating Environment ccseseeeees 4 15 Changing an HDLM Management Target DeViCC cccsccseeesseeseesseeseersereeee ss 415 Adding an HDLM Management Target DeVICEC c scecseeeneerseeeeeeesaeeeneees 4 15 Deleting an HDLM Management Target DeVICEC cccsseesseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeneees 4 15 Changing an HDLM Management Target DeVICE cssccseeeseeeeeeneeeneeeeeens 4 16 Changing hdisk GeiDUtes css carsn cpascsaro cenacsansatantaiandustanssnasentasnniaueutenteaeceaaeannas 4 17 Automatically Performing hdisk Reconfiguration cccssesseesseeseeeseeeees 4 17 Manually Performing hdisk ReconfiguratiOn ccssccseeeseesseeeeeeeeeeneeenaees 4 18 Changing a PF aUihcsecs canancanasscasencosansacctcnann canadiancesagnesuedutheasacsancateceneasedecaceecascaae 4 21 Adding a Path to a Volume Group Other than roOtvg ccsscsseeseeeeeeesees 4 21 Adding a Path to a Device Included in roOtvg cssccssecseesseeseeeeeeseeees 421 Deleti
54. 6 Lookout span the value set in New Max sec will be disregarded Also when you specify a value of 0 for New Max sec even if you specify the monitoring interval in 6 Lookout span the maximum number of messages output will not be adjusted To leave the maximum number of messages output as is leave New Max sec blank enter and press the Enter key You will be returned to the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu Press the Enter key Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears again Finishing the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Settings This section explains how to close the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu when you are finished 1 Inthe Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu type e and press the Enter key You will be asked to if you want to save the new settings 2 To save the new settings click yes otherwise click No Applying the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Settings To apply the settings after you change the amount of integrated trace information by using Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 1 Login asa user with root permissions 2 Execute the following command to check the programs using HNTRLib2 In the following example only HDLM uses HNTRLib2 opt hitachi HNTRLib2 etc hntr2dgetname
55. 6 2 and Versions Earlier than 6 2 Functional Differences Between Version 6 1 and Versions Earlier than 6 1 Functional Differences Between Version 6 0 or Later and Versions Earlier than 6 0 Functional Differences Between Versions of HDLM A 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Functional Differences Between Version 6 2 and Versions Earlier than 6 2 In HDLM version 6 1 0 or earlier when you create a system replication clone on another LPAR or host from an mksysb image by using the mksysb command provided by the OS you needed to remove HDLM before executing the mksysb command In HDLM version 6 2 0 or later you do not need to remove HDLM before executing the mksysb command You can now execute the HDLM restoration support utility dlmpostrestore after creating a system replication so that HDLM information can now be updated according to the destination system s environment For HDLM 6 1 0 or earlier a physical volume hdisk might have been changed during an unattended upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM For HDLM 6 2 0 a physical volume hdisk is not changed during an upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM Functional Differences Between Version 6 1 and Versions Earlier than 6 1 In a new installation of HDLM the default load balancing algorithm has been changed from the Round Robin algorithm to the Extended Least I Os algorithm Functional Differences Between Version 6 0 or La
56. 6 51 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 6 52 1 The path information is displayed only when a value is specified for the path item parameter 2 This storage system applies when the dynamic I O path control function is disabled Table 6 13 Elements of a Path Name Element HBA adapter number example 08 1 AIX representation HBA adapter number Corresponding information The HBA adapter number which is displayed by executing the lsdev Cc disk command Bus number example 14 1 PCI bus number The parent bus number which is displayed by executing the lsdev Cc disk command Adapter type example 00 2 None Always 00 Adapter number example 01 2 fscsi number the xx part of fscsixx The fscsi number which is displayed by executing the lsdev C command Target ID example OO0000000000000E2 Target ID The value of scsi_id which is displayed by executing the lsattr El hdisk name command Host LU number example 0001 1 Logical unit ID or LUN The value of lun_id which is displayed by executing the lsattr El hdisk name command This element is applied when the NPIV option is set to off for the dlmodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM 2 This element is applied when the NPIV option is set to on for the dlmodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environ
57. 7 5 8 86 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation KAPL10005 The number of parameters is insufficient Details Ww The parameter exists but the file for defining the information to be collected does not exist Action Check the parameters of the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then retry For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10006 The file for defining the information to be Details W collected does not exist or cannot be The file for defining the read Value aa aa information to be collected does not exist or the specified file exists but the permission to read the file is missing aa aa Name of the file for defining the information to be collected Action Check whether the specified file for defining the information to be collected exists and check whether you have access permission for the specified file KAPL10007 A directory has been specified in the third Details W parameter Value aa aa The parameter is specified to a directory aa aa Third parameter Action Check the parameters of the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then retry For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on pag
58. 9 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the company for which you have a service contract For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO1021 Cannot execute the HDLM command due Details E to insufficient memory Memory required for HDLM command processing could not be allocated Action Terminate unneeded applications to increase the amount of free memory and then retry KAPLO1023 The last Online path for the device cannot Details Ww be placed Offline C The path specified in the offline operation cannot be placed in the Offline C status because it is the last path for the applicable logical unit Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dlnkmgr to check the status of the paths For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 KAPL01024 The specified parameters cannot be Details W specified at the same time Operation name aa aa parameters bb bb ad aa clear offline online set OF view bb bb Parameters that cannot be specified at the same time Action Execute help operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check which parameters can be specified at the same time and then retry For details on the help operation
59. 9 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk2 Available 1S 08 00 10 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk3 Available 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre hdisk4 Available 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre Make sure that the status of all displayed hdisks is Available hdisks 0 to 2 are the physical device file names for the host s internal disks hdisk 3 and the following are the logical device file names that correspond to physical volumes in the storage system Execute the dinkmgr command s view operation to check the status of each program usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr view sys HDLM Version s KRX Service Pack Version 7 Load Balance on extended lio Support Cluster Elog Level 3 Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files 3 2 Trace Level 2 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback on 60 Intermittent Error Monitor 2 OFf Dynamic I O Path Control off 10 HDLM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive Kok XO RX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 HDIM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive KLX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4000 HDLM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss License Type Expiration Permanent KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time
60. AIX hdlmtool instutil sample installhdlm conf any directory You can change the sample _installhdlm conf file name The following shows an example of copying the sample installhdlm conf file and then changing the file name to install _set conf cp p cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool instutil sample installhdlm conf any directory install_ set conf For details about how to edit the installation information settings file which is used by the installhdim utility see Items To Be Defined in an installation information Settings File on page 7 32 9 Execute either of the following commands To execute installux sh cdrom installux sh f any directory installation information settings file To execute installhdim cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool instutil installhdlm f any directory installation information settings file Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during installation you do not have to restart the host When installation is successful the KAPL09211 I message is output During installation the KAPLO9241 w message might be output In this case installation of HDLM continues but installation of HDLM components has failed After installing HDLM resolve the problem according to the KAPL09241 wW message if necessary For an upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM the configuration of the existing hdisks recognized as HDLM management target devices is inherited 10
61. An error occurred during HDLM internal processing Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Details An unexpected error occurred during HDLM internal processing Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Details A parameter value is invalid Action Refresh the host information and then perform the operation again If the same error occurs again execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Details The acquisition of path information has been aborted because the path configuration was changed while the system was attempting to acquire the path information Action Refresh the host information check the path status and then perform the operation again Details Th
62. ChaPort through which paths access the same LU and the HBA port the HBA adapter number and bus number or the adapter type and adapter number displayed in the PathName column are different The digits displayed on the left of PathName indicate an HBA adapter number or adapter type The numbers displayed between the period to the right of the HBA adapter number and the next period indicate a bus number or adapter number o Make sure that different HBA adapter numbers and bus numbers or different adapter types and adapter numbers exist for the number of the physical HBA ports To make sure that the OS and HDLM recognize the same HDLM management target device a Execute the following command lsdev Cc disk gt redirect destination file 2 b Open both redirect destination file 1 and redirect destination file 2 Make sure that all hdisk name displayed in the HDevName column in redirect destination file 1 are the same with hdisk name displayed on the Hitachi Disk Array Fibre row in redirect destination file 2 Setting up HDLM HDLM includes functions like the load balancing function the automatic failback function the error logging function the audit logging function etc You can set up these functions by using the dinkmgr command s set operation The following subsections describe these setup methods Creating an HDLM Environment 3 73 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Checking the Current Settings Th
63. Command Reference 6 33 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX To display a summary of path information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view path c stname srt lu cp t To Display LU Information To display LU information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view lu hdev host device name pathid AutoPATH_ID t To display LU information by adding items to be displayed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu item slpr pn cp clpr type ic ie dnu iep vg dpc vid ha hastat all hdev host device name pathid AutoPATH_ID E To display a summary of LU information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu c t To display a summary of LU information by adding items to be displayed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu c item slpr vg all t To Display HBA Port Information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view hba srt pb portwwn t To Display CHA Port Information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view cha srt cp t Correspondences Between hdisks OS Management Path IDs and LDEVs usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view drv t To Display the Format of the View Operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view help 6 34 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Parameters This section describes the parameters for the view operation in the following
64. DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance Messages 8 41 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO4023 HDLM manager error information aa aa Details E This information is required for resolving problems aa aa HDLM manager trace error information Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL04024 A critical error occurred in the HDLM Details C manager aa aa This information is required for resolving problems aa aa HDLM manager trace error information Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO4025 A memory shortage occurred in the HDLM Details
65. E A fatal error occurred in HDLM The system environment is invalid Details The license information file is missing Action Re install HDLM KAPLO1076 I The permanent license has been installed Details You need not install a license because a permanent license has already been installed Action None KAPLO1078 W The operation terminated because the path configuration changed during Messages Details ad aa offline online view 8 19 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 20 Message ID Message Text execution of the HDLM command Operation name aa aa Explanation Action After the processing to change the path configuration has finished retry KAPLO1079 W The intermittent error monitoring function cannot be set up because automatic failback is disabled Details The intermittent error monitoring function cannot be set up because automatic failbacks are disabled Action Enable automatic failbacks and then re execute KAPLO1080 W The error monitoring interval and the number of times that the error is to occur conflict with the automatic failback checking interval Details An intermittent error cannot be detected by using the values specified for the following the checking interval for automatic failbacks the error monitoring interval and the number of times the error needs to occur Action Set th
66. Guide for AIX The operation has completed normally on the host aa aa Any of the following operations character string o Get Path Information o Get Option Information Set Option Information Clear Data Get HDLM Driver Status Get HDLM Manager Status Message ID Message Text Explanation Get HDLM Alert Driver Status Online Offline Get SNMP Trap Information Set SNMP Trap Information Set LU Load Balance Get Path Status Log Information Get Local Time Add Path Information Delete Path Information Set Storage Identification Information Action None KAPL11904 aa aa has completed abnormally Error E status bb bb Messages Details The operation has completed abnormally on the host aa aa Operation character string o Get Path Information o Get Option Information Set Option Information Clear Data Get HDLM Driver Status Get HDLM Manager Status Get HDLM Alert Driver Status Online Offline Get SNMP Trap Information Set SNMP Trap Information Set LU Load Balance Get Path Status Log Information 8 113 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 114 Message ID Message Text Explanation Add Path Information Delete Path Information Set Storage Identification Information bb bb Error status returned from API character string Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM
67. HDLM Driver Module HDLM version 5 9 or later supports MPIO used by AIX 5L V5 2 or later This has improved compatibility with the OS because users can use standard OS commands to manage paths on HDLM management target devices As compared to HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier HDLM version 5 9 or later differs in terms of the HDLM driver structure environment configuration and HDLM operation procedures The following figure shows the differences between the HDLM driver for HDLM EX and the HDLM drivers for HDLM version 05 63 or earlier and HDLM version 05 80 or later 5 8 1 or earlier 5 9 or later Host MPIO driver Legend path Figure B 1 Differences in the HDLM drivers between HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier and HDLM version 5 9 or later Simplifying the HDLM Environment Configuration and Operation Procedures by Changes to the Logical Device Files e The logical device files that can be controlled by the HDLM driver have been unified from HDLM devices dlmfdrvn to the hdisk provided by the OS Therefore logical device files controlled by HDLM can be configured by AIX s standard cfgmgr command Both the file that defines non HDLM managed disks usr DynamicLinkManager drv dimfdrv unconf and the file that defines the HDLM driver configuration usr DynamicLinkManager drv dimfdrv conf are no longer used After installing HDLM all devices shown in Devices that HDLM can manage in Devices Managed by HDLM on page 2 3 will be ma
68. HDLM has stopped Action None KAPL10530 E Some hdisks could not be deleted Messages Details The dimrmdev command was executed but some hdisks could not be deleted Action Check the hdisk status and re execute the dlmrmdev utility 8 97 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID KAPL10531 I Message Text The status of all of the HDLM drivers was changed to Defined Explanation Action None KAPL10532 E The status of one or more HDLM drivers could not be changed to Defined Action Check the hdisk status and re execute the dlmrmdev utility KAPL10551 I The dilmpostrestore utility completed successfully Action None KAPL10552 I Executing the dlmpostrestore utility will reconfigure the device Is this OK y n Details Executing the dimpostrestore utility will reconfigure the device Action To execute dimpostrestore utility enter y If you do not want to execute dimpostrestore utility enter n KAPL10553 W Too many parameters have been specified Action With the n parameter specified execute the dlmpostrestore utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL10554 W KAPL10555 I 8 98 A parameter is invalid parameter aa aa Executing the dlmpostrestore utility will reboot the host Is this OK y n Messages D
69. HDLM manager Details Information about the path configuration on the specified LU does not match the path configuration information held by HDLM Action Refresh the host information check the path status and then perform the operation again Details A parameter is invalid Action Refresh the host information and then perform the operation again If the same error occurs even again execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Details A parameter is invalid Action Refresh the host information and then perform the operation again If the same error occurs again execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Messages 8 135 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 136 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Functional Differences Between Versions of HDLM This section explains the functional differences between newer and older versions of HDLM m O Functional Differences Between Version
70. HNTRLib2 will be removed normally and the following message will appear Unsetup is complete If HNTRLib2 is being used by another program HNTRLib2 will not be removed and the following message will appear Because a bundle PP name is registered Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX I did not do the Uninstall If HNTRLib2 was not removed execute the following command to check if any programs are using it opt hitachi HNTRLib2 etc hntr2getname If you are unable to complete removal even though no programs other than HDLM are using HNTRLib2 contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Note If the log output directory set in HNTRLib2 was not the default directory the log files will not be deleted during removal In this case delete these files after removal Removing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib After you remove HDLM version 04 00 or earlier if no applications other than HDLM are using HNTRLib remove it as follows 1 Check that no applications other than HDLM are using HNTRLib See the manuals and documentation for each program to check whether the program is using Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Log in to AIX as a root user Execute the following command opt hitachi HNTRLib etc hntrsetup The HNTRLib setup menu will appear From the setup menu select 9 HNTRLib will
71. Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager 3 Stop the programs that are using HNTRLib2 If programs other than HDLM are displayed in step 2 stop the programs and then go to step 4 You do not need to stop the HDLM manager If you do not know how to stop and start programs other than HDLM do not perform the following steps and restart the host 4 Execute the following command to stop the integrated trace collection process opt hitachi HNTRLib2 bin hntr2kill 5 Execute the following command to delete the memory mapped file rm opt hitachi HNTRLib2 mmap hntr2mmap mm 6 Execute the following command to start the integrated trace collection process opt hitachi HNTRLib2 bin hntr2mon d amp Creating an HDLM Environment 3 89 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 7 Start the programs stopped in step 3 If you stopped programs other than HDLM in step 3 start them About the Reservation Policy The following table lists and describes the values for the reservation policy setting Table 3 19 Reservation Policy Settings Setting Description no reserve Ignores a reservation request and does not reserve an LU This setting is used when any of the following are applicable e Multiple hosts share an LU and execute unique applications that have an exclusive control feature A virtual I O function is used to set up an MPIO configuration for a virtual SCSI disk in a client partition A virtual I O function
72. Hitachi SMS series or HUS100 series storage is used lb on lbtype rr exrr lio exlio lbk exlbk l off Command Reference 6 19 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Enables or disables load balancing on Enabled off Disabled Load balancing distributes load among paths and prevents the performance of the entire system from deteriorating As such we recommend that you set this parameter to on lbtype rrlexrr lio exlio lbk exlbk Specify the algorithm to be used for load balancing rr The Round Robin algorithm exrr The Extended Round Robin algorithm lio The Least I Os algorithm exlio The Extended Least I Os algorithm lbk The Least Blocks algorithm exlbk The Extended Least Blocks algorithm The type of algorithm specified by the lbtype parameter remains stored in the system even when you disable the load balancing function by specifying 1b off Therefore if when you re enable the load balancing function without specifying an algorithm load balancing will be performed according to the algorithm that is stored in the system ellv error log collection level Specify the level of error information you want to collect for an error log The HDLM manager log dimmgr 1 16 log contains log files in which an error log collection level can be set Table 6 3 Values of the Error Logging Level on page 6 20 shows the values of the error logging level If an error occurs you may have to
73. Information on page 7 5 Collecting installation error information using the utility for collecting HDLM installation error information dimgetrasinst HDLM has a utility for collecting HDLM installation error information dlimgetrasinst 2 34 HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX By executing the dimgetrasinst utility you can collect system information and log files needed to analyze errors that occurred during installation You can use the collected information when you contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the dimgetrasinst utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Collecting Audit Log Data HDLM and other Hitachi storage related products provide an audit log function so that compliance with regulations security evaluation standards and industry specific standards can be shown to auditors and evaluators The following table describes the categories of audit log data that Hitachi storage related products can collect Table 2 9 Categories of Audit Log Data that Can Be Collected Category Explanation StartStop An event indicating the startup or termination of hardware or software including e OS startup and termination e Startup and termination of hardware components including micro program Startup and termination of software running on storage systems software runnin
74. Installation of HDLM on page 3 65 KAPLO9217 An error occurred during reading of the E installation information settings file Error Code aa aa bb bb Details An error occurred while reading the installation information settings file aa aa Error number decimal number that specifies the executed processing bb bb Return value decimal number of the executed processing Action If the error code is9001 1 You do not have read permissions for the installation information settings file Make sure that you have access permissions If any other error code is output Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL09218 aa aa cannot be executed E Messages Details A utility or command that installhdlim uses was not in the correct location or you do not have a required permission ad ada installhdlm analysis dlmodmset dlnkmgr or dimrmdev Action 8 73 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX ssi Message Text Explanation If aa aa iS dlmodmset or dlnkmgr The correct location of dlmodmset and dlnkmgr is usr DynamicLinkManager bin If dlmodmset or dinkmgr was not in the correct location or you did not have a required permission re execute installhdlm If aa aa iS dlmrmdev or installhdlm analysis The correct location of dlmrmdev and installhdlm_analy
75. KAPL15092 I The command execution server was cleared from the PR_shared reservation for the target device Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15093 I The server on which the specified key has been registered was cleared from the PR_shared reservation for the target device Command Line aa aa Messages Details aa aa Command that the user executed 8 129 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 130 Message ID KAPL15094 E Message Text An attempt to clear the server from the PR_shared reservation for the target device has failed Command Line aa aa Explanation Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15101 1 Clear operation was completed successfully Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15102 E Clear operation has failed Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15103 1 aa aa path s were successfully placed bb bb cc cc path s were not Command Line bb bb Details aa aa Number of paths where online offline is successful bb bb Online Online S Online D or Offline c cc cc Number of paths where online offline is unsuccessful KAPL15104 W aa aa path s were failed to place bb bb Command Line cc cc Details aa aa Number of paths that failed to
76. MISSCOUNT value 3 Only the NSD Network Shared Disk configuration is supported Set the usePersistentReserve option to no in the GPFS cluster configuration information 4 VxVM is not supported 5 Sometimes if JFS2 is being used and a crash halt q fails over a node the resource to be mounted on the failover destination node is not properly mounted This problem occurs regardless of whether HDLM is installed Creating an HDLM Environment 3 9 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 6 Apply fix pack 3 3 0 3 or later 7 Only the NSD Network Shared Disk configuration is supported Memory and Disk Capacity Requirements The table below shows the memory requirements for the host Memory Requirements Table 3 4 Memory Requirements for the Host on page 3 10 shows the memory requirements for the host Table 3 4 Memory Requirements for the Host Se Required memory 5000 KB 0 256 KB x number of LUs 1 28 KB x number of paths Disk Capacity Requirements The following table lists the disk capacity used by the host Table 3 5 Disk Capacity Occupied by the Host Directory Disk capacity requirement etc 150 KB opt 2 MB 220 MB p MB 4MB 2 MB q MB 2 19 MB 200 KB 3 1 This value depends on the error log file settings The maximum is 30 000 MB p s x m 1024 in MB where s is the size of the error log file units KB default is 9 900 and m is the number of e
77. OnlinePaths is less than that of Paths some paths are offline In this case you should check the offline paths and take appropriate action for any paths that have an error status PathStatus Status of the displayed paths The displayed status indicates the following e Online All paths are available e Reduced Some paths are not available Reduced means that some paths might have an error status in which case you should check the status of individual paths and resolve the problem for any paths that have an error status TO Count Total I O count for all the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 1 4294967295 If the total I O count reaches the maximum value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 PathID Total I O error count for all the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 1 4294967295 If the total I O error count reaches the maximum value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 The AutoPATH_ID indicated by a decimal number The AutoPATH_ID is assigned every time the host is restarted or when a path configuration is changed When a new LU was added and the host has not been restarted AutoPATH_ID is assigned to each path of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr command PathName 1 The path name which indicates a path When you modify the system configuratio
78. Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 4 rmpath d 1 hdisk10 p fscsi5 w 50060e800436e240 6a000000000000 Check that the path has been deleted usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view drv Deleting a Path of a Device Included in rootvg The following shows an example of deleting a path of hdisko in an environment where rootvg consists of hdiskO and hdisk1l 1 Delete a path of a volume group other than rootvg by performing the procedure described in Deleting a Path of a Volume Group Other than rootvg on page 4 22 Check the list of current boot disks The following shows an example of executing the command bootlist m normal o hdiskO blv hd5 hdiskl blv hd5 Specify a boot disk according to the host environment to be used The following shows an example of executing the command bootlist m normal hdiskO hdiskl Make sure that the boot disk is configured with the specified number of paths The following shows an example of executing the command bootlist m normal o hdiskO blv hd5 hdiskl blv hd5 Replacing an HBA If there are multiple active paths for an LU you can replace a desired HBA while running your applications by placing offline only the path that goes through the HBA to be replaced and using other paths to continue access To replace an HBA 1 Execute the following command to find the fscsi number that corresponds to the HBA that is to be replaced
79. Q 0 0 0159 12 hdisk 0000A POOKIE 0OB 11 00OD0ODODQOEEOLON 0009 28 1 Online dwn 0 0 00001 D00019 0B 1D 000O00ODO06SOCOO 0009 3B 1 Online own 0 0 0 KAPLO1001 I The EDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion Example 2 time When using Hitachi AMS2000 series Hitachi SMS series or HUS100 series and displaying LU information with DPC added to the display items usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr view lu item dpc Product HUS100 SerialNumber 9203008 LUs oe Dynamic I O Path Control on iLU HDevName DPC PathID Status 000006 hdiskO on 000000 Online 000003 Online 000007 hdiskl off 000001 Online 000004 Online 000008 hdisk2 on 000002 Online 000005 Online Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 6 57 6 58 To display a summary of LU information lu c When the c parameter is specified with the 1u parameter a summary of LU configuration information is displayed on one line The total number of paths recognized by HDLM and the number of online paths are displayed for each LU You cannot specify the c parameter together with the hdev or pathid parameter For details on the contents of each display item see Table 6 17 Displayed LU Information on page 6 59 t Does not display the title for each information item Example The following example shows how to display a summary of the LU information without selecting items to be displa
80. S or Online D status dd dd Online S Online D Or Online S Online D ee ee The number of paths which failed to change to either the Online Online S or Online D status ff ff online Action None KAPLO1134 The target paths are already Online or Details I Online S The specified paths are already in the Online or Online S status as a result of an online operation Action Check path status by using the view operation For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 For Online S paths To change the status of a path from Online S to Online re execute the HDLM command using the hapath parameter KAPLO1154 The dynamic I O path control function is Details W already set to aa aa for the system aa aa on or off Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command 8 28 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation dInkmgr to check the setting for the host storage and LUs For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 KAPLO1155 The dynamic I O path control function is Details W already set to aa aa for storage aa aa on or off Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dInkmgr to check the setting for storage For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on pag
81. SCSI devices other than those that are in the storage systems listed in Section What is HDLM on page 1 2 o Built in disks on a host o Non disk devices tape devices etc System Configuration HDLM manages routes between a host and a storage system by using the SCSI driver The host and storage systems are connected using SAN with fiber cables The cable port on the host is a host bus adapter HBA The cable port on the storage system is a port P on a channel adapter CHA A logical unit LU contained in a storage system is the target of input to or output from the host An area in an LU is called a Dev A route that connects a host and a Dev in an LU is called a path HDLM manages a path by assigning an ID to it This ID is called the AutoPATH_ID A path may also be called a management target The ID that AIX assigns to a path is called the OS management path ID The OS management path ID can be displayed by executing the AIX lspath command Also HDLM can display the OS management path ID that corresponds to the path management PATH ID when you execute the HDLM command s view operation with the 1u or drv parameter specified For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 The following figure shows the HDLM system configuration HDLM Functions 2 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Host machine Storage system Legend oe Cable Path Figure 2 1 HDLM
82. The format is number of times error is to occur monitoring interval The time is in minutes Dynamic I O Path Control Setting status of the dynamic I O path control function e Setting status on Enabled off Disabled Command Reference 6 37 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Parameter and program informatio n to be displayed Description Checking interval The parentheses following the setting status shows the checking interval for reviewing information about the switching of controllers performed by the storage system Minute is used as the unit If different settings have been specified for each storage system or LU an asterisk is added after the parentheses in which the checking interval is displayed mMmSrv Information about the HDLM manager HDLM Manager Status of the HDLM manager Alive Normal Dead Stopped WakeupTime Version number of the HDLM manager Startup time of the HDLM manager adrv Information about the HDLM alert driver HDLM Alert Driver Status of the HDLM alert driver Alive Normal Dead Stopped Ver Version number of the HDLM alert driver WakeupTime Startup time of the HDLM alert driver ElogMem Size Size of error log memory for the HDLM alert driver in kilobytes pdrv Information about the HDLM driver HDLM Driver Status of the HDLM driver Alive Normal Dead Stopped V
83. User Guide for AIX operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 The execution result of this operation is displayed on a single line for each path The following shows an example in which the view operation is executed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view drv PathID HDevName OSPathID LDEV 000000 hdisk0 00000 9500V 0051 0005 000001 hdiskl 00000 9500V 0051 0015 000002 hdisk2 00000 9500V 0051 0020 000003 hdisk0 00001 9500V 0051 0005 000004 hdiskl 00001 9500V 0051 0015 000005 hdisk2 00001 9500V 0051 0020 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss For details on the displayed items and their descriptions see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Initializing Statistical Information for Paths This section explains how to initialize statistical information I O counts and I O errors for all the paths managed by HDLM This procedure is useful when you want to check the number of I O operations and I O errors that have occurred since the last time the I O counts and I O errors were initialized to 0 To initialize statistical information for paths 1 Check the current status of the path The following shows how to execute the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path 2 To initialize statistical information for all the paths managed by HDLM execute the dlnkmgr command s clear operation with the pdst param
84. When the srt parameter is omitted the path information is listed in ascending order of AutoPATH_IDs hbaportwwn Displays port WWN information for the HBAs connected to the storage system t Omits the title for each information item Example The following example shows how to display information about the paths that access a host device hdisk1 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path hdev hdiskl Paths 000001 OnlinePaths 000001 PathStatus I0 Count I0 Errors Online 0 1 PathiID PathName DskName iLU ChaPort Status Type I0 Count I0 Errors DNum HDevName O0O0CE 08 11 00000000000000E2 0001 HITACHI OPEN 3 15001 0005 lH Online own 0 C 0 hdisk 000013 08 10 00000000000000E3 0001 HITACHI OPEN 3 15001 0005 2H Online own 0 C 0 hdiskl KAPLOLOO1 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4 Command Reference 6 43 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Parameters to display path information by selecting a display item path item When you specify the path parameter together with the item parameter the command only displays the items specified by the value of the item parameter If you specify no value for the item parameter only the PathID and the Status fields are displayed The following table lists the correspondence between the display items that can be selected by using the item parameter and the parameter values that can be specified after t
85. a y n request Enter y or n Action Enter y orn KAPL10032 The entered value is invalid The utility Details W for collecting HDLM error information Processing of the stops DLMget ras utility for collecting HDLM error information will terminate because an invalid response was sent three times in a row toa request Action Messages 8 93 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Re execute the DLMgetras utility For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10033 The file does not exist Filename aa aa Details w No file to collect information exists aa aa File to collect Action None KAPL10034 The file could not be copied Filename Details E aa aa Details bb bb Execution of the cp command failed aa aa File name you tried to copy bb bb cp command output message Action An error occurred while the information collection file was being copied The error might be a result of an unstable user environment Check the system configuration KAPL10035 An attempt to archive the error Details E information failed Details aa aa Execution of the tar command failed aa aa tar command output message Action See the details in the message and then remove the cause of the error For information about the erro
86. a file number is appended to Trace file prefix specified in the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library utility2 For example the default will be hntr21 1log to hntr216 1log Note that the number 2 following the integrated trace file prefix does not represent a file number dimchpdattr Utility for Changing HDLM Default Settings Format This utility changes the default value for the hdisk attribute By changing the default value the attribute value set for an hdisk can be changed in the following cases e When a new hdisk is configured e When the chdev command is used to set as defined and then reconfigure an existing individual hdisk for which the attribute value has not changed e When deleting an existing hdisk and then reconfiguring it When an hdisk for which the attribute value has been defined is reconfigured without being deleted the set attribute value is carried over If the attribute value for individual hdisks needs to be changed instead of using this utility execute the chdev command for the necessary hdisks Note that if the attribute value has been set for each hdisk the set attribute values will be applied Supplemental Information For HDLM 6 2 the default value for the hdisk reservation policy was set to PR_exclusive When the conditions listed in Table 3 19 Reservation Policy Settings on page 3 90 in About the Reservation Policy on page 3 90 are met to change the reservation policy to no_ reserv
87. aa DE a ON 2 34 Collecting installation error information using the utility for collecting HDLM installation error information dlmgetrasinst s sssssssssserssrrsrrsrsnrrnrrererrerrnns 2 34 Collecting Audit Log Dat iissssiorsrsunnisnsonssininanninnn aunn aai 2 35 Categories and Audit Events that HDLM Can Output to the Audit Log 2 37 Requirements for Outputting Audit Log Data cccssecsssesessesesseseneeseeeeeeaeees 2 40 Destination and Filtering of Audit Log Data sevcnicsecdscsseniestecedscuceaviesenensctdacsessieeusts 2 40 PUIG L g Data FormatS cisai isnin iaa e a aa 2 41 Integrated HDLM management using Global Link Manager sssssssssesrssrrerrrerrreren 2 43 Cl ster SUID OIE seinninn a E E a e EE Aa 2 44 3 Creating an HDLM Environment inncterncsrecncnenieteneaieenn alaneinemeuninnenscaacns 3 1 HDLM System REQUIRGINGIIES aij iscistucedinsisincnssaisaeseacdssendsecniaseduact Diawsdlaennoiateetaniseeniaeds 3 3 Host and OS Support for GIDE acc teicccitecoteoelecececaeecherecreetecsciedeseeictincdenenee ice derek 3 3 Storage Systems Supported by DUM siscccccececetccacbeccncdcderecesuerccied ccsetneten venciccctexs 3 5 sy Sy SE TONS asc seer teratacacadtansieatcesres acim A E AE 3 5 PA coc E EE seas oikeetscanaid eee EEA E A E OE 3 6 When Handling Intermediate Volumes Managed by Hitachi RapidXchange 3 6 Cluster Software Supported by HDLM csccccseeecseeesseeesceeesensescneescanessanessaness 3 7 Memory and Disk Capac
88. abbreviated to ellipses The sub parameters following path c are stname Use this parameter to display the model ID of the storage system in the product ID element of the DskName field When this parameter is omitted the command displays the product ID or emulation type of the storage system instead 6 46 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX For details about the information about product IDs see Table 6 14 Product ID Displayed by the View Path Operation on page 6 53 srt lulcp Use this parameter to sort the path information in ascending order according to the specified sorting key The sorting keys are as follows the first sorting key is the name of the storage system DskName the second sorting key is the value specified by the srt parameter and the third sorting key is AutoPATH_ID The available parameter values to specify the second sorting key are e jiu LU number of the storage system e cp Port number of the CHA When the srt parameter is omitted the path information is listed in ascending order of AutoPATH_IDs Omits the title for each information item Example The following example shows how to display a summary of the path information in order of iLUs fusr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path c srt lu Paths 000012 OnlinePaths 000012 PathStatus I0 Count I0 Errors Online 616 0 PathiID DskName iLU CP Status Type OCOCO0 HI
89. all the Offline C status enter y Otherwise the paths Offline C To enter n y n place all the paths Offline C enter y To not place them Offline C enter n aa aa CHA HBA Action If you want to execute the offline processing for the paths which pass the specified target enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n KAPLO1104 All the paths which pass the specified Details I aa aa port will be changed to the Online Multipl ths will status Is this OK y n OHD S patheni ne collectively placed Online because the hbaid or chaid parameter was specified To collectively place multiple paths Online enter y To not collectively place them Online enter n aa aa CHA HBA Action Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation If you want to execute the Online processing for the paths which pass the specified target enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n KAPLO1112 An attempt to connect to the HDLM driver Details E has failed Operation name aa aa HDLM driver information must be collected to execute the given HDLM command but the HDLM driver cannot be accessed ad aa clear offline online set OF view Action Perform one of the following procedures When performing an installation See Installing HDLM on page 3 17 and then complete the installation When perf
90. another set lic operation or an update of the license for an update installation Action Check the license by using the HDLM command s view sys lic operation Then if necessary update the license by using the set lic operation during or after installation If the same error message is output contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Do not perform the following operation Execution of the HDLM command s set lic operation simultaneously with an update of the license for an upgrade installation KAPL09142 E 8 66 HDLM aa aa cannot be performed Wait a while and then perform aa aa again Error Code bb bb Messages Details HDLM cannot be installed or removed aa aa installation or remove bb bb Internal code decimal base 10 number Action Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Wait a while and then reperform the installation or remove After the installation or remove has finished use the backup acquired in advance and specify the HDLM settings KAPLO9143 HDLM aa aa cannot be performed Error Code bb bb Details HDLM cannot be installed or removed aa aa installation or remove bb bb Internal code decimal number Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance con
91. bb bb Return code decimal number Action If the error code is 3 1 Confirm that all of the processes and services that use HDLM managed paths have stopped After confirming that all the processes and services have stopped restart them 8 99 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Any other error code Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if you have an HDLM maintenance contract KAPL10560 E The system environment is invalid Error Code aa aa Details The system environment is not valid as an environment for executing the dlmpostrestore utility aa aa Error number decimal number Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10561 I A user operation ended dilmpostrestore utility Details The dimpstrestore process has been terminated by an operation such as Ctrl C Action None KAPL10571 I The dimchpdattr utility completed successfully Action None KAPL10572 W No parameter has been specified Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimchpdattr utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL10573 W 8 100 A parameter is invalid parameter aa aa Messages Details An invalid parameter is specified aa aa The
92. be placed online or offline bb bb Online or Offline c cc cc Command that the user executed KAPL15105 1 Setting up the operating environment succeeded Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15106 E Setting up the operating environment failed Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15107 1 Program information was successfully displayed Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15108 E An attempt to display program information has failed Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15109 I Information about HDLM management targets was successfully displayed Command Line aa aa Messages Details aa aa Command that the user executed Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID KAPL15110 E KAPL15111 W Message Text An attempt to display information about HDLM management targets has failed Command Line aa aa The HDLM command was started or stopped by the user who does not have the authority Command Line aa aa Explanation Details aa aa Command that the user executed Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15116 I bb bb path s were successfully placed aa aa dd dd path s were successfully placed cc cc ee ee path s were
93. checking interval has not been specified before Every 60 minute default setting o When the checking interval has been specified before The previously used interval The explanation for the following sub parameter describes how to specify the interval between path status checks intvl checking interval Specify the interval between path status checks Specify a value from 1 to 1440 minutes The default is 60 Specify an interval appropriate for your operating environment Command Reference 6 23 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 6 24 If intermittent error monitoring is on and the number of times that the error is to occur is set to a value of 2 or more the following condition must be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring If this condition is not satisfied the KAPLO1080 W message will be output and an error will occur If this happens change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failbacks intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur When you set the number of times that the error is to occur to 1 the above condition does not need to be satisfied When you changed the error monitor interval while intermittent error monitoring is running the new settings will take effect immediately When the checking interval is shor
94. command operation whose format you want to know You can specify one of the following operations o clear o help o offline o online o set o view o add o delete If you do not specify any operations the help operation displays all operations available for the HDLM command Examples Example 1 The following example shows how to display all the operations available in the HDLM command 6 4 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr help dinkmgr Format dlinkmgr clear help offline online set view add delete KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name help completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Example 2 The following example shows how to display the formats of multiple operations usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr help online offline help online Format dinkmgr online path s dinkmgr online path hba HBAPortNumber BusNumber hbaid HBA ID s dinkmgr online path cha pathid AutoPATH ID chaid CHA ID s dlnkmgr online path pathid AutoPATH ID s dinkmgr online path hdev Host Device Name ospathid OS Path ID s dinkmgr online path hapath lu pathid AutoPATH ID s dinkmgr online path dfha lu pathid AutoPATH ID s Valid value AutoPATH ID 000000 999999 Decimal HBA ID 00000 99999 Decimal CHA ID 00000 9999
95. contains the logical volume hd5 is different from the physical volume used for booting the following message appears and the HDLM installation ends with an error 0503 497 installp An error occurred during bosboot test processing To make the physical volume that contains the boot logical volume hd5 the same as the physical volume used for booting execute the bootlist command by specifying the physical volume that contains the boot logical volume hd5 and then restart the host The following shows an example of executing the command when the physical volume that contains the boot logical volume hd5 is hdisk3 bootlist m normal hdisk3 After restarting the host perform the procedure again from step 2 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX If there is no directory for mounting the DVD ROM make the directory mkdir cdrom cdrom is the desired directory name Hereafter cdrom is used for purposes of explanation Mount the DVD ROM mount r v cdrfs dev cd0 cdrom The dev cd0 part depends on the system Execute the following command to check that the devices to be managed by HDLM have been recognized by the system lsdev Cc disk hdiskO Available 1S 08 00 8 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdiskl Available 1S 08 00 9 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk2 Available 1S 08 00 10 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk3 Available 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre hdisk4 Available 1
96. default is var tmp hdlm license If you perform an upgrade installation or re installation without updating the license delete the Licensekeyfile key and value licensekey 3 Specify the absolute path name Optional Optional 4 of the file that records the 4 license key stored on the host The file specified here is not deleted after an unattended installation is performed Utility Reference 7 33 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Necessity of definition Upgrade number installa n or re tion installatio n The default is var DLM dim lic_ key If you perform an upgrade installation or re installation without updating the license delete the licensekey key and value driver config Specify one of the following Optional Optional values to indicate whether to configure the HDLM driver y Configure the HDLM driver default n Do not configure the HDLM driver In a boot disk environment the HDLM driver is not configured regardless of the value specified here Specify whether to restart the Optional Optional host after installation Specify either of the following values y Restart n Do not restart default Legend Optional If a key and its setting are not specified the default value will be used However for an upgrade installation or re installation the previous license information will be inherited for the licensekeyf
97. displayed when the 64 bit kernel is being used Switch the kernel mode When AIX is running change the symbolic link for usr lib boot unix and unix to switch the current kernel mode to the desired mode o The path for the 64 bit kernel mode usr lib boot unix_64 o The path for the 32 bit kernel mode usr lib boot unix_up for a uni processor usr lib boot unix_mp for a multi processor Execute the bosboot command bosboot ad dev ipldevice Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Restart the system shutdown Fr Execute the following command to confirm that the kernel mode has been changed properly bootinfo K Set Up Cluster Software To use HDL in a cluster configuration you need to perform the following setup for the cluster software To set up cluster software i Install the cluster software on all of the hosts in the cluster For details on the installation see the documentation of the corresponding cluster software Stop the cluster software services For details on how to stop the services see the documentation of the corresponding cluster software Performing a New Installation of HDLM When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment To perform a new installation of HDLM i Log in to AIX as the root user If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation to log in to AIX If there is no dire
98. e We recommend that you execute the dimgetrasinst utility on the HDLM installation DVD ROM If you use the utility by copying it to another 7 16 Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX location from the DVD ROM also copy the UtilAudLog file to the same directory to which you copy the dimgetrasinst file e Because dimgetrasinst first stores error information in the specified output directory before compressing ensure that information collection areas allocated are of adequate size e If the specified directory to which collected information is output already exists an overwrite confirmation message is displayed Responding by entering y instructs the dlimgetrasinst utility to overwrite the existing files entering n or anything other than y instructs the utility to terminate without executing In the latter case you can either rename the existing directory before re executing the utility or you can execute the utility with a different directory name specified List of Collected Error Information The following table lists and describes the information collected by the dimgetrasinst utility Table 7 4 Information Stored in the getrasinst tar Z File Output directory Directly under the directory to which collected information is output getrasinst log filesystems Explanation dimgetrasinst utility log file Mount information of the file system inittab inittab file syslog
99. eg LU will be set to Online or Online D To continue enter y To cancel the operation enter n Note All paths of the LU including non P VOL paths will be set to Online or Online D Action To set to Online or Online D all paths that are connected to the LU that has the specified path ID enter y To cancel the process enter n KAPLO1169 All Online S or Online D paths will be Details I set to Online Is this OK y n All paths in the online S or Online D status will be set to Online because no path is specified To continue enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action To execute online processing enter y To cancel the operation enter Messages 8 33 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation n Before you execute the processing you must check the path status by executing the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmar KAPLO1170 All Online S or Online D paths that are Details I connected to the LU that has the specified All paths in the online S path ID will be set to Online Is this OK or Online D status for y n each specified LU will be set to Online To continue enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action To set to online the all Online S or Online D paths that are connected to the specified LU with path ID enter y To cancel the operation enter n KAPLO1171 The target
100. error information When an error occurs this utility collects the files that contain information to be submitted to your HDLM vendor or maintenance company For details about the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 The dimchpdattr utility for changing HDLM default settings This utility changes the default value for the hdisk attribute For details about the dimchpdattr utility see dl mchpdattr Utility for Changing HDLM Default Settings on page 7 13 The dimgetrasinst utility for collecting HDLM installation error information When an error occurs this utility collects the files that contain information to be submitted to your HDLM vendor or maintenance company For details about the dimgetrasinst utility see d mchpdattr Utility for Changing HDLM Default Settings on page 7 13 HDLM component installation utility dlminstcomp If you installed HDLM in an environment that does not satisfy the JDK version requirement indicated in JDK required for linkage with Global Link Manager section in Host and OS Support for HDLM on page 3 3 execute this utility to complement the HDLM installation For details about the dlminstcomp utility see diminstcomp Utility for HDLM Component Installation on page 7 19 The dimmigsts utility for assisting HDLM migration When migrating from HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier to version 5 9 the ODM and HDLM settings can be inherited by executing this utility For
101. error information to collect the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL11905 E KAPL11906 1 An unexpected error occurred GUI information aa aa Details An exception occurred during processing on the host Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information to collect the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Details This information is required for resolving problems aa aa Trace information Action None KAPL11907 I XML reception aa aa Messages Details Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation This information is required for resolving problems aa aa XML information Action None KAPL11908 I XML transmission aa aa KAPL13001 to KAPL14000 Message ID KAPL13001 1 Message Text The dilmmigsts utility completed successfully Details This information is required for resolving problems aa aa XML information Action None Explanation Acti
102. execute the dimrmprshkey utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL13160 The specified parameters cannot be WwW specified at the same time parameter aa aa Messages Details 8 123 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 124 Message ID Message Text Explanation The specified parameters cannot be specified at the same time aa aa The specified parameter Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimrmprshkey utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL13161 W KAPL13162 W No parameter value has been specified A parameter value is invalid parameter value aa aa Details No parameter value has been specified Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimrmprshkey utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it Details An invalid parameter value has been specified aa aa The specified parameter value Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimrmprshkey utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL13163 1 KAPL13164 W y n The dlmrmprshkey utility will now be executed Is this OK y n The entered value is invalid Re enter Messages Details This message confirms whether it is okay to
103. execute the dimrmprshkey utility Action To execute the dimrmprshkey utility enter y If you do not want to execute the dlmrmprshkey utility enter n Details A value other than y orn has been entered for a y n request Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Action Enter either y or n KAPL13165 I The user stopped the operation Details The dlmrmprshkey utility was terminated because the response to a request was n Action None KAPL13166 The entered value is invalid The operation will now stop Details The dilmrmprshkey utility has been stopped because an invalid response was sent three times consecutively to a request Action To execute dilmrmprshkey utility again enter either y orn KAPL13167 E An internal error occurred in the dimrmprshkey utility Error Code aa aa bb bb Messages Details A system based error not caused by the user occurred during dimrmprshkey utility processing aa aa Error number decimal number bb bb Return code decimal number Action When the error code is 21 N 24 N 26 N or 28 N Check for path errors If there is a path error recover the path from the error and then retry the operation When the error code is 30 N The target device might not be using persistent reservations shared host methodology Use the dimp
104. failed File name aa aa aa aa var tmp hdlm license Action If a license key file exists delete it aa aa var tmp hdilm license KAPL01088 The specified parameter values cannot be Details W specified at the same time Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb parameter values cc cc bb bb Parameter name ada daiview cc cc Parameter values that cannot be specified at the same time Action Execute help operation name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check which parameter can be specified and then retry For details on the help operation see help Messages 8 21 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 22 Message ID Message Text Explanation Displays the Operation Format on page 6 4 KAPLO1089 E One of the following was executed at the same time as an HDLM command set lic operation another set lic operation or an update of the license for an update installation Action Check the license by using the HDLM command s view sys lic operation If necessary re execute the HDLM command s set lic operation If the same error message is output again contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Do not perform the following operations o Simultaneously execute the HDLM command s set lic operation with the view sys lic operation Execute the HDLM command s
105. for the Information level and higher Recommended value 3 Collect error information for the Information level and higher Error log file size 9900 KB 9900 KB Number of error log files 2 2 Trace level 0 Do not output any trace 0 Do not output any trace Trace file size 1000 KB 1000 KB Number of trace files 4 4 Path health checking on Interval is 30 minutes on The recommended checking interval depends on the operating environment Automatic failback on Interval is 60 minutes The recommended checking interval depends on the operating environment Intermittent error monitoring on The recommended checking interval depends on the operating environment Collecting audit log data The recommended value depends on the operating environment Set on if you want to collect audit log data Audit log facility local0O to local7 Number of times the same path can be used for load balancing The recommended value depends on the operating environment Number of times the same path can be used for extended load balancing The recommended value depends on the operating environment Dynamic I O path control off The checking interval is 10 minutes off The recommended checking interval depends on the operating environment This item is applied only when Hitachi AMS2000 series
106. for the example in Figure 2 6 Flow of I O Data When the Load Balancing Function Is Used on page 2 10 the load is balanced among the four paths A B C and D If one of the paths were to become unusable the load would be balanced among the three remaining paths Notes Load balancing is performed for the following storage systems o Lightning 9900V series o Hitachi USP series o Universal Storage Platform V VM series HDLM Functions 2 11 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX o Virtual Storage Platform series o Hitachi AMS2000 series o Hitachi SMS series HUS100 series o HUS VM This storage system applies when the dynamic I O path control function is disabled Load Balancing Algorithms HDLM has the following six load balancing algorithms The Round Robin algorithm The Extended Round Robin algorithm The Least I Os algorithm The Extended Least I Os algorithm The Least Blocks algorithm The Extended Least Blocks algorithm The above algorithms are divided into two categories which differ in their processing method The following describes both of these processing methods The Round Robin Least I Os and Least Blocks algorithms These algorithms select which path to use every time a certain number of I Os are issued The path that is used is determined by the following o Round Robin The paths are simply selected in order from among all the connected paths o Least I Os The path that has the le
107. hdisks are available lsdev Cc disk hdisk0 Available 1S 08 00 8 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdiskl Available 1S 08 00 9 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk2 Available 1S 08 00 10 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk3 Available 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre hdisk4 Available 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre Make sure that the status of all displayed hdisks is Available hdisks 0 to 2 are the physical device file names for the host s internal disks hdisk 3 and the following are the logical device file names that correspond to physical volumes in the storage system After executing the 1spv command if there is no hdisk other than the one that constitutes rootvg re execute the procedure starting from step 14 28 Execute the dinkmgr command s view operation to check the status of each program usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys HDLM Version 2 X X XXX Service Pack Version Load Balance on extended lio Support Cluster Elog Level 2 3 Elog File Size KB lt 9900 Number Of Elog Files 202 Trace Level 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback on 60 Intermittent Error Monitor off Dynamic I O Path Control off 10 HDLM Manager Ver WakeupTime 3 34 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 29 30 ai 32 33 34 Alive XXX XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss
108. identification information FQDN Fully qualified domain name HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Item Explanation Redundancy Redundancy identification information identification information Agent information Agent information Host sending request Name of the host sending a request Port number sending Number of the port sending a request request Host receiving request Name of the host receiving a request Port number receiving Number of the port receiving a request request Common operation ID Operation serial number in the program Log type information Fixed to BasicLog Application identification Program identification information information Reserved area This field is reserved No data is output here Message text Data related to the audit event is output The output of this item depends on the audit event Example of the message section for the audit event An attempt to display HDLM management target information was successful CELFSS 1 1 0 KAPL15109 I1 2008 04 09T10 18 40 6 09 00 HDLMCommand hostname moon Configur ationAccess Success uid r0o0t zrrrrrrrrrriri Information about HDLM management targets was successfully displayed Command Line usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path Integrated HDLM management using Global Link Manager By using Global Link Manager you can perform integrated path managemen
109. installation finishes successfully 9 Insert the HDLM DVD ROM into the DVD ROM drive and mount the DVD ROM If you install HDLM by using a directory to which the DVD ROM is copied you do not have to perform this step 10 For an upgrade installation execute the following command o When installing HDLM from the DVD ROM Creating an HDLM Environment 3 45 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 46 11 directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted installux sh or installp axgd directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted HDLM AIX all o When installing HDLM from the directory to which the DVD ROM was copied directory copied from DVD ROM installux sh or installp axgd directory copied from DVD ROM HDLM AIX all Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during installation you do not have to restart the host If you execute the dimrmdev utility without the e parameter specified at step 6 and then the KAPL09172 E message is displayed the hdisk for the device that is managed by HDLM still remains If you execute the dimrmdev utility with the e parameter specified at step 6 and then the KAPLO09172 E message is displayed the hdisk for the device that is managed by HDLM still remains and its status is Available Re execute the procedure in step 6 If an upgrade installation ends with an error HDLM might be removed In this case proceed to step
110. invalid parameter Details W aa aa An invalid parameter value has been specified for the dlmpr utility aa aa specified parameter character string Action Specify the correct value for the parameter and then retry For details on the dlmpr utility see d mpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation on page 7 25 KAPL10646 A parameter is invalid parameter Details W aa aa An invalid parameter has been specified for the dlmpr utility aa aa specified parameter character string Action Execute help of the dimpr utility to check the parameters that can be specified and then retry For details on the dimpr utility see d mpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation on page 7 25 8 106 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation KAPL10648 An internal error occurred in the dlmpr Details E utility Error Code aa aa An error not caused by the user has occurred in the dimpr utility aa aa error number decimal number Action If a message with Error Code 35 is output check for the hdisk was deleted If the hdisk was deleted recover the state of the hdisk and then retry If the KAPL10648 E message has been issued but the hdisk was not deleted contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM If a message with E
111. is specified for direct access ASM raw devices 1 Oracle RAC 10g 10 2 0 5 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access ASM raw devices Oracle RAC iig 11 1 0 6 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access ASM raw devices or raw devices 1 Oracle RAC iig 11 1 0 7 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access ASM raw devices Oracle RAC iig 11 2 0 3 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access ASM raw devices 1 GPFS 3 37 6 GPFS 3 4 3 VCS 5 0 4 VCS 5 0 14 VCS 5 0 3 4 5 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 7 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Related Programs VCS 5 174 AIX 5L V5 3 Virtual PowerHA 6 1 I O Server Client Technology Level 07 or later Server ioslevel 2 1 0 0 to 2 2 2 xx where xx is a number PowerHA 6 1 PowerHA 7 1 PowerHA 7 1 1 PowerHA 7 1 2 Oracle RAC 10g 10 2 0 4 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access ASM raw devices Oracle RAC 10g 10 2 0 5 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access raw devices Oracle RAC 1ig 11 2 0 2 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access ASM raw devices Oracle RAC 11g 11 2 0 3 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access ASM raw devices When a logical volume is used PowerHA 6 1 2 GPFS 3 379 6 GPFS 3 4 3 GPFS 3 5 7 VCS 5 0 1 4 VCS 5 0 3 4 5 VCS 5 1 4 DB2 pureScale 9 8 AIX V6 1 Virtual I O PowerHA 6 1 S
112. multiple groups E group ARGV I Figure 3 4 Example of Editing the Preonline Script Removing HDLM This section explains how to return the HDLM environment to the way it was before HDLM was installed and describes each step of the process Preparations for HDLM Removal e Back up all HDLM management target devices onto a medium such as a tape e Remove HDLM in a multi user mode env ironment e When removing HDLM on a host where version 5 0 or later of a Device Manager agent is installed do not execute any of the following Device Manager agent commands during the removal Also do not remove HDLM while executing any of the following Device Manager agent commands hbsasrv HiScan hdvmagt_account hdvmagt_ schedule hldutil TIC Removing HDLM When you remove HDL if the KAPLO9019 1 E Or KAPLO9020 E message is output follow the directions in Removing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 on page 3 104 to remove HNTRLib2 However if the KAPL09026 I message is output since a program other than HDLM is using Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 97 Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 only HDLM will be removed You can use the installp command or SMIT to remove HDLM The following explains how to remove HDLM using the installp command For details about how to use SMIT see the AIX documentation For the vir
113. n For details on the offline operation see offline Places Paths Offline on page 6 6 KAPL01054 W During the offline operation processing of the HDLM command a path that cannot be placed in the Offline C status was detected PathID aa aa Would you like to continue the processing of the offline operation y n Messages Details A path that cannot be set to Offline C was detected during multipath offline processing To ignore this path and perform offline processing for the next path enter y To cancel offline processing enter n aa aa Path ID decimal base 10 number Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Action If you want to continue processing the offline operation of the HDLM command for other paths enter y If you want to terminate processing enter n For details on the offline operation see offline Places Paths Offline on page 6 6 KAPLO1055 All the paths which pass the specified Details I aa aa will be changed to the Offline C Multiple paths will be status Is this OK y n set set to Offline C because the hba or cha parameter was specified To collectively set place multiple paths to Offline C enter y To cancel the operation enter n ad aa CHA port HBA Action If you want to execute offline processing for the paths that meet the specified requirements enter y If you want
114. not Command Line online Details ada aa Online or Online S bb bb The number of paths which changed to the Online or Online S status cc CC Online S Online D or Online S Online D dd dd The number of paths which changed to the Online S or Online D status ee ee The number of paths which failed to change to either the Online Online S or Online D status KAPL15117 I Addition of path s succeeded Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15118 W Addition of path s failed Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15119 I Deletion of path s succeeded Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15120 W Deletion of path s failed Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15401 I HDLM Manager successfully started KAPL15402 E Could not start the HDLM manager KAPL15403 I HDLM Manager successfully stopped KAPL15404 W The HDLM Manager was executed by the user who does not have the authority Messages 8 131 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Return Codes for Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component When an operation requested of HDLM from Global Link Manager terminates abnormally or terminates normally with a warning HDLM output
115. of HDLM Installing HDLM on a server where HDLM has not yet been installed is called a new installation Upgrade installation of HDLM Installing a new version of HDLM over an already installed earlier version of HDLM without first removing the earlier version is called an upgrade installation You can perform an upgrade installation only for HDLM version 5 9 or later Migration of HDLM Removing HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier and then performing a new installation of HDLM 5 9 or later is called a migration During a migration you can inherit the earlier ODM settings and the HDLM functionality settings Migration is necessary because HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier cannot be upgraded to HDLM version 5 9 or later By performing the procedure described in Migrating from HDLM Version 5 8 1 or Earlier to Version 5 9 or Later on page 3 56 you can inherit only the ODM settings and the HDLM functionality settings Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Re installation of HDLM Installing the same version of HDLM for repair purposes without removing the existing instance of HDLM is called re installation of HDLM Notes on Creating an HDLM Environment This section provides notes on creating an HDLM environment For notes on operating HDLM see Notes on Using HDLM on page 4 2 Notes on Installing HDLM Install HDLM on the boot disk To install HDLM a license key is required For more deta
116. of the changes explained in Eliminating Settings when Upgrading the OS on page B 5 and Eliminating Settings when Changing the Kernel Mode on page B 5 the dlmchenv utility for modifying the HDLM execution environment is no longer necessary and has been deleted Differences Between HDLM Version 5 9 or Later and Version 5 8 1 or Earlier B 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Changing a Virtual I O Server s Method of Recognizing Virtual SCSI Disks B 6 In HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier either PVID or unique _id can be selected as the method used by a virtual I O server for recognizing virtual SCSI disks In HDLM version 5 9 or later only unique_id can be used because of the MPIO specification Also the u and the e parameters of the dimodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM are no longer provided because they are also not necessary Differences Between HDLM Version 5 9 or Later and Version 5 8 1 or Earlier Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Acronyms and abbreviations The following acronyms and abbreviations might be used in this guide A AL Arbitrated Loop API Application Programming Interface ASM Automatic Storage Management C CHA Channel Adapter CHRP Common Hardware Reference Platform CLPR Cache Logical Partition CPU Central Processing Unit CU Control Unit F A B C D JE EFE GJH I J K LIM N O P Q RIS T UJVIW X Y Z
117. on the queue_depth parameter value for an HDLM managed device 3 17 Notes on the virtual I O server 3 14 Notes on trace files 3 15 number of error log files 6 21 number of trace files 6 22 O obtaining path information 5 5 program information 5 6 ODM Object Data Manager Glossary 5 offline 2 14 6 6 offline C status 2 20 offline E status 2 20 online 2 14 6 11 online status 2 20 online D status 2 20 online E status 2 20 online S status 2 20 operating environment 6 17 setting 6 17 operation name 8 3 operations 6 2 displaying format 6 4 of the HDLM command 6 2 OS supported 3 3 overview commands 6 2 HDLM 1 1 owner controller 2 10 Glossary 5 owner path 2 10 Glossary 5 P P 2 4 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX path 2 3 Glossary 5 adding dynamically 6 68 checking the configuration 3 72 deleting dynamically 6 70 path error handling 5 3 path health checking path information obtaining 5 5 path name Glossary 6 path priority number 2 16 path status transition 2 20 path switching automatically 2 14 manually 2 19 PathID 5 2 PathName 5 3 Paths to which load balancing is applied 2 10 PCI bus number 6 52 Performing Failovers and Failbacks Using Path Switching 2 14 persistent reservation Glossary 6 placing a path or paths offline 6 6 placing a path or paths online 6 11 placing online path 5 5 port 2 3 position of the HDLM driver and hdisk 2 7 PowerHA installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 environmen
118. or license key file If the license has not expired proceed to step 10 o When only the license key has been provided Create the var DLM directory and then in this directory create the license key file dlm lic_ key The following shows an example when the license key is 12345678 9ABCDEF mkdir var DLM cho 123456789ABCDEF gt var DLM dlm lic key o When the license key file has been provided Store the license key file directly under the var tmp directory by using the hdlm_ license name var tmp hdlm_ license Note that the hdlm_license and dlm lic_key files are deleted after installation finishes successfully Insert the HDLM DVD ROM into the DVD ROM drive and mount the DVD ROM If you install HDLM by using a directory to which the DVD ROM is copied you do not have to perform this step Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 11 12 For an upgrade installation execute the following command o When installing HDLM from the DVD ROM directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted installux sh or installp axgd directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted HDLM AIX all o When installing HDLM from the directory to which the DVD ROM was copied directory copied from DVD ROM installux sh or installp axgd directory copied from DVD ROM HDLM AIX all Even though a message asking you to restart the host
119. order To Display Program Information on page 6 35 To Display Path Information on page 6 42 To Display LU Information on page 6 54 To Display HBA Port Information on page 6 64 To Display CHA Port Information on page 6 66 To Display the Correspondences Between hdisks OS Management Path IDs and LDEVs on page 6 67 To Display the Format of the View Operation on page 6 68 To Display Program Information sys sfunc msrv adrv pdrv lic audlog lbpathusetimes expathusetimes Displays the HDLM program information Use one of the sub parameters following sys to specify the program information that you want to display If you do not specify a sub parameter the command displays all of the program information except the information about the audit log data collection settings the number of times the same path can be used for load balancing and the number of times the same path can be used for extended load balancing Table 6 10 Displayed Program Information on page 6 35 describes the specifiable parameters displayed information displayed items and a corresponding description t Does not display the title for each information item Table 6 10 Displayed Program Information Parameter and program informatio n to be displayed Description sfunc HDIM Version HDLM version number Information about the HDLM function Load Balance Settings for load balancing settings Service Pack
120. page 7 30 If the command terminates normally the KAPL10531 I message is displayed If the KAPL10531 I message is not displayed make sure that HDLM managed paths are not being used by a process service file system or volume group and then perform step 2 again If the dimrmdev utility is executed properly proceed to step 7 3 Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by HDLM umount file system mount point 4 Execute the following command to display all the activated volume groups lsvg o 5 Among the displayed volume groups inactivate the volume groups used by HDLM varyoffvg volume group name 6 Execute the dimrmdev utility with the e parameter specified usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev e If the command terminates normally the KAPL10531 I message is displayed If the KAPL10531 I message is not displayed make sure that HDLM managed paths are not being used by a process service file system or volume group and then perform step 6 again 7 Execute the following command to make sure that the status of the hdisks recognized as HDLM managed devices is Defined lsdev Cc disk hdiskO Available 1S 08 00 8 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdiskl Available 1S 08 00 9 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk2 Available 1S 08 00 10 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk3 Defined 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre hdisk4 Defined 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre In this
121. paths are already aa aa or Details I bb bb The specified paths are already in the Online Online S Or Online D status as a result of an online operation ad daa Online or Online S bb bb Online D or Online S Online D Action Check path status by using the view operation For Online S or Online D paths To change the status of a path from Online S or Online D to Online re execute the HDLM command with the hapath parameter specified KAPL01172 There are no Online S Online D paths Details I among the target paths An online operation was executed using the hapath parameter but there are no paths with the Online S Online D status among the specified paths Action 8 34 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Use the view operation of the HDLM command dInkmgr to check the status of the path KAPLO3001 to KAPLO4000 Message ID Message Text Explanation KAPLO3001 I HDLM API information aa aa Details This information is required for resolving problems aa aa Trace information Action None KAPLO3003 HDLM API Error information aa aa Details E This information is required for resolving problems aa aa API trace error information Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the ma
122. registrations Delete the following line that was added to the preonline script system usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dlm vcs pgr release SARGV 1 If you do not need to start the preonline script when VCS starts delete the preonline script and specify the settings so that the preonline script does not start For details on the setting method refer to the VCS documentation In the following example the settings do not start the preonline script when VCS starts rm opt VRTSvcs bin triggers preonlin haconf makerw hagrp modify service group PreOnline 0 haconf dump makero Execute the following command installp u DLManager mpio If you are not using a virtual I O server removal of HDLM is complete and you do not need to perform the remaining steps If the KAPLO09022 E message is displayed the hdisks recognized as the devices to be managed by HDLM still remain Re execute the procedure starting from step 14 If you are using a virtual I O server define an hdisk as a virtual target device On the virtual I O server execute one of the following commands o To create an hdisk as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev hdisk name vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter nam o To create a logical volume as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev logical volume name vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter nam Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 22 23
123. result of the view operation check that the programs are running properly If HDLM Manager HDLM Alert Driver and HDLM Driver are all Alive all programs are running correctly Performing an Installation in a Multibos Environment By using the AIX multibos command you can perform an upgrade installation of HDLM on a standby BOS to be newly created or on an already created BOS Only upgrade installation is supported for installation of HDLM in a multibos environment Before you perform an upgrade installation of HDLM make sure that your HDLM license has not expired If the license has expired prepare a valid license key or license key file 1 Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation for the procedure to log in to AIX If your license is still valid go to step 6 If you have prepared a license key or license key file go to the following steps Creating an HDLM Environment 3 51 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX o If you prepared a license key for an upgrade installation of HDLM ona standby BOS to be newly created go to step 2 o If you prepared a license key file for an upgrade installation of HDLM on a standby BOS to be newly created go to step 3 o If you prepared a license key for an upgrade installation of HDLM on an already created standby BOS go to step 4 o If you prepared a license key file for an upgrade installa
124. see dimpremkcd Utility for Preparing for a System Backup on page 7 28 The dimpreremove utility executed before removing HDLM This utility excludes the hdisk recognized as a boot disk from being an HDLM management target Execute this utility before removing HDLM For details about the dlmpreremove utility see d mpreremove Utility for Executed Before Removing HDLM on page 7 29 The dimrmdev utility for removing HDLM devices This utility deletes hdisks according to the parameter settings When all the hdisks recognized as HDLM management target devices have been successfully deleted the HDLM manager stops The hdisk recognized as a boot disk is not deleted For details about the dimrmdev utility see dimrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers on page 7 30 The dimrmprshkey utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation shared host methodology The dimrmprshkey utility cancels persistent reservation shared host methodology on a specified volume For details about the dlmrmprshkey utility see d mrmprshkey Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation Shared Host Methodology on page 7 31 The installhdim utility for installing HDLM The installhdim utility is used to execute an unattended installation when a new installation upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM is being performed For details about the installhdim utility see installhdim Utility for Installing HDLM on page 7 32 For details about how to pe
125. see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 1 This storage system applies when the dynamic I O path control function is disabled 2 An intermittent error means an error that occurs irregularly because of some reason such as a loose cable connection Manual path switching You can switch the status of a path by manually placing the path online or offline Manually switching a path is useful for example when system maintenance needs to be done You can manually place a path online or offline by doing the following e Execute the dinkmgr command s online or offline operation For details on the online operation see online Places Paths Online on page 6 11 For details on the offline operation see offline Places Paths Offline on page 6 6 However if there is only one online path for a particular LU that path cannot be manually switched offline Also a path with an error that has not been recovered from yet cannot be switched online HDLM uses the same algorithms to select the path that will be used next regardless of whether automatic or manual path switching is used When using the Thunder 9500V series or Hitachi AMS WMS series HDLM selects the switching destination path from owner paths and then from non owner paths When the Lightning 9900V series Hitachi USP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series Virtual Storage Pla
126. setting in the etc syslog conf file local0 info usr local audlog e Use the HDLM command s set operation to specify local0 for the audit log facility You can also filter the audit log output by specifying a severity level and type for the HDLM command s set operation Filtering by severity The following table lists the severity levels that can be specified Table 2 11 Severity Levels That Can Be Specified A 5 Correspondence with syslog Severity Audit log data to output Emergency Alert Critical Critical Critical and Error Error Critical Error and Warning Warning Notice Critical Error Warning and Informational Informational Debug Filtering by category The following categories can be specified o StartStop o Authentication o ConfigurationAccess o All of the above For details on how to specify audit log settings see Setting Up the HDLM Functions on page 3 74 Audit Log Data Formats The following describes the format of audit log data Format of audit log data output to syslog o priority o date and time o host name HDLM Functions 2 41 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 2 42 o program name o process ID o message section The following shows the format of message section and explains its contents The format of message section common identifier common specification revision number serial number message ID date and time entity
127. specified parameter Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimpremkcd utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL13145 I The dlmpremkcd utility will be executed Is this OK y n Messages Details This message confirms whether it is okay to execute the dimpremkcd utility 8 121 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Action To execute the dimpremkcd utility enter y If you do not want to execute the dlmpremkcd utility enter n KAPL13146 The entered value is invalid Re enter Details Ww y n A value other than y or n has been entered for a y n request Action Enter either y or n KAPL13147 I The user stopped the operation Details The dlmpremkcd utility was terminated because the response to a request was n Action None KAPL13148 The entered value is invalid The Details E operation will now stop The dimpremkcd utility has been stopped because an invalid response was sent three times consecutively to a request Action To execute dlmpremkcd utility again enter either y orn KAPL13149 An internal error occurred in the Details E dimpremkcd utility Error Code A system based error not aa aa bb bb Y caused by the user occurred during dlmpremkcd utility processing aa aa Error number decimal number
128. specified parameter Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimchpdattr utility Make sure that the format of the Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL10574 W The specified parameters cannot be specified at the same time parameter ad aa Details aa aa The specified parameter Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimchpdattr utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL10575 W No parameter value has been specified Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimchpdattr utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL10576 W A parameter value is invalid parameter value aa aa Details An invalid parameter value has been specified aa aa The specified parameter value Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimchpdattr utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL10577 W An attribute is invalid attribute aa aa Details An invalid attribute has been specified aa aa The specified attribute Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimchpdattr utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it
129. specified by using an HBA port CHA port single path or host device For details on how to specify paths see online Places Paths Online on page 6 11 HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX For example if you want to place all the paths that pass through a specific HBA port online execute the dlinkmgr command s online operation with the hba parameter specified The following shows an example in which the command is executed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online hba 01 01 KAPLO1057 I All the paths which pass the specified HBA will be changed to the Online status Is this OK y n y KAPLO1061 I 3 path s were successfully placed Online 0 path s were not Operation name online Check to see if the statuses of all the applicable paths have changed The following example shows how to execute the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path Changing the Status of Paths to Offline C To change the status of paths to offline C 1 Check the current status of the paths To change the status of the path for each HBA port CHA port or path to Offline C first check the path name or AutoPATH_ID To change the path status to Offline C by specifying a host device name first check the host device name for the path and the OS management path ID The following example shows how to execute the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path The following e
130. sszscicsescwiewacneisaianicaadeatvedaaiiedumrdascsicecmanitvad 2 25 Intermittent Error Monitoring ACHONGS sicsntsiattcsce rade caiwaal xiadsdaciesenreiesudssesdcidecesies 2 25 When an intermittent error OCCUIS cccsseessesceeesseesceseneneeseeesenesseeesees 2 25 When an intermittent error does NOt OCCUL cscccseescsseseesessesseeeeseeeeees 2 26 When the conditions for an intermittent error are changed during error POP MCOMNNG r ordeal E T eisai ies enesian 2 27 When a User Changes the Intermittent Error Information ccccccseseeeseeeeeeees 2 28 Detecting errors by using path health CheckKing ssccseccsseeceescesenseesceeessesseeeeaes 2 29 Distributing a Load by Using the Dynamic I O Path Control FUNCtION cceeeeeeeeees 2 30 What is the Dynamic Load Balance Control FUNCtiON ssesseeesseeeeeeesaeeenaes 2 30 Dynamic I O Path Control PUNCHOM scacnamiacttasaansscencanecentaienieniaenieenetadecatiacsietanns 2 30 Enor Managemen ans cesossccecsacacsedonsnenntnantaegneniaesncanmnancancaganseammenbsamimaaesunaimamssonaotinn 2 31 Types of Collected LOGS iss cnnscacutcnascasernantiadacsatas ioleseoaaiandatatasiacmsassccacecteiaiacuaraiaas 2 32 Filtering of error IMEGHI ie UO Nlazscnssacnansannecennssanacsosaaeennacenceatpacaenasansehanspeessdcepiacante 2 33 Collecting error information using the utility for collecting HDLM error information DLMgetraS i ancscceascamircannnnadencaenossadsnaatansanedunssausandaa
131. sure that the default value for the hdisk reservation policy has changed Execute the dimchpdattr utility with the o parameter specified usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchpdattr o uniquetype disk fcp Hitachi reserve policy no reserve KAPL10571 I The dlmchpdattr utility completed successfully If the execution environment is a boot disk environment proceed to step 4 If the execution environment is a local boot disk environment proceed to step 5 HDLM Operation 4 17 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 4 Execute the following command to restart the host shutdown Fr Execute the following command to make sure that the status of the hdisks recognized as HDLM managed devices is Available lsdev Cc disk hdisk0O Available 1S 08 00 8 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdiskl Available 1S 08 00 9 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk2 Available 1S 08 00 10 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk3 Available 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre hdisk4 Available 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre In this example hdisk3 and hdisk4 are recognized as HDLM managed devices If the status of all hdisks is Available proceed to step 7 If there are any hdisks with the Defined status proceed to step 6 Execute the following command to change the hdisk status to Available cfgmgr After executing the command perform step 5 again Check the setting for the hdisk reservation policy attribute Make sure that the changed de
132. system add the WWNs of the new HBAs to the LUN security b Start the host c Execute the following command to delete the HDLM devices on the paths that go through the old HBAs rmdev dl hdisk name n indicates the instance number of the HDLM device d If LUN security has been set up for the storage system delete the WWNs of the old HBAs from the LUN security e Execute the following command to reconfigure the devices HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX cfgmgr l fcsn Specify the device name of the PCI slot fcs device where each HBA has been replaced n indicates the instance number of the fcs device Execute the following command to check path information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path For details on path information see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Execute the utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation dimpr to clear the reservation of LUs comprising the applicable volume group usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpr c hdisk name hdisk name Execute the following command to activate the applicable volume group varyonvg volume group name After you replace an HBA any paths that go through that HBA might be removed due to AIX specifications from the paths to a specified boot disk hdisk logical device file which will no longer be recognized as the boot disk If this happens it is nece
133. the meaning of the return codes output by HDLM when it receives a request from Global Link Manager and measures to take for them see Return Codes for Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component on page 8 132 O O Before Viewing the List of Messages KAPLO1001 to KAPLO2000 KAPLO3001 to KAPLO4000 KAPLO4001 to KAPLO5000 KAPLO5001 to KAPLO6000 KAPLO6001 to KAPLO7000 KAPLO7001 to KAPLO8000 KAPLO8001 to KAPLO9000 KAPLO9001 to KAPL10000 KAPL10001 to KAPL11000 KAPL11001 to KAPL12000 KAPL13001 to KAPL14000 KAPL15001 to KAPL16000 Messages 8 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 2 O Return Codes for Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Before Viewing the List of Messages This section explains the following information that is needed to locate messages and understand the explanations in the sections from KAPLO1001 to KAPLO2000 on page 8 4 e Format and meaning of the message IDs e Terms used in the messages and message explanations This information is explained below Format and Meaning of Message IDs Each message has a message ID The following table shows the format and meaning of message IDs Table 8 1 Format and Meaning of the Message ID KAPLannnn Indicates that the message is an HDLM message Message serial number for the module Message level
134. the tmp dinkset file when the DVD ROM drive directory is cdrom cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool dlmmigsts b odm tmp odmset set tmp dinkset KAPL13001 I The dlmmigsts utility completed successfully In the following example the utility displays Help when the DVD ROM drive directory is cdrom cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool dlmmigsts h Usage dlmmigsts b r odm odmsetfile set dlnksetfile s i dimodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM This utility sets and displays ODM to define HDLM operations Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset r on off i on off Utility Reference 7 21 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Parameters 7 22 E v on off j on of f s on off Enables or disables the LUN RESET option on Enable off Disable The default is off To use GPFS specify on You do not need to reconfigure the hdisk or restart the host when you change this parameter om off Prevents I O on the Online E path on Prevents I O on the Online E path off Allows I O on the Online E path The default is off When an error such as one that might occur in a LVM mirror configuration is detected and I O access for a path in the Online E status continues detection of errors will continue When this parameter is set to on I O access is suppressed until troubleshooting measures are taken This can shorten the time neede
135. the AIX version rootvginfo txt rootvg information An output directory is created in the specified directory when you open the getrasinst tar z file diminstcomp Utility for HDLM Component Installation This utility complements HDLM installation Execute this utility when both of the following conditions are satisfied Linkage with Global Link Manager is used When HDLN is installed the KAPLO9241 W message is output Execute this utility after installing the JDK For details about the JDK version to be installed see the JDK required for linkage with Global Link Manager section in Host and OS Support for HDLM on page 3 3 Utility Reference 7 19 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlminstcomp h Parameter h Displays the format of the dlminstcomp utility dimmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration This utility saves HDLM program information and the HDLM execution environment ODM settings making it possible to inherit settings information when migrating from HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier to version 5 9 Execute this utility from the HDLM version 5 9 installation DVD ROM Format DVD ROM drive directory HDLM AIX hdlmtool dlmmigsts b r odm odm environment settings file name set set environment settings file name s h Parameters b Saves the settings files by using the names specified in the odm and set parameters Note
136. the HDLM device cfgmgr Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX When the NPIV option is set to on HBA adapter number and bus number for PathName which are output by HDLM command view operations are changed to adapter type and adapter number respectively The view operation parameters for which the above changes are to be applied are as follows o path parameter displays path information o lu parameter displays LU information o hba parameter displays HBA port information For details on the view operations see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Notes on a License Key A license key is required when performing any of the following types of installation o Performing a new installation of HDLM o Migrating from HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier to version 5 9 or later o Upgrading or re installing HDLM after the valid license period has expired To update the HDLM license specify the lic parameter in the HDLM command s set operation and then execute this command The license key type determines the expiration of the license key For details about license key types and the set operation see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 Notes on Trace Files In HDLM 5 6 or later trace files for versions of HDLM earlier than 5 6 are divided into integrated trace files and trace files The logs for the HDLM command are output to integrated tra
137. the LU that Details E connects to Path ID aa aa is in the Online D status Due to path failure path deletion or offline operation no path connected to the LU that connects to Path ID aa aa is in the Online D status aa aa Path ID Same as PathID of view path 8 58 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text KAPLO9001 to KAPL10000 Message ID KAPLO9003 E Message Text Cannot install in this system Install HDLM on a supported OS Explanation decimal base 10 number Action To return a path to the Online D status resolve the path failure and then execute the dinkmgr online dfha command Explanation Details Installation of HDLM failed because the OS is not supported Make sure that you are using a supported OS Also make sure that the OS is not installed with the Secure by Default functionality enabled Action See Host and OS Support for HDLM on page 3 3 and install HDLM ona supported OS KAPLO9011 E Cannot find a license key file var DLM dim lic_key Details The license key file var DLM dlm lic_key is not in the specified directory Action Create a license key file and re execute the installation program KAPLO9012 I All HDLM drivers were removed Details All the HDLM drivers were successfully removed the HDLM manager was successfully stopped and HD
138. the Reservation Policy 3 92 If you use PowerHA 7 1 set the reserve policy attribute to no reserve If you use a version of PowerHA other than PowerHA 7 1 we recommend that you set the reserve policy attribute to PR_exclusive Note that if a virtual I O function is applied in order to use PowerHA in a client partition use the following procedure to check in the virtual I O server partition the settings for the reserve policy attribute of the hdisk If reserve policy is set to PR_exclusive change its value to no_reserve Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Check the setting for the reserve policy attribute of the hdisk lsattr El hdisk nam a reserve policy reserve policy PR_ exclusive N A TRUE Perform the following steps if reserve policy is set to PR exclusive Quit all applications that specify and directly access the hdisk whose attribute is to be changed Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by HDLM umount file system mount point Execute the following command to display all the activated volume groups lsvg o Among the displayed volume groups inactivate the volume groups used by HDLM varyoffvg volume group name Execute the chdev command to change the reserve policy attribute to no reserve chdev 1 hdisk name a reserve policy no_reserve Confirm that the setting was changed to no_reserve lsattr El hdi
139. the bundle PP name of Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 failed Details An attempt to register the PP name of HNTRLib 2 has failed Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contact of HDLM KAPLO9022 E HDLM cannot be removed aa aa is running Messages Details HDLM cannot be removed because the HDLM manager HDLM driver is running aa aa HDLM manager HDLM driver Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Action Execute the dimrmdev utility and then re execute the remove program KAPLO9023 E A file or directory related to HDLM could not be found Re install HDLM Details A target file to copy to the directory of Hitachi Command Suite products other than HDLM could not be found among the files related to HDLM Action Re install HDLM KAPLO9024 E An attempt to copy a file or directory related to HDLM has failed Refer to the Messages section of the HDLM User s Guide for instructions to correct this problem Details An attempt to copy a file related to HDLM to the directory of Hitachi Command Suite products other than HDLM has failed Action If this message is output while installing HDLM re install HDLM If this message is output while installing a Hitachi Command Suite product other than HDLM re install that product KAPL
140. the deleted path was connected Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dInkmgr to verify that the paths were deleted KAPLO1166 I 8 32 If you execute this operation the specified number of times that the same path can be used for individual LUs will become invalid Do you want to execute the operation anyway Operation name set y n Messages Details The specified number of times that the same path can be used for individual LUs will become invalid To continue the operation enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action If you want to change the number of times that the same path can be used for the system enter y To Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation cancel the operation enter n KAPL01167 All paths will be set to Online or Details I Online D Is this OK y n All paths will be set to Online Or Online D because no path is specified To continue enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action To set all paths to Online or Online D enter y To cancel the operation enter n Before you execute the processing you must check the path status by executing the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr KAPL01168 All P VOL paths that are connected to the Details I LU that has the specified path ID will be All paths f h ified set to Online D Is this OK y n io ag en
141. the error code is 2 You do not have write permission for the log file destination directory Modify your access permissions as necessary and then retry the operation If the error code is 3 You do not have write permission for the file system of the log file Modify your access permissions as necessary and then try again If the error code is 4 You do not have write permission for the installhdlm log file Modify your access permissions as necessary and then retry the operation KAPLO9236 An error occurred during the output of a Details W log file A memory shortage occurred at the output destination of the log file Action Check the error message output before this message and then perform the action indicated in that error message KAPL09237 A user operation ended installhdlm Details I The process has been terminated by an operation such as Ctrl C Messages 8 79 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Action Check the status of HDLM by executing lslpp la DLManager mpio rte If HDLM is not installed Re execute installhdlm If the status of HDLM is COMMITTED Perform the following procedures according to the installation status e Ifinstalling HDLM by using the installhdlm utility has already finished setting up HDLM might have not completed You need to manually set up the values
142. the error log collection level execute the dinkmgr command s set operation with the ellv parameter specified When the confirmation message is displayed enter y to execute or n to cancel the command The following shows an example in which the command is executed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set ellv 1 KAPLO1049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name set y n y KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name set completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss To check whether the settings have been applied see Viewing the Operating Environment on page 4 10 Viewing License Information This section explains how to display license information To display license information execute the dlnkmgr command s view operation with the sys and lic parameters specified The following shows an example in which the command is executed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys lic License Type Expiration Permanent KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss For details on the displayed items and their descriptions see view Displays Information on page 6 33 HDLM Operation 4 11 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Updating the License This section explains how to update the license To update the license execute the dlnkmgr command s set operation with the lic
143. the following values xvi Preface Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Physical capacity unit Value 1 kilobyte KB 1 000 103 bytes 1 megabyte MB 1 000 KB or 1 0002 bytes 1 gigabyte GB 1 000 MB or 1 0003 bytes 1 terabyte TB 1 000 GB or 1 0004 bytes 1 petabyte PB 1 000 TB or 1 000 bytes 1 exabyte EB 1 000 PB or 1 0006 bytes Logical storage capacity values for example logical device capacity are calculated based on the following values Logical capacity unit Value 1 block 512 bytes 1 KB 1 024 21 bytes 1 MB 1 024 KB or 1 024 bytes 1 GB 1 024 MB or 1 024 bytes 1 TB 1 024 GB or 1 024 bytes 1 PB 1 024 TB or 1 024 bytes 1 EB 1 024 PB or 1 024 bytes Accessing product documentation The HDLM user documentation is available on the Hitachi Data Systems Portal https portal hds com Check this site for the most current documentation including important updates that may have been made after the release of the product Getting help The Hitachi Data Systems customer support staff is available 24 hours a day seven days a week If you need technical support log on to the Hitachi Data Systems Portal for contact information https portal hds com Comments Please send us your comments on this document to doc comments hds com Include the document title and number including the revision level for example 07 and refer to
144. the output destination of syslog error log file syslog output directory name error log file syslog name Error log file obtained by usr lib errdemon 1 syslog files and backup files defined in etc syslog conf getrasinfo 7 10 Not applicable Directory in which command execution results are stored bash_history Default history file in the Bourne Again shell bash history Default history file in the C shell csh sh_history alog txt Default history file in the Korn shell ksh System diagnosis message bootinfo r txt Physical memory size bootinfo txt Information about the operation mode of the kernel 32 64 bit and multi CPU support bootlist v txt Config Rules txt List of boot devices Information of Object Database Manager crontab txt crontab information CuAt txt Information of Object Database Manager Cubby tet Information of Object Database Manager CuDvDr txt Information of Object Database Manager CuPath txt Utility Reference Information of Object Database Manager Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Output directory 1 Files Explanation CuPathaAt txt Information of Object Database Manager CuVPD txt Information of Object Database Manager disk txt List of disks in the dev directory imgetomtrace dmp imls la txt HDLM function trace HDLM di
145. though the path will not be placed online If the number of times that the error occurs reaches the specified value the path is determined to have an intermittent error In such a case remove the cause of the error and then manually place the path online When the conditions for an intermittent error are changed during error monitoring When the conditions for an intermittent error are changed during error monitoring the number of errors and the amount of time that has passed since the error monitoring started are both reset to 0 As such the error monitoring will not finish and it will start over by using the new conditions If the conditions are changed while error monitoring is not being performed error monitoring will start up again and use the updated conditions after any given path is recovered from an error by performing an automatic failback The figure below shows the action taken when the conditions for an intermittent error are changed during intermittent error monitoring For this example the conditions have been changed from 3 or more errors in 30 minutes to 3 or more errors in 40 minutes The events that occur are described by using the time arrows Change the conditions for the intermittent errors Start monitoring Reset the number of errors and the time that Stop monitoring has passed pince the error monitor starts at 0 Monitoring gt Monitoring Time Second AFB time ti
146. to terminate processing enter n KAPLO1056 If you are sure that there would be no Details I problem when all the paths which pass This message re asks the the specified aa aa are placed in the user whether they want to Offline C status enter y Otherwise set place all the paths to enter n y n Offline C To set all the paths to Offline C enter y To cancel the operation enter n ad aa CHA port HBA Action If you want to execute offline processing for the paths that meet the specified requirements enter y If you want to terminate processing enter n KAPLO1057 All the paths which pass the specified Details I aa aa will be changed to the Online Multi ple paths will all be status Is this OK y n placed in Online status Messages 8 15 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation because the hba or cha parameter was specified To continue the operation enter y to cancel the operation enter n dad aa CHA port HBA Action If you want to execute online processing for the paths that meet the specified requirements enter y If you want to terminate processing enter n KAPLO1058 The specified parameter value is not Details W needed Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb parameter value CC CC A parameter value was specified in a parameter that does not need a any parameter value ad aa c
147. utility has been terminated because n was sent to a request Action None KAPL10652 E The entered value is invalid The operation stops Details An invalid response was sent three times consecutively to a request Action Re execute the dimpr utility KAPL10653 W The entered value is invalid Please re enter it y n Details A value other than y orn has been entered for a y n request Action Enter y orn KAPL10665 I The dimpr utility completed Details The dimpr utility completed normally Action None For details on the dimpr utility see d mpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation on page 7 25 KAPL10670 I 8 108 aa aa The HDLM driver s hdisk which is the boot disk was excluded from the hard disks subject to the clear operation Messages Details aa aa Hdisk name Action If you want to clear the Reservation Key of the HDLM driver s hdisk which is t he boot disk specify and execute the dimpr utility to Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX bei be Message Text Explanation clear the HDLM persistent reservation KAPL10800 The dimodmset utility completed Details I normally The dlmodmset utility completed normally Action None For details on the dlmodmset utility see dimodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM on page 7 21 KAPL10801 No parame
148. value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 Errors Total I O error count for the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 1 4294967295 If the total I O error count reaches the maximum value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 Paths Total number of displayed paths indicated by a decimal number OnlinePaths Number of online paths in the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number When the value of Paths equals the value of OnlinePaths all paths are online If the value of OnlinePaths is less than that of Paths some paths are offline In this case you should check the offline paths and take appropriate action for any path that has an error status Example usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr view hba HbaID Port Bus I0O Count IO Errors Paths OnlinePaths 00000 08 11 71520 0 20 20 00001 08 1D 425 100 20 10 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss The subsequent sub parameters are srt pb Sorts the HBA port information by the HBA adapter number Port and bus numbers Bus or adapter type and adapter number portwwn Displays port WWN information for HBAs connected to the storage system using a 16 digit hexadecimal number t Omits the title for each information item Command Reference 6 65 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX T
149. view operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dilnkmgr view cha For details about how to execute the view operation to display the CHA port IDs see To Display CHA Port Information on page 6 66 in Parameters on page 6 35 Example The following example shows how to place offline all paths connected to the CHA port whose CHA port ID is 00001 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline chaid 00001 KAPLO1102 I All the paths which pass the specified CHA port will be changed to the Offline C status Is this OK y n y KAPLO1103 I If you are sure that there would be no problem when all the paths which pass the specified HBA port are placed in the Offline C status enter y Otherwise enter n y n y KAPLO1061 I 15 path s were successfully placed Offline C 0 path s were not Operation name offline pathid AutoPATH_ID Use this parameter to place a single path offline Specify the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path which is displayed by using the view operation For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Leading zeros can be omitted 000001 and 1 indicate the same AutoPATH_ID however when the target AutoPATH_ID is 000000 enter 000000 or 0 for the parameter value AutoPATH_IDs are re assigned every time the host is restarted When you want to add a new LU without restarting the host AutoPATH_IDs are re assigned to each path of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr comman
150. was re created Messages Details When an existing option definition file cannot be read a new option definition file will be re created by using the 8 43 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation default values If some of the options can be read those values can be used As for any remaining values the default values will be used Action For any non defaults options use the dinkmgr set operation to set the options again For details on the set operation see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 KAPLO04034 An attempt to create the option definition Details E file has failed An attempt to re create an option definition file usr DynamicLinkManager config dlmmgr xml using the default values has failed Action Remove unnecessary files and secure unused capacity on the file system Check the write permissions for the directory and file KAPL04035 The path health check will now start Details I Total number of paths aa aa aa aa Total number of paths Action None KAPLO4036 The path health check for the path aa aa Details I was executed Number of error paths The path health check has bb bb completed normally aa aa Number of paths targeted for path health checking bb bb Number of paths determined to have an error by path health checking Action None KA
151. whose settings differ from the settings based on the system storage unit is included an asterisk is added after the on or off being displayed LU number in the storage system This number combined with the storage system name shown in DskName identifies the LU that is accessed by a path e For the Lightning 9900V series Hitachi NSC55 Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 100 Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 600 Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 1100 or HUS VM indicated by a hexadecimal number The first two characters of iLU are the CU number and the last two characters are the internal LU number within the CU For XP10000 XP12000 or SVS indicated by a hexadecimal number The first three characters of iLU are the CU number and the last two characters are the internal LU number within the CU The first character of the CU number is the value 0 For the Thunder 9500V series Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series or HUS100 series indicated by a decimal number The entire value of iLu is the internal LU number within the storage system You can identify an actual LU by referencing iLu from the storage system management program For Universal Storage Platform V VM series or Virtual Storage Platform series indicated by a hexadecimal number The first two characters of iLU are the number of the logical DKC Disk Controller the middle two numbers are the CU number and the last two characters are the internal LU
152. you activate path health checking so that you can detect errors in paths where I Os operations do not occur When you specify on specify the checking interval of path health checking by specifying the parameter immediately following on If you do not specify a checking interval path health checking is executed in the following interval o When the checking interval has not been specified before Every 30 minutes default setting o When the checking interval has been specified before The previously specified interval The explanation for the following sub parameter describes how to specify the checking interval intvl checking interval Specify the checking interval between path health checks Specify a value from 1 to 1440 minutes depending on the user environment When you change the checking interval the new setting takes effect immediately When the checking interval is shortened and the checking interval after the change from the end of the previous path Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX health check has already elapsed the path health check will start over The path health check interval setting remains stored in the system even if you disable the function by changing the path health checking to off Therefore when you re enable path health checking and do not change the interval the path health interval stored in the system is used afb on intvl checking interval off Enab
153. 00 USP 0014050 0065 000001 hdisk5 00001 USP 0014050 0065 000002 hdisk5 00002 USP 0014050 0065 000003 hdisk10 00000 9500V 5457 0102 000004 hdisk10 00001 9500V 5457 0102 000005 hdisk10 00002 9500V 5457 0102 For each path ID PathID column check the entries in the HDevName and OSPathID columns In the following steps device name and OS management path ID refer to the HDevName and OSPathID items respectively that you checked in this step Execute the following command to check the parent device and connection of the path to be deleted Specify the device name checked in step 1 in executing the following command lspath Hl device nam F name path_id parent connection When hdisk10 is specified the command and the execution results would be as follows lspath H1 hdisk10 F name path id parent connection name path_id parent connection hdisk10 0 fscsi4 50060e800436e240 6a000000000000 hdisk10 dl fscsi4 50060e800436e250 6a000000000000 hdisk10 2 fscsid5 50060e800436e240 6a000000000000 Search for lines in which the path_id item matches OS management path ID If matching lines are found check the parent and connection entries In the following steps the checked parent and connection items correspond to fscsi number and connection position respectively Delete the path rmpath d 1 device name p fscsi number w connection position The following example deletes the path whose OS management path ID is 2 HDLM
154. 013 E 8 6 An error occurred in internal processing of the HDLM command Operation name aa aa details bb bb Messages Details An error unrelated to a user operation occurred during command processing aa aa clear offline online set OF view bb bb The name of the function and processing on which the error occurred Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO1014 No authority to execute the HDLM Details W command Operation name ad aa You do not have the administrator permissions necessary to execute the HDLM command aa aa clear offline online set OF view Action Execute the command as a user with root permissions KAPLO1015 The target HBA was not found Operation Details Ww name m adanaa No path was found with the port number and path number or the adapter type and adapter number specified for the hba parameter aa aa offline or online Action Execute the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr view path and check the value displayed in PathName Use the two leftmost digits of
155. 022 E message is output view the message to check the path in which the error occurs For details on each item displayed in the message see Checking error information in messages on page 5 2 Obtain path information Obtain path information Execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path iem hbaportwwn gt pathinfo txt pathinfo txt is the redirection output file name Use a file name that matches your environment Identifying the Error Path Check the obtained path information to find the path with the error In the Status column the error path has the status Offline E or Online E Narrowing Down the Hardware That Might Have Caused the Error Check the DskName iLU ChaPort and HBAPortWWN columns of the path with the error to narrow down the hardware that may be the cause of the error To physically identify the hardware corresponding to DskName iLU and ChaPort use the information provided by the storage system management program Identifying the Error Location and Correcting any Hardware Errors Use the AIX and hardware management tools to identify the error location and then take appropriate corrective action For hardware maintenance contact your hardware vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract Placing the Path Online After the path has recovered from the error use the dlinkmgr command s online operation to place the path back online For d
156. 1013 E message appears as a result of executing the command The following shows the KAPLO1013 E message KAPLO1013 E An error occurred in internal processing of the HDIM command Operation name view details aa aa aa aa indicates character string Restart the host If the same error re occurs after you thought you had resolved the problem go to the subsection Contacting your HDLM Vendor or Maintenance Company on page 5 7 Contacting your HDLM Vendor or Maintenance Company If the error cannot be resolved contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company and report the information that was collected by the DLMgetras utility What To Do for Other Errors When the cause of an error may be related to HDLM but is neither a path error nor an HDLM program error execute the DLMgetras utility to collect the HDLM error information and then report the collected information to the HDLM vendor or maintenance company For details about the DLMgetras utility and the information it collects see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Troubleshooting 5 7 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 5 8 Troubleshooting Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Command Reference This chapter describes the HDLM command dinkmgr and its operations O O Overview of the HDLM Command dinkmar clear Returns the Path Statistics to the Initial Value help Displays the Oper
157. 10526 I An attempt to unmount the file system has succeeded file system mnt fs01 KAPL10527 I An attempt to inactivate the volume group has succeeded volume group vg01 hdisk7 Defined hdisk8 Defined hdisk9 Defined hdisk10 Defined KAPL10531 I The status of all of the HDLM drivers was changed to Defined To inherit the existing hdisk configuration when the version of the installed HDLM is 6 2 or later usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev e A KAPL10528 I The volume group will be made inactive and the file system that is using HDLM will be unmounted Is this OK y n y KAPL10526 I An attempt to unmount the file system has succeeded file system mnt fs01 KAPL10527 I An attempt to inactivate the volume group has succeeded volume group vg01 hdisk7 Defined Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX hdisk8 Defined hdisk9 Defined hdisk10 Defined KAPL10531 I The status of all of the HDLM drivers was changed to Defined To avoid inheriting the existing hdisk configuration usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev A KAPL10528 I The volume group will be made inactive and the file system that is using HDLM will be unmounted Is this OK y n y hdisk7 deleted hdisk8 deleted hdisk9 deleted hdisk10 deleted KAPLO9012 I All HDLM drivers were removed o When the existing hdisk configuration has been successfully inherited the KAPL10531 I mess
158. 106 4 HDLM ot ALC ectiscatheromnestvunriathiroeqakinuberamd med eresadenmiamseteaueativeness 4 1 Notes on Using HDUM catcnttatnicasGidannieitndeaneanaud dads cettandieta coins ias iiad eund draoa ka iania E 4 2 Displaying Path TAG ORMAEOM esises cscecicsd caches adecetececevecdvenceasdeneinosnseadesctiacderewserdaverek 4 2 When a Path Error Is DEteCChed nies ctcccicecccctcnscsetictcsexddeetecatxtesdetcherdcscedcdartenetcdact 4 2 A 8 gs 8 oie lol Dee eon mc Pe Ei ee eee ere aye Pern ney eon ee nent 4 3 Notes on Shutting Down a HOST ccsciescciceestecdecsuctencctcdcteostdcceszienbscesteedsdcarteccsudcista 4 3 Notes o Err rs in THOSE isis saricectwaie sacsstssatora dataset eieancis endive aniiaeanciersddiadineanaiedueiensiaalda 4 3 Notes on Enabling Both Primary and Secondary Volumes to Be Viewed From the SMERI session as cia E E Seed nace A 4 4 Notes on an LVM Mirror COmPGUIAUON ocvoisescceccicccececesiccetcsccdadecsastceesdcsicsonsdecdiates 4 4 Notes on When the OS Functionality in Not Available in a Boot Disk Environment 4 4 Notes on Replicating a SYStEM pa cceassacsicacasadspiacensagaecetenedncesansdacncaodseentsanacstamesanntad 4 5 HDLM Operations Using COMIMGINGS sscscsccacicrontaicdanscoestexientouscdassncasandoniassantelensostacadans 4 5 Notes on Using CommandS s ssssssessessrsersnssnssnsnannosnesannossnnennonensenonnnnsenosnnrenne 4 5 Viewing Path Information sssssssssessssenssrenssnonsnnenssnenannennnnnnnsnesarss
159. 126 The audit log configuration file does not exist Restart the HDLM Manager and execute the dInkmgr view sys audlog command and check the setting Messages Details The audit log configuration file does not exist Action Restart the HDLM manager execute the dinkmgr view sys audlog command and then specify any desired Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation settings by using the dinkmgr set audlog command or the dinkmgr set audfac command as necessary KAPL13602 W The audit log configuration file cannot be opened Execute the dinkmgr view sys audlog command and check whether a normal result is displayed Details The audit log configuration file cannot be opened Action If the dlnkmgr view sys audlog command does not display a normal result contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL13603 W The audit log configuration file is invalid Restart the HDLM Manager and execute the dInkmgr view sys audlog command and check the setting Details The audit log configuration file is invalid Action Restart the HDLM Manager and execute the dlnkmgr view sys audlog command and then specify the desired setting by using the dlnkmgr set audlog or the dlnkmgr set audfac command as necessary KAPL13604 W An error occurred
160. 13 During installation the KAPL09241 w message might be output In this case installation of HDLM continues but installation of HDLM components has failed After installing HDLM resolve the problem according to the KAPLO9241 w message if necessary For a re installation execute the following command o When installing HDLM from the DVD ROM directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted installux sh or installp axFd directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted HDLM AIX all o When installing HDLM from the directory to which the DVD ROM was copied directory copied from DVD ROM installux sh or installp axFd directory copied from DVD ROM HDLM AIX all Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during installation you do not have to restart the host If you execute the dimrmdev utility without the e parameter specified at step 6 and then the KAPL09172 E message is displayed the hdisk for the device that is managed by HDLM still remains If you execute the dimrmdev utility with the e parameter specified at step 6 and then the KAPL09172 E message is displayed the hdisk for the device that is managed by HDLM still remains and its status is Available Re execute the procedure in step 6 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 12 13 14 15 If re installation ends with an error HDLM might be removed
161. 1440 The default is 10 Utility Reference Optional Optional Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Legend Optional If a key and its setting are not specified one of the following values will be used o For a new installation The default value will be used o For an upgrade installation or re installation The previous setting will be inherited Note Setting of audit logs is not supported 1 Enter one key and one setting per line 2 If the value is not of an allowable type an error will occur For details about the functions set by these keys see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 3 You can specify this key only in the following cases o For a new installation When on is specified for the auto _failback key in the installation information settings file o For an upgrade installation or re installation When on is specified for the auto_failback key in the installation information settings file or when automatic failback is enabled in the installation pre settings 4 If you want to enable intermittent error monitoring specify this key after specifying the auto _failback and auto failback interval keys 5 The checking interval can be set regardless of whether the dynamic I O path control function is enabled or disabled The following shows an example of an edited installation information settings file INSTALLATION SETTINGS installfile location de
162. 2 I A path was added path ID 00010 storage HITACHI HUS100 9100163 iLU 0030 KAPL01159 I Paths were added number of paths added 2 completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Executes the command without displaying the message asking for confirmation of command execution from the user Specify this parameter if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message for example when you want to execute the command in a shell script or batch file Example usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr add path s KAPLO1162 I A path was added path ID 00010 storage HITACHI HUS100 9100163 iLU 0030 KAPLO1159 I Paths were added number of paths added 2 completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss To Display the Format of the add Operation help Use this parameter to display the add operation format Example usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr add help add Format Command Reference 6 69 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX dinkmgr add path s KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name add completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss delete Deletes a Path Dynamically The dinkmgr command s delete operation batch deletes paths whose statuses are offline C from the HDLM management targets You can execute this command dynamically without any effects on existing paths Format To Delete a Path Dynamically usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr delete path s
163. 3 Formula for Calculating DISKTIMEOUT Number of paths connecte Formula for obtaining the value of Storage system type d to the DISKTIMEOUT voting disk Hitachi AMS2000 AMS 6 or less You do not need to change the value of WMS SMS series DISKTIMEOUT HUS100 series 7 or more number of paths connected to the Thunder 9500V series voting disk x 30 seconds Hitachi USP series 3 or less You do not need to change the value of Lightning 9900V series pa Rumi Universal Storage Platform 4 or more number of paths connected to the V VM series voting disk x 60 seconds Virtual Storage Platform series HUS VM For details on how to change MISSCOUNT and DISKTIMEOUT contact the company with which you have a contract for Oracle Support Services Note that when you remove HDLM from the above configuration you must reset the values of MISSCOUNT and DISKTIMEOUT to their original values Therefore make a note of the original values of MISSCOUNT and DISKTIMEOUT before changing them Settings for Reservation Policy When you set up an Oracle RAC environment if you specify the hdisk for an HDLM managed device as a disk used by Oracle RAC use the procedure below to check the value of the reserve policy attribute If reserve policy is set to PR exclusive Change its value to no reserve 1 Check the setting for the reserve policy attribute of the hdisk lsattr El hdisk name a reserve policy reserve
164. 5 If the total I O error count reaches the maximum value it will re start from 0 To reset the 10 Errors value to 0 execute the dinkmgr command s clear operation Executing the clear operation also clears the number of I O operations I0 Count to 0 For details about the clear operation see clear Returns the Path Statistics to the Initial Value on page 6 3 Dev number indicated by a decimal number This item pertains to a logical volume number There is one Dev in an LU so the number is fixed to 0 DevName Host device name Hdisk name is displayed Ep l Information about the intermittent error This item is displayed only when you specify iem with the path parameter 6 50 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Displayed Item No summary displayed HBAPortWW n t Summary displayed Description One of the following values is displayed for each path Indicates that intermittent error monitoring is disabled or the monitoring time for an intermittent error is out of range A value of at least 0 Indicates the number of errors that occurred during intermittent error monitoring Indicates that an intermittent error occurred automatic failbacks do not check the path A 16 digit hexadecimal number indicating the WWN information for an HBA connected to the storage system This item is displayed only when you specify iem toget
165. 8 E message is displayed the hdisk for the device that is managed by HDLM still remains If you execute the dlmrmdev utility with the e parameter specified at step 3 or 7 and then the KAPLO9048 E message is displayed the hdisk for the device that is managed by HDLM still remains and its status is Available Re execute the procedure in step 3 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 41 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 42 13 14 1S 16 17 18 During installation the KAPLO9241 w message might be output In this case installation of HDLM continues but installation of HDLM components has failed After installing HDLM resolve the problem according to the KAPL09241 W message if necessary Execute the following command to make sure that the package is installed lslpp la DLManager mpio rte Make sure that the fileset item in the output listing contains DLManager mpio rte and all the displayed statuses are COMMITTED If one or more of the displayed statuses are BROKEN remove and then re install HDLM Execute the following command to make sure that the hdisk Gl cfgmgr Execute the following command and verify that the status of the hdisks is Available lsdev Cc disk hdisk0O Available 1S 08 00 8 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdiskl Available 1S 08 00 9 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk2 Available 1S 08 00 10 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk3 Available 1H 08 02 Hita
166. 9 Decimal OS Path ID 00000 99999 Decimal offline Format dinkmgr offline path hba HBAPortNumber BusNumber hbaid HBA ID s dinkmgr offline path cha pathid AutoPATH ID chaid CHA ID s dinkmgr offline path pathid AutoPATH ID s dinkmgr offline path hdev Host Device Name ospathid OS Path ID s Valid value AutoPATH ID 000000 999999 Decimal HBA_ID 00000 99999 Decimal CHA ID 00000 99999 Decimal OS Path _ID 00000 99999 Decimal help Format dinkmgr help clear offline online set view add delete KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name help completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Example 3 The following example shows how to display the operations that can be specified by the help operation Command Reference 6 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr help help help Format dlnkmgr help clear offline online set view add delete KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name help completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss offline Places Paths Offline The dinkmgr command s offline operation places online paths offline Specify the paths to be placed offline by specifying an HBA port CHA port single path or host device There must always be at least one online path accessing each LU Placing too many paths offline
167. 900V series Hitachi USP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series Virtual Storage Platform series Hitachi AMS2000 series Hitachi SMS series HUS100 series or HUS VM all paths are owner paths See also owner controller non owner path This storage system applies when the dynamic I O path control function is disabled P path An access path from a host to a storage system Access to a logical area within an LU in a storage system is made via a cable connecting the HBA on the host and the CHA on the storage system This cable is a path Each path has an AutoPATH_ID See also AutoPATH_ID path health checking A function for checking the status of paths at regular intervals Glossary 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX When an error occurs on a path that was in the Online status path health checking changes the status of the path to the Offline E status Path health checking checks only those paths that have the Online status path name The path name consisting of the following four elements separated by periods HBA adapter number or adapter type character string Bus number or adapter number character string Target ID hexadecimal number Host LU number hexadecimal number A path name is used to identify a path See also host LU number persistent reservation Similar to reservations persistent re
168. C manager There was not enough memory to run the HDLM manager processes Action 8 42 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Increase the amount of memory available for the process KAPLO4026 I The temporary license is valid The license expires in aa aa days on bb bb Details aa aa Expiration day bb bb The year of grace 4 numeric characters Month 01 12 Day 01 31 Action Install a permanent license by the expiration day KAPLO4027 I The emergency license is valid The license expires in aa aa days on bb bb Details aa aa Expiration day bb bb The year of grace 4 numeric characters Month 01 12 Day 01 31 Action Install a permanent license by the expiration day KAPLO4028 E The temporary license expired Action Install a permanent license KAPLO4029 E The emergency license expired Action Install a permanent license KAPLO4030 E The temporary license has already expired Action Install a permanent license KAPLO4031 E The emergency license has already expired Action Install a permanent license KAPLO4032 C A fatal error occurred in HDLM The system environment is invalid Details A part of the HDLM configuration file is missing Action Re install HDLM KAPL04033 W The option definition file
169. Changing the Buffer Size Per Monitoring Interval Duration on page 3 86 We recommend setting a value of 4096 when collecting an integrated trace If you do not want to change the integrated trace file size leave New Size KB blank type and then press the Enter key to return to the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu Press the Enter key The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears again Creating an HDLM Environment 3 85 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Changing the Number of Integrated Trace Files The following procedure shows how to change the number of integrated trace files To change the number of integrated trace files i In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 2 and then press the Enter key A screen to set the number of integrated trace files will appear The current value is displayed in Current Number KB rk Objectplaza Trace Library 2 Configuration Utility Type to return Enter the desired number in New Number KB You can specify a value from 1 to 16 The default is 4 The value set here becomes the maximum of nin var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n log The recommended value for integrated trace collection is 8 If you do not want to change the number of integrated trace files leave New Number KB blank type and then press the Enter key to return to the Hitachi
170. D is assigned to each path of the LU AutoPATH_ID is assigned when you execute the cfgmgr command HDevName Host device name Hdisk name is displayed OS management path ID The model ID serial number and iLU number for the storage system separated by periods The information about an LDEV can physically identify an LU Example To display corresponding information about PathIDs hdisks OSPathIDs and LDEVs usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view drv PathID HDevName OSPathID LDEV 000000 hdiskO 00000 9500V 0051 0005 000001 hdiskl 00000 9500V 0051 0015 000002 hdisk2 00000 9500V 0051 0020 000003 hdiskO 00001 9500V 0051 0005 Command Reference 6 67 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 000004 hdiskl 00001 9500V 0051 0015 000005 hdisk2 00001 9500V 0051 0020 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss To Display the Format of the View Operation Use this parameter to display the view operation format Example The following example shows how to display the format of the view operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view help view Format dlnkmgr view sys sfunc msrv adrv pdrv lic audlog lbpathusetimes expathusetimes dlnkmgr view path hdev HostDeviceName stname iem srt pn lu cp hbaportwwn t dinkmgr view path item pn dn lu cp type ic
171. DLM command s set operation However audit log data might still be output regardless of the above conditions if for example an HDLM utility is executed from external media The following audit log data is output o o o Note Categories StartStop Authentication and ConfigurationAccess Severity 6 Critical Error Warning or Informational Destination syslog facility value user Enable syslog since syslog is disabled by default in AIX For details on how to enable syslog see Destination and Filtering of Audit Log Data on page 2 40 or the AIX documentation You might need to perform operations such as changing the log size and backing up and saving collected log data because the amount of audit log data might be quite large If the severity specified by the HDLM command s set operation differs from the severity specified by the configuration file etc syslog conf the higher severity level is used for outputting audit log data Destination and Filtering of Audit Log Data Audit log data is output to syslog Because HDLM messages other than audit log data are also output to syslog we recommend that you specify the output destination that is used exclusively for audit log data 2 40 HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX For example to change the output destination of audit log data to usr local audlog specify the following two settings e Specify the following
172. Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Make sure that DLManager mpio rte exists among the file set items on the output list and that only the COMMITTED status is displayed If there is even one BROKEN status displayed remove HDLM and then perform a new installation or re create the alternate disk On the NIM client execute the view operation of the HDLM command to display the status of each program The following is an example of executing the command view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys HDLM Version SMa Load Balance on rr Support Cluster Elog Level 3 Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files 2 Trace Level 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback 2 off Intermittent Error Monitor off Dynamic I O Path Control off 10 HDLM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive Xo X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss HDLM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive Kel X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4000 HDLM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss License Type Expiration Permanent KAPL01001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name Even if cluster software is used the name of the cluster software is not displayed in Support Cluster However the cluster support function is operating normally 6 Use the view operation to check the installed version of HDLM If x x x xx s disp
173. DynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr set iem on intvl 20 iemnum 2 Command Reference 6 27 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX KAPLO1049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name set y n y KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name set completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss lic Specify this option for when a license is updated The HDLM license is provided via a license key or license key file A license key file is a file that stores the HDLM license key If a license key file is provided Store the license key file named hdlm_license directly under var tmp and then execute the set lic operation A message confirming that the license key has been registered is displayed depending on the license key type defined in the license key file When a temporary license key or emergency license key has been registered the expiration period is displayed KAPLO1071 I KAPLO1072 1 If a license key is provided When the set lic operation is executed a message KAPLO1068 1 asking the user to enter a license key appears Enter the license key A message confirming that the license key has been registered is displayed depending on the license key type described in the license key file When a temporary license key or emergency license key the expiration period is also displayed KAPLO1071 I KAPLO1072 1 The following table lists and describes the license key types Ta
174. ETTINGS Section Necessity of y definition Maxim um an Upgrade number Key name 1 Description 2 New installatio of installa n orre charact tion j installatio ers n reserve policy Specify the disk reservation Optional Optional policy no_reserve Reservation requests are ignored and no LU is reserved PR_exclusive Uses persistent reservations exclusive host methodology to reserve disks default PR_shared Uses persistent reservations shared host methodology to reserve disks Legend Optional If a key and its setting are not specified one of the following values will be used Utility Reference 7 35 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 7 36 o For a new installation The default value will be used o For an upgrade installation or re installation The previous setting will be inherited 1 Enter one key and one setting per line 2 If the value is not of an allowable type an error will occur ODM_SETTINGS section Defines information used when the dlmodmset utility is executed This section is optional If this section name is omitted or if any of the keys in the section are not defined setup by means of the dlimodmset utility will not be executed For details about the dimodmset utility see di modmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM on page 7 21 The following table lists and describes the keys defined in the ODM SETT
175. F parent Change the fc err recov setting of the parent device fscsin to fast fail chdev 1 fscsin a fc_err recov fast_fail Verify that the settings for the parent device fscsin are enabled Also verify that the fc err recov setting has been changed to fast fail lsattr El fscsin fc_err recov fast fail FC Fabric Event Error RECOVERY Policy TRUE Repeat steps 14 to 16 for each parent device fscsin being used Creating an HDLM Environment 3 27 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 28 18 19 20 21 22 Enable the defined parent device fscsin cfgmgr Execute the chdev command as required to change the attributes of the hdisk chdev l1 hdisk name a queue depth 8 a rw timeout 60 Execute one of the following commands as required to add usr DynamicLinkManager bin to the PATH environment variable When using a Bourne shell or Korn shell PATH SPATH usr DynamicLinkManager bin xport PATH When using a C shell set path path usr DynamicLinkManager bin To simplify command execution you can temporarily add the PATH environment variable To execute HDLM commands or the HDLM utility without setting the PATH environment variable specify an absolute path to execute the commands Make sure that hdisks are available lsdev Cc disk hdisk0O Available 1S 08 00 8 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdiskl Available 1S 08 00
176. H KAPLO1071 I A permanent license was installed audlog on audlv audit log data collection level category ss a ca all off Specifies whether to collect audit log data on Audit log data is collected off Audit log data is not collected audlv audit log data collection level Specifies the severity level of audit log data to be collected The table below lists and describes the values used for this setting The default is 6 Table 6 7 Values Indicating Audit Log Data Collection Levels Value severity Explanation No audit log data is collected Critical level audit log data is collected Critical level and Error level audit log data is collected Critical level Error level and Warning level audit log data is collected Critical level Error level Warning level and Informational level audit log data is collected 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 category ss a ca all Specifies the categories of audit log data to be collected The table below lists and describes the values used for this setting The default is all Note that if you enter category without specifying any category ss a ca Or all it is assumed that a11 is specified Command Reference 6 29 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Table 6 8 Values Indicating Audit Log Data Categories Value Explanation Audit log events of the StartStop category are collected Audit l
177. H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre In this example hdisk3 and hdisk4 are recognized as devices to be managed by HDLM If all devices to be managed by HDLM are recognized proceed to step 6 If any devices to be managed by HDLM are not recognized proceed to step 8 Execute the following utility to remove from the running kernel the HDLM management target device cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool dimrmdev f The KAPL10529 I message is displayed If the KAPL10529 I message is not displayed the HDLM management target device has not been deleted Make sure that no processes services file systems or volume groups are using any HDLM management target paths and then re execute the above utility Note that an hdisk recognized as a boot disk will not be deleted Execute the following command to make sure that the hdisks recognized as the devices to be managed by HDLM have been deleted lsdev Cc disk Prepare the license key or license key file o When only the license key has been provided Create the var DLM directory and then in this directory create the license key file dlm lic key The following shows an example when the license key is 123456789ABCDEF mkdir var DLM cho 123456789ABCDEF gt var DLM dlm lic_key o When the license key file has been provided Creating an HDLM Environment 3 31 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 32 10 Ii 12 13 14
178. HDLM Inquiry information usr Dynamichi anager config dlmwebagent properties Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component settings file var DynamicLinkManager log hdlmtr 1 64 log Trace files var DynamicLinkManager log dlmconfig 1 2 log Configuration log file var DynamicLinkManager log mmap hdlmtr mm Trace management file var DynamicLinkManager log dlmwebagent 1 16 log Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component log files var DynamicLinkManager log dlmutil 1 2 log HDLM utility s log file var DynamicLinkManager log mmap dlmutil mm HDLM utility s log trace management file var DynamicLinkManager log installhdlm log Unattended installation execution log When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment 1 Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation to log in to AIX 2 Back up the HDLM settings If an upgrade installation or re installation fails AIX automatically removes HDLM and the HDLM settings are deleted Perform this step so that a copy of the HDLM settings is available in this case Creating an HDLM Environment 3 37 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 38 If an upgrade installation or re installation fails perform a new installation and then re execute setup to reflect the settings that have been backed up o Save the HDLM environment se
179. HDLM Execution Environment ODM on page 7 21 Notes on When the OS Functionality in Not Available in a Boot Disk Environment When both of the following conditions exist the reservation for the LU used for the boot disk is not canceled e The reservation policy of the boot disk has been set to PR_exclusive e The OS cannot start because OS functionality is not available due to a problem such as an error occurring in all of the boot disk s paths 4 4 HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX To cancel the reservation for the LU execute the dimpr utility from a host that can access this LU For details on this utility see d mpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation on page 7 25 Notes on Replicating a System You can use the OS s mksysb command to back up hosts that include HDLM managed devices If you then replicate clone a system from a mksysb image created in this manner onto another LPAR or host you must update the HDLM information to match that of the destination system s environment To update the HDLM information to match that of the destination system s environment use the following procedure to execute the HDLM restoration support utility dimpostrestore after you have restored the mksysb image To update HDLM information 1 After restoring the image log in to the activated host as a user with root permissions 2 Execute the dlimpostrestore utility usr DynamicL
180. HDLM SP version number This item is blank if no a Version SP is present e Setting status on Enabled Command Reference 6 35 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Parameter and program informatio n to be displayed Description off Disabled Algorithm When the setting status of load balancing is on one of the following types of algorithms is used for load balancing is displayed in the parentheses following on rr The Round Robin algorithm extended rr The Extended Round Robin algorithm lio The Least I Os algorithm extended lio The Extended Least I Os algorithm lbk The Least Blocks algorithm extended lbk The Extended Least Blocks algorithm Support Blank Cluster Elog Level Error logging level 0 Collects no error information 1 Collects error information at the Error level or higher 2 Collects error information at the Warning level or higher 3 Collects error information at the Information level or higher 4 Collects error information at the Information level or higher including maintenance information Elog File Size Size of the error log file in kilobytes KB Number Of Elog Number of error log files Files Trace Level Trace output level e 0 Does not output any trace Only outputs error information Outputs details of program operation 1 2 Outputs a summary of program operation 3 4 Outputs all i
181. HITACHI Inspire the Next Hitachi Command Suite Dynamic Link Manager Software User Guide for AIX FASTFIND LINKS Document Organization Product Version Getting Help Contents Hitachi Data Systems MK 92DLM111 27 2011 2013 Hitachi Ltd All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying and recording or stored in a database or retrieval system for any purpose without the express written permission of Hitachi Ltd Hitachi Ltd reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time without notice and assumes no responsibility for its use This document contains the most current information available at the time of publication When new or revised information becomes available this entire document will be updated and distributed to all registered users Some of the features described in this document might not be currently available Refer to the most recent product announcement for information about feature and product availability or contact Hitachi Data Systems Corporation at https portal hds com Notice Hitachi Ltd products and services can be ordered only under the terms and conditions of the applicable Hitachi Data Systems Corporation agreements The use of Hitachi Ltd products is governed by the terms of your agreements with Hitachi Data Systems Corporation Hitachi is a registered tra
182. Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX entering y instructs the DLMgetras utility to overwrite the existing files entering n or anything other than y instructs the utility to terminate without executing In the latter case you can either rename the existing directory before re executing the utility or you can execute the utility with a different directory name specified If you create an archive for the system crash dump collected by the DLMgetras utility execute the following cd directory to which collected information is output tar cvfh archive file name var List of Collected Error Information The following illustrates the error information collected by executing the DLMgetras utility which is explained separately in each output file 7 8 Name of the directory containing a system crash dump file name of the system crash dump file This file contains a symbolic link to the system crash dump file The DLMgetras utility executes the sysdumpdev 1 command and sets all files in the directories that are output to the copy directory value hbsa tar Z This file contains compressed error information of the Hitachi Command Suite products other than HDLM This file is output only when using the Hitachi Command Suite products that is the target for collecting error information getras tar Z This file contains HDLM information and system information When you execute the DLMgetras utility specifying the file
183. I I18 PCI 64 bit 66MHz 3 3 volt slot PI 19 PCI 64 bit 66MHz 3 3 volt slot sesi2 sesi3 PI 110 PCI 64 bit 66MHz 3 3 volt slot Empty PiI Il11 PCI 64 bit 5OMHz 5 volt slot pcil2 enti ent2 ent3 ent4 Pl 112 PCI 64 bit SOMHz 5 volt slot Empty The shading indicates the PCI slot where the HBA is to be replaced 11 Go back to the PCI Hot Plug Manager window select Unconfigure a Device and enter in Device name the device that is to be replaced For the Unconfigure any Child Devices and KEEP definition in database items select yes Device Name Unconfigure any Child Devices KEEP definition in database 12 Go back to the PCI Hot Plug Manager window select Replace Remove a PCI Hot Plug Adapter Select the HBA to be replaced 13 Select Replace in the input field 14 When the following message is displayed replace the HBA The visual indicator for the specified PCI slot has been set to the identify state Press Enter to continue or enter x to exit The visual indicator for the specified PC slot has been set to the action state Replace the PCI card in the identified slot and press Enter to continue Enter x to exit Exiting now leaves the PCI slot in the removed state When you finish replacing the HBA connect the cable and press Enter HDLM Operation 4 25 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 4 26 15 Execute the following command to reconfigure the device cfgmgr 1 fcsn To reconfigure th
184. INGS section Table 7 7 Keys in the ODM_SETTINGS Section Necessity of definition Upgrade number Key name 1 Description 2 New _ installatio installa n or re tion installatio n odm lun _ reset Specify one of the following Optional Optional values to indicate whether to enable or disable the LUN RESET option on Enabled off Disabled default odm_online_e_io_blo Specify one of the following Optional Optional ck values to indicate whether to enable or disable suppression of I O access on the Online E status path on Enabled off Disabled default odm npiv option Specify one of the following Optional Optional values to indicate whether to enable or disable the NPIV option on Enabled Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Necessity of definition Maxim F um con Upgrade number Key name 1 Description 2 New installatio of installa norre charact tion _ installatio ers n off Disabled default odm_os_ error log Specify one of the following Optional Optional values to indicate whether to output HDLM messages to the OS error log on Output messages off Do not output messages default Legend Optional If a key and its setting are not specified one of the following values will be used o For a new installation The default value will be used o For an upgrade installation or
185. In this case proceed to step 13 During installation the KAPL09241 w message might be output In this case installation of HDLM continues but installation of HDLM components has failed After installing HDLM resolve the problem according to the KAPL09241 w message if necessary Execute the following command to make sure that the package is installed lslpp la DLManager mpio rte Make sure that the fileset item in the output listing contains DLManager mpio rte and all the displayed statuses are COMMITTED If one or more of the displayed statuses are BROKEN remove HDLM and then proceed to step 13 to perform a new installation of HDLM If HDLM was not upgraded or re installed properly perform a new installation of HDLM o When AIX 5L V5 3 is used and the boot disk is in a multi path configuration Execute the following command to shut down the host and then perform the procedure in Perform Operations for HDLM Management Target Device on page 3 36 shutdown F o When an environment other than the above is used Execute the following command to restart the host and then perform the procedure in Perform Operations for HDLM Management Target Device on page 3 36 shutdown Fr After performing a new installation of HDLM set up HDLM again based on the HDLM settings backed up in step 2 Execute the following command to restart the host shutdown Fr Execute the following
186. LM After that the rest of the chapter focus on describing all the HDLM functions including the main ones load distribution across paths and path switching O O Devices Managed by HDLM System Configuration LU Configuration Program Configuration Position of the HDLM Driver and hdisk Distributing a Load Using Load Balancing Performing Failovers and Failbacks Using Path Switching Monitoring intermittent errors functionality when automatic failback is used Detecting errors by using path health checking Distributing a Load by Using the Dynamic I O Path Control Function Error management Collecting Audit Log Data HDLM Functions 2 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 2 2 O Integrated HDLM management using Global Link Manager O Cluster support HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Devices Managed by HDLM Below is a list of devices that can or cannot be managed by HDLM The devices that can be managed by HDLM are called HDLM management target devices HDLM management target devices The following devices are from the storage systems listed in Section What is HDLM on page 1 2 o SCSI devices o Boot disks including boot disks on a client logical partition in a virtual I O server environment o Command devices such as Hitachi RAID Manager command devices o Dump devices o Swap devices Non HDLM management target devices o
187. LM execution environment ODM settings usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset o gt any file name In the following cases prepare the license key or the license key file o If you are installing HDLM for the first time o If you are upgrading or re installing HDLM after the licensing term has expired If the directory that contains the license key or the license key file is specified in the installation information settings file you can use any storage directory name and file name The following shows examples of when the default storage directory specified in the installation information settings file is to be used o When only the license key has been provided Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Create the var DLM directory and then in this directory create the license key file dim lic key The following shows an example when the license key is 12345678 9ABCDEF mkdir var DLM cho 123456789ABCDEF gt var DLM dlm lic_key o When the license key file has been provided Store the license key file directly under the var tmp directory by using the hdlm_license name var tmp hdlm_ license The license key file or license key is not deleted after the installation 8 Create an installation information settings file To use the sample file copy it from the DVD ROM to a directory on the hard disk cp p cdrom HDLM
188. LM was stopped Action None KAPLO9013 E Some HDLM drivers could not be removed Messages Details The dimrmdev command was run but HDLM drivers could not be removed 8 59 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 60 Message ID Message Text Explanation Action Check the HDLM driver status and remove the drivers KAPLO9019 E An attempt to cancel the registration of the bundle PP name of Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 failed Remove Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 by referring to HDLM User s Guide section Removing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 Action Manually cancel the PP name registration and then remove Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 If the attempt to cancel the registration of the PP name and to remove Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 fails again contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contact of HDLM KAPLO9020 E An attempt to remove Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 failed Details An attempt to remove HNTRLib2 has failed Action Manually remove Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 If the attempt to remove Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 fails again contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contact of HDLM KAPLO9021 E An attempt to register
189. LU by multiple applications 2 8 HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Storage system gt I O request Figure 2 5 Flow of I O Data When the Load Balancing Function Is Not Used When the load balancing function is not being used I O operations converge on one physical path A The load on the physical path A will cause a bottleneck which might cause deterioration of the whole system s performance HDLM Functions 2 9 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Storage system gt _ NO request Figure 2 6 Flow of I O Data When the Load Balancing Function Is Used When the load balancing function is being used I O operations are distributed via physical paths A B C and D This prevents deterioration of the whole system s performance from a bottleneck on one path Paths to which load balancing is applied This subsection describes for each type of storage system the paths to which the load balancing function is applied When Using the Thunder 9500V Series or Hitachi AMS WMS Series 2 10 When HDLM performs load balancing it differentiates between load balancing among owner paths and among non owner paths An owner path is a path that passes through the owner controller for a target LU When you set up an LU you have to specify which CHA to be used as the owner controller for the LU Because different LUs might have different owner control
190. M resident processes Process Description dlmmgr HDLM manager process hbsa_service Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component process hntr2mon Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 process You only need to monitor this process when HDLM is linked to Global Link Manager Changing the Configuration of the HDLM Operating Environment This chapter describes the procedures for changing the configuration of an HDLM operating environment Changing an HDLM Management Target Device This subsection explains how to add and delete HDLM management target devices and how to change their attributes Adding an HDLM Management Target Device Connect the device to the system and execute the following command cfgmgr Deleting an HDLM Management Target Device 1 Execute the following command to check the device hdisk to be deleted usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path HDLM Operation 4 15 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 2 Stop all processes and services that are using the device that is to be deleted 3 Execute the following command to unmount the file system that uses the device that is to be deleted umount file system mount point 4 If the device to be deleted is registered in a volume group execute the following command to inactivate the volume group varyoffvg volume group name 5 Execute the following command to delete the device or devices o To d
191. Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu Press the Enter key The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears again Changing the Buffer Size Per Monitoring Interval Duration 3 86 The following procedure shows how to change the buffer size per monitoring interval To change the buffer size per monitoring interval i In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 4 and then press the Enter key A screen to set the buffer size will appear The current value is displayed in Current Size KB Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 Configuration Utility Type new buffer size 8 2048 Type to return Enter the desired size in New Size KB Set a new buffer size to fit the monitoring interval set in 5 Interval Timer The specifiable range is between 8 KB and 2048 KB with a default Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX of 64 Set this to a value smaller than that set in step 2 of Changing the Size of Integrated Trace Files on page 3 85 We recommend setting a value of 256 when collecting an integrated trace To leave the buffer size as is leave New Size KB blank type and press the Enter key You will be returned to the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu Press the Enter key The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appea
192. O9025 W An attempt to delete a file or directory has failed Messages Details An attempt to delete a file related to HDLM from the directory of Hitachi Command Suite products other than HDLM has failed Action If the following files or directories are on the host remove them manually usr HDVM agent classes com Hitachi soft HiCommand DVM agent module HDLMWebAgent class usr HDVM agent classes jp usr HDVM agent classes com Hitachi 8 61 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation soft HiCommand DVM agent module hdlim usr HDVM HBaseAgent agent classes com Hitachi soft HiCommand DVM agent module HDLMWebAgent class usr HDVM HBaseAgent agent classes jp usr HDVM HBaseAgent agent classes com Hitachi soft HiCommand DVM agent module hdlm KAPLO9028 An attempt to install Hitachi Network Details E Objectplaza Trace Library 2 failed An attempt to install HNTRLib2 failed Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contact of HDLM KAPLO9029 This version of HDLM cannot be updated Action E by installation Remove the already Remove the HDLM that has installed version of HDLM already been installed KAPLO9047 Downgrading from aa aa to bb bb is Details E not supported Downgrade installation is not supported aa aa DLManager mpio rte Level
193. PLO04037 The path health check completed Details I normally Path ID aa aa 8 44 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation All the paths that path health checking examined are fine aa aa Path ID for the path examined by path health checking Action None KAPLO04042 HDLM SNMP TRAP information aa aa Details I All the paths that path health checking examined are fine aa aa Start or stop Action None KAPL04045 HDLM SNMP TRAP was sent Trap ID Details I aa aa IP Address bb bb Port SNMP TRAP was sent Number cc cc Community dd dd Trap Data ee ee aa aa Trap ID bb bb Destination IP address of the trap cc cc Destination port number of the trap dd dd Community name given to the trap ee ee Transmission data Action None KAPLO4046 An attempt to connect to the HDLM alert Details E driver has failed RC aa aa The HDLM An attempt to connect to manager will now terminate the HDLM alert driver during HDLM manager startup has failed The HDLM manager will now terminate aa aa OS error code decimal number Action See Installing HDLM on page 3 17 and then complete the installation If the same error continues to occur even after the procedure is performed execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then Messag
194. PLO7825 The owner core of the LU connected to Details I the path aa aa was changed to Th f the L bb bb e owner core o e LU connected to the path with the ID shown in the message was changed aa aa Path ID of the changed LU same as PathID of view path Decimal number bb bb Owner core ID after the change Hexadecimal number Action None KAPLO8001 to KAPLO9000 Message ID Message Text Explanation KAPLO8019 The path aa aa detected an error Details E bb bb cc CC An error occurred in the path The error is most likely due toa disconnected cable Messages 8 55 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation aa aa Path identifier hexadecimal number bb bb Error code hexadecimal number o When the path error is detected by a path health checking or the online operation Displays 0x000F0000 Fixed When a path error is detected through an I O error The OS error code is displayed cc cc Ox00000000 fixed Action Check the path in which the error was detected KAPLO8022 A path error occurred ErrorCode Details E aa aa PathID bb bb PathName cc cc dd dd ee ee ff ff DNum gg gg HDevName hh hh A physical or logical error occurred in the path aa aa Error code hexadecimal number o When the path error was detected by a path health checking or the online
195. PathName for the relevant HBA port and then retry For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 KAPLO1016 The target CHA port was not found Details W Operation name aa aa The path ID of the path management path Path_ID specified in the pathid option required by the cha parameter could not be found or the CHA that has the channel ID CHA _ID specified in the chaid parameter could not be found ada aa offline or online Messages 8 7 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Action o Ifthe path ID of the path management path was specified in pathid Execute the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr view path and check the value of the target CHA port and the path ID of the path management path that passes through that CHA port Then specify the applicable path management path ID and retry the operation For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 If the channel ID CHA ID was specified in chaid Execute the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr view cha and check the target CHA port and the CHA ID of that CHA port Then specify the applicable CHA ID and retry the operation For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 KAPLO1018 The target device was not found Detai
196. Robin algorithm exrr The Extended Round Robin algorithm lio The Least I Os algorithm exlio The Extended Least I Os algorithm default lbk The Least Blocks algorithm exlbk The Extended Least Blocks algorithm load_balance_same_ Specify the number of times the Optional Optional path use times same path can be used for I O operations when the Round Robin rr Least I Os lio or Least Blocks 1bk algorithm is used for load balancing You can specify a value from 0 to 999999 The default is 20 lbex_usetimes_limi Specify the number of times the Optional Optional t same path can be used for sequential I O operations when the extended Round Robin exrr Least I Os exlio or Least Blocks exlbk algorithm is used for extended load balancing You can specify a value from 0 to 999999 The default is 100 error log level Set the level of error information Optional Optional that is collected as error logs 7 38 Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Key name 1 Description 2 You can set a level from 0 to 4 The default is 3 Necessity of definition Upgrad e New installa installa tion or tion re installa tion error log size Set the size of the error log files dlmmgr 1 16 10g in kilobytes You can set a size from 100 to 2000000 The default is 9900 Optional Optional error log number Set the number of er
197. S e PowerHA e Oracle RAC 10g e Oracle RAC iig e VCS e DB2 pureScale HDLM uses a path of the active host to access an LU The details of host switching depend on the application 2 44 HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Creating an HDLM Environment This chapter describes the procedures for creating an HDLM environment and for canceling the setup Make sure that HDLM is installed and its functions have been set up The volume groups and cluster software programs must be set up appropriately for your system environment Note that in the required procedures and notes there are differences between HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier and HDLM version 5 9 or later For details see Appendix B Differences Between HDLM Version 5 9 or Later and Version 5 8 1 or Earlier on page B 1 O HDLM System Requirements O Flow for Creating an HDLM Environment O Types of HDLM Installation O Notes on Creating an HDLM Environment O Installing HDLM O Checking the Path Configuration O Setting up HDLM O Setting up Integrated Traces O About the Reservation Policy O Settings for Using PowerHA O Settings for Using GPFS Creating an HDLM Environment 3 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 2 O Settings for Using Oracle RAC 10g or Oracle RAC 11g O Settings for Using VCS O Removing HDLM Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Use
198. Stop any process or service of an application such as a DBMS that is using the HDLM management target path Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 For details about the stopping method see the manual for each application Specify the a parameter as required and execute the dimrmdev utility to remove HDLM drivers When you specify the a parameter and execute the dimrmdev utility you can skip steps 11 through 14 When dimrmdev is executed a message appears asking for confirmation that processing is to continue Enter y for this message to continue processing usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev A KAPL10528 I The volume group will be made inactive and the file system that is using HDLM will be unmounted Is this OK y n y hdisk3 deleted KAPL09012 I All HDLM drivers were removed o If you executed this step proceed to step 16 o If you did not execute this step proceed to the following step Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by HDLM umount file system mount point Execute the following command to display all the activated volume groups lsvg o Among the displayed volume groups in step 12 execute the following command to inactivate the volume groups used by HDLM varyoffvg volume group name Execute the following command to remove the hdisks recognized as HDLM management ta
199. Switching When the system contains multiple paths to an LU and an error occurs on the path that is currently being used HDLM can switch to another functional path so that the system can continue operating This is called a failover If a path in which an error has occurred recovers from the error HDLM can then switch back to that path This is called a failback Two types of failovers and failbacks are available e Automatic failovers and failbacks e Manual failovers and failbacks Failovers and failbacks switch which path is being used and also change the statuses of the paths A path status is either online or offline An online status means that the path can receive I Os On the other hand an offline status means that the path cannot receive I Os A path will go into the offline status for the following reasons e An error occurred on the path e A user executed the HDLM command s offline operation For details on the offline operation see offline Places Paths Offline on page 6 6 For details on path statuses and the transitions of those statuses see Path status transition on page 2 20 Automatic path switching The following describes the automatic failover and failback functions which automatically switch a path Automatic failovers 2 14 If you detect an error on the path that is currently being used you can continue to use the system by having the status of that path automatically changed to offline and then
200. System Configuration The following table lists and describes the HDLM system components Table 2 1 HDLM System Components Components Description A host bus adapter This serves as a cable port on the host A dedicated network that is used for data transfer between the host machine and storage systems A channel adapter A port on a CHA This serves as a cable port on a storage system A logical unit a logical volume defined on the storage system This serves as the target of input or output operations from the host An area in an LU A route that connects a host and a Dev HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX LU Configuration On a system using HDLM the logical device file for the HDLM management target device is used to access the target LU An LU recognized by a host after HDLM installation is called a host LU HLU The areas in a host LU that correspond to the Dev in a storage system LU are called host devices HDev An LU in the storage system corresponds one to one with a host LU a host device or an hdisk The following figure shows the LU configuration recognized by the host after the installation of HDLM Host MPIO driver KERELE ERTER RE HOLM driver Storage system Legend gt Path Figure 2 2 LU configuration of the host where HDLM is installed and correspondence with an hdisk The following table lists and describes the comp
201. System Settings Setting Up a Thunder 9500V Series Device To use a Thunder 9500V series device as the storage system perform the setup shown in the table below For details about setting up a Thunder 9500V series device see the manual for Thunder 9500V series Table 3 20 Thunder 9500V Series Settings for Using PowerHA Logical Unit Reset propagation mode in Host connection mode 2 set to the host group to be used Setting Up a Hitachi AMS WMS Series Device To use a Hitachi AMS WMS series device as the storage system perform the setup shown in the table below For details about how to set up a Hitachi AMS WMS series device see the documentation for the Hitachi AMS WMS series Table 3 21 Hitachi AMS WMS Series Setting for Using PowerHA Reset propagation mode in Host connection mode 2 set to the host group to be used Registering the HDLM Script for PowerHA To use PowerHA you need to add custom disk methods to the HDLM script for PowerHA The HDLM script for PowerHA is supplied with HDLM The following procedure describes how to specify a custom disk method This setup procedure assumes that PowerHA 6 1 is used The actual screen transitions for the SMIT menu might be different depending on the PowerHA version Therefore also refer to the PowerHA documentation To specify a custom disk method 1 From the SMIT window display the Add Custom Disk Methods window Choose the following sequence of menu items to display th
202. TACHI DF6 00F O051 0005 OA Online Own OBOCO3 HITACHI DF600F 0051 0005 1A Online Non 000001 HITACHI DF600F 0051 0014 OA Online Non 00 I DF600F 0051 0014 1A Online Own Doc DFE00E 0051 0015 OA Online Non oo I DF600F O051 0015 1A Online Own 000006 HI I OPEN 3 15001 0005 1H Online Own oo OPEN 3 15001 0005 2H Online Own 000 I OPEN 3 15001 0015 14 Online Own oooolc OPEN 3 15001 0015 2H Online Own 000O0COB HITACHI OPEN 3 15001 0020 1H Online Own 000011 HITACHI OPEN 3 15001 0020 24 Online Own KAPLOLOOI I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Displayed path information Table 6 12 Displayed Path Information on page 6 48 describes the displayed path information The following explains the table headings e No summary displayed The user specifies only the path parameter or the path item parameter e Summary displayed The user specifies the path c parameter Command Reference 6 47 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 6 48 Table 6 12 Displayed Path Information Displayed Item No summary displayed Summary displayed Paths Description Total number of displayed paths indicated by a decimal i e base 10 number OnlinePaths Number of online paths from within the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number When the value of Paths equals the value of OnlinePaths then all the paths are online If the value of
203. a Audit log facility The recommended value depends on the operating environment Set on if you want to collect audit log data localO to local7 This function is applied only when Hitachi AMS2000 series Hitachi SMS series or HUS100 series storage is used Setting Up Load Balancing You can select whether to enable load balancing The following is an example command to set load balancing usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr set lb on lbtype exlio Set it to on to enable load balancing Otherwise set it to off When you set on specify one of the following algorithm values after the lbtype option Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 75 e rr for the Round Robin algorithm e exrr for the Extended Round Robin algorithm e lio for the Least I Os algorithm e exlio for the Extended Least I Os algorithm e bk for the Least Blocks algorithm e exlbk for the Extended Least Blocks algorithm The type of algorithm specified by the lbt ype parameter remains stored in the system even if you disable the load balancing function by specifying 1b off If you decide to re enable load balancing at a later time and you do not specify an algorithm load balancing will still be executed by using the algorithm that was previously specified Setting Up Path Health Checking You can choose whether you want to use path health checking The following is an example o
204. a Identifier of the core logic path where FO processing failed hexadecimal number bb bb Error code hexadecimal number cc cc Fixed at 0 Action The I O being processed is discarded Check the status of the device path and take an appropriate action If there is no problem with the connection status of the path execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting error information and then contact the HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPLO5021 1 Processing of IOCTL aa aa completed normally Messages Details Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation The processing for the requested IOCTL operation was successful aa aa IOCTL code hexadecimal number Action None KAPLO5023 Could not process the IOCTL aa aa cc Check the message of the HDLM command or the HDLM manager and then take the appropriate action If you do not know the appropriate action execute the DLMgetras utility to collect error information and then contact your vendor or maintenance company Refer to the HDLM User s Guide for instructions how to execute the DLMgetras utility Details Processing corresponding to the requested IOCTL aa aa IOCTL code hexadecimal number is unsuccessful bb bb Fixed at 0 cc cc Fixed at 0 Action Check the message of the HDLM command dinkmgr
205. a hds com Asia Pacific 852 3189 7900 hds marketing apac hds com Hitachi Data Systems MK 92DLM111 27
206. a secondary volume S VOL the status of the P VOL paths will be automatically changed to the Online status To HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX change the status to the Online D status specify the dfha parameter for the HDLM command s online operation The status changes to this status when using HAM High Availability Manager Correspondence Between Path Statuses Displayed by the OS and by HDLM The following table lists the correspondence between the path statuses displayed when commands such as the AIX 1spath command are executed and the path statuses displayed when the HDLM command s view operation is executed Table 2 5 Correspondence Between Path Statuses Displayed by the OS and by HDLM Path status displayed by an AIX command Path status displayed by the HDLM Enabled Either Online Online E Online S or Online D Disabled Offline C Failed Offline E Status transitions of a path The following figure shows the status transitions of a path HDLM Functions 2 21 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Offline operation Operating status Blocked status Online Online operation Offline c Execute the AIX command chdev other than a pv Automatic Error occurred failback Online Offline Online operation operation on peration Error occurred after error a path in recovery eror status I O ends normally Auto
207. aa aa parameter bb bb Details ada aa clear offline online set Or view bb bb Duplicate parameter Action Delete the duplicate parameter and then retry KAPLO1008 W A necessary parameter value is not specified Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb Messages Details ad aa offline online set Or view bb bb Parameter name Action Specify the parameter value and then retry 8 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID KAPLO1009 W Message Text A parameter value is invalid Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb parameter value cc cc Valid value dd dd Explanation Details ad aa offline online set Or view bb bb Parameter name cc cc Specified parameter value dd dd Specifiable parameter value range Action Specify a correct value for the parameter and then retry KAPLO1012 E Could not connect the HDLM manager Operation name aa aa Details In the view sys sfunc operation information must be collected from the HDLM manager but the manager cannot be accessed ada da view Action Execute the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check whether the HDLM manager has started Start the HDLM manager if it has not started and then retry the HDLM command For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 KAPLO1
208. achi Universal Storage Platform 100 Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 600 Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 1100 or HUS VM indicated by a hexadecimal number The first two characters of iLU are the CU number and the last two characters are the internal LU number within the CU For XP10000 XP12000 or SVS indicated by a hexadecimal number The first three characters of iLU are the CU number and the last two characters are the internal LU number within the CU The first character of the CU number is the value 0 For the Thunder 9500V series Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series or HUS100 series indicated by a decimal number The entire value of iLu is the internal LU number within the storage system You can identify an actual LU by referencing iLu from the storage system management program For Universal Storage Platform V VM series or Virtual Storage Platform series indicated by a hexadecimal number The first two characters of iLU are the number of the logical DKC Disk Controller the middle two numbers are the CU number and the last two characters are the internal LU number within the CU ChaPort l Port number of the CHA which identifies the CHA port that is mounted on the storage system You can identify an actual CHA port by referencing this number from the storage system management program Status Status of the path e Online Online Command Reference 6 49 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User G
209. achi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Place in Online status the path that goes through the HBA to which the replaced cable is connected Depending on the NPIV option setting for the dlmodmset utility checked in step 1 execute one of the following commands o If the NPIV option is set to off Specify the HBA adapter number and bus number and then execute the command shown below The following example shows how to place the path in Offline C status when the path goes through an HBA whose HBA adapter number is 08 and whose bus number is 11 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online hba 08 11 o If the NPIV option is set to on Use the fscsi number to execute the command below The following example shows how to place the path in Offline C status when the path goes through fscsi number 1 fscsil usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online hba 00 01 Execute the following command to check the path information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view path For details about path information see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Replacing a Fibre Channel Switch If there are multiple active paths for an LU you can replace a desired Fibre Channel switch while running your applications by placing offline only the path that goes through the Fibre Channel switch to be replaced and by using other Fibre Channel switches to continue access Note The following procedure is only for replacing a Fibre Chann
210. act for HDLM KAPLO1120 A storage system model ID could not be Details W displayed Details aa aa bb bb A storage system model ID could not be displayed aa aa Storage recognition information bb bb Error code Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO1121 HNTRLib2 initialization failed Integrated Action W trace information cannot be collected Execute the HDLM command as a user who has root permissions If neither of above are the source of the problem execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPLO1133 aa aa path s were successfully placed Details I bb bb cc cc path s were successfully Messages 8 27 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX ao Message Text Explanation placed dd dd ee ee path s were not The number of paths Operation name ff ff processed by an online operation is shown aa aa The number of paths which changed to the Online status bb bb Online or Online S cc cc The number of paths which changed to the Online
211. ad balance controller function and are supported by HDLM e Hitachi AMS2000 series e HUS100 series For using the dynamic load balance controller function there are restrictions on the versions of the microprograms you install For details see the release notes of HDLM Dynamic I O Path Control Function 2 30 In a storage system in which the dynamic load balance controller function is installed enable the dynamic I O path control function to make the HDLM load balancing effective When the dynamic I O path control function is enabled the controller selected by the dynamic load balance controller function is recognized as the owner controller Other controllers are recognized as non owner controllers The dynamic I O path control function can be enabled or disabled based on each host connected storage system or LU HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX The dynamic I O path control function can be specified by using the HDLM command s set operation For details about the set operation see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 Error management For troubleshooting purposes HDLM collects information and stores it into log files The error information to be collected can be filtered out by error level and then stored into the log files The following figure shows the flow of data when error information is collected on a host which is running HDLM Host Log filter St
212. affected location affected audit event type audit event result subject ID for audit event result hardware identification information location information location identification information FQDN redundancy identification information agent information host sending request port number sending request host receiving request port number receiving request common operation ID log type information application identification information reserved area message text Up to 950 bytes of text can be displayed for each message section Table 2 12 Items Output in the Message Section Common identifier Fixedtocenrss sd to Fixedtocenrss sd Common specification revision number Fixed to 1 1 Serial number Serial number of the audit log message Message ID Message ID in KAPL15nnn format Date and time The date and time when the message was output This item is output in the following format yyyy mm ddThh mm ss s time zone Entity affected Component or process name Location affected Host name Audit event type Event type Audit event result Event result Subject ID for audit event result Depending on the event an account ID process ID or IP address is output Hardware identification information Hardware model name or serial number Location information Hardware component identification information Location identification information Location
213. age is displayed If the KAPL10531 I message is not displayed make sure that no processes services file systems or volume groups are using any HDLM management target paths and then perform step 3 again o When an existing hdisk has been successfully deleted the KAPLO9012 I message is displayed If the KAPLO9012 I message is not displayed make sure that no processes services file systems or volume groups are using any HDLM management target paths and then perform step 3 again After the dimrmdev utility successfully finishes go to step 8 Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by HDLM umount file system mount point Execute the following command to display all the activated volume groups lsvg o Among the displayed volume groups inactivate the volume groups used by HDLM varyoffvg volume group name Execute the dlmrmdev utility to change the status of the hdisks recognized as HDLM management target devices by the active kernel and then stop the HDLM manager To inherit the existing hdisk configuration execute the dimrmdev utility with the e parameter specified that is included in the installation DVD ROM of the HDLM version to be installed If you execute the dimrmdev utility without the e parameter specified the existing HDLM device is deleted DVD ROM mounted directory HDLM AIX hdlmtool dlimrmdev o Deleting an existing hdisk Creating an HDLM Environment 3 39 Hitachi D
214. ager disk txt List of disks in the dev directory dimls la txt HDLM directory information file env txt Environment variable file errpt a txt Error log edit file genkex txt Information of loaded drivers histfile XXXxXxX File specified in the HISTFILE environment variable iscfgq txt Firmware version of HBA etc lsdev C txt Kernel parameter value lsdev proc txt LS tS txt CPU information File system information lslpp txt List of installed packages lspath txt MPIO path information lsps a txt Swap area usage of swap Physical volume information Utility Reference Information of volume groups Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Output directory Explanation Maintenance Level txt Maintenance level of information displayed when the instfix i command was executed mount txt Mount information oslevel txt OS level information pagesize txt Memory page size PdAt txt Information of Object Database Manager PdAtXtd txt Information of Object Database Manager PdPathAt txt Information of Object Database Manager PdDv txt Information of Object Database Manager ps ef txt Information on the executing process ulimit a txt Limits on system resources data segments stack segments file descriptors that are available to processes uname a txt Information on
215. ails A duplicate attribute has been specified aa aa Specified attribute Action Delete the duplicate attribute and then retry the operation KAPL10641 I Reservation Key will now be cleared Is this OK y n Details Enter y to clear and n to not clear the Reservation Key Action Enter y orn KAPL10642 I Reservation Key of aa aa was cleared Details The Reservation Key has been cleared aa aa logical device file name for the HDLM management target device Action None KAPL10643 W A necessary parameter is not specified Messages Details A parameter is not specified for the dlmpr utility Action Execute the dimpr h utility to check the parameter and then retry execution For details on the dimpr utility see d mpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation on page 7 25 8 105 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX si Message Text Explanation KAPL10644 The specified parameters cannot be Details W specified at the same time parameter The specified parameters aa aa cannot be specified for the dimpr utility at the same time aa aa specified parameter character string Action Execute the dimpr h utility to check the parameter and then retry execution For details on the dimpr utility see d mpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation on page 7 25 KAPL10645 A parameter value is
216. al Link Manager is not used If the error code is 3 or 100 Wait a while and then execute dlminstcomp utility If the error code is 5 Install a prerequisite JDK version and then re execute dlminstcomp Utility If the error code is 200 Execute dlminstcomp utility If any other error code is output Messages 8 81 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX ao Message Text Explanation Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPLO9242 No usable JDK or JRE exists Details E No prerequisite JDK version is installed in the system Action Install a prerequisite JDK version and then re execute dlminstcomp utility KAPLO9243 dlminstcomp completed successfully Details I dlminstcomp utility completed successfully Action None KAPL09246 An attempt to install an HDLM component Details E failed because an HDLM component was An attempt to install an operating Error Code aa aa p HDLM component failed because an HDLM component was operating aa aa Error number that identifies the executed processing Action Wait a while and then re execute dlminstcomp utility KAPL09247 An attempt to install an HDLM component Details E failed Error Code aa aa An attempt to install an HDLM component failed aa aa Error number that identifies the executed processing Action
217. amicLinkManager bin dinkmgr set lb on lbtype rr exrr lio exlio 1lbk exlbk off ellv error log collection level elfs error log file size elfn number of error log files systflv trace level systfs trace file size systfn number of trace files pchk on intvl checking interval off afb on intvl checking interval off iem on intvl error monitoring interval iemnum number of times error is to occur off lic audlog on audlv audit log data collection level category ss a ca all off audfac facility value lbpathusetimes number of path use times expathusetimes number of path use times dpc fon off pathid path ID lu pathid path ID storage dpcintvl checking interval s To Display the Format of the Set Operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set help Parameters To Set Up the HDLM Operating Environment The table below shows the defaults and recommended values for each setting If you change the value of the set operation the new value takes effect immediately Table 6 2 Default and Recommended Values Item name Default value Recommended value Load balancing on on The Extended Least I Os The recommended algorithm algorithm is used depends on the operating environment 6 18 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Item name Error log collection level Default value 3 Collect error information
218. anager User Guide for AIX slot number A value indicating the location of a slot on which a HBA is mounted SLPR Storage Logical Partition A function supported by Hitachi USP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series and Virtual Storage Platform series for logically splitting up a storage system This function splits up the resources such as ports CLPR and volumes in the storage system so that the user can manage each resource independently Glossary 7 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX AIBICI DIEF I m zZ O U Ps n Glossary 8 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Index A CLPR Cache Logical Partition Glossary 2 cluster Glossary 2 support 2 44 cluster software 2 44 setup 3 25 active host 2 44 adapter number 3 15 6 52 adapter type 3 15 6 52 add 6 68 audit tog Cluster Software PowerHA categories and audit events that HDLM can Cance ing Serange iad coding file that defines information to be collected output 2 37 rules for 7 7 collecting error info with HDLM utility dlmgetras 2 34 error info with HDLM utility dlmgetrasinst 2 34 command format 6 2 operation 6 2 Overview 6 2 collecting data 2 35 data format 2 41 automatic failback 2 18 6 23 Glossary 1 automa
219. ance on extended lio Support Cluster Elog Level 43 Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files 2 Trace Level x 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback on 60 Intermittent Error Monitor Off Dynamic I O Path Control off 10 HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX HDLM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive Xie MXR yyyy mm dd hh mm ss HDLM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4000 HDLM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss License Type Expiration Permanent KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss The value displayed in HDLM version indicates the HDLM version Viewing HDLM Component Information This section explains how to display HDLM component information To display HDLM component information execute the dlnkmgr command s view operation with the sys parameter specified The following shows an example in which the command is executed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys HDLM Version i OXLX XOXX Service Pack Version Load Balance on extended lio Support Cluster Elog Level 3 Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files 2 2 Trace Level 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 7 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Fa
220. another error does not occur If the actual memory size is insufficient increase the actual memory size If the actual memory size is sufficient execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO7001 to KAPLO8000 Sara Message Text Explanation KAPLO7819 Data for maintenance aa aa bb bb Details I cc cc dd dd This message is generated by the core logic for maintenance aa aa Detailed information 1 decimal base 10 number bb bb Internal function number of the core logic decimal base 10 number 8 54 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX bead be Message Text Explanation cc cc Detailed information 2 decimal base 10 number dd dd Detailed information 3 decimal base 10 number Action None KAPLO7824 The owner controller of the LU connected Details I to the path aa aa was changed to bb bb The owner controller of the LU connected to the path with the ID shown in the message was changed aa aa Path ID of the changed LU same as PathID of view path Decimal number bb bb Owner controller ID after the change Hexadecimal number Action None KA
221. ant to terminate processing enter n KAPLO1100 Details I This message indicates the executed command line aa aa Name of the executed command Action None KAPLO1101 The target HBA port was not found Details W Operation name aa aa The HBA having the HBA_ID specified in the hbaid parameter could not be found aa aa offline online Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr view hba to check the target HBA port and the HBA_ID of the target HBA port After that specify the appropriate HBA_ID and then retry Messages 8 23 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 24 Message ID Message Text Explanation KAPLO1102 All the paths which pass the specified Details I aa aa port will be changed to the Multipl ths will Offline C status Is this OK y n ADLE pN OMIN DE collectively placed Offline C because the hbaid or chaid parameter was specified To collectively place multiple paths Offline C enter y To not collectively place them Offline C enter n aa aa CHA HBA Action If you want to execute the offline processing for the paths which pass the specified target enter y If you want to terminate the processing enter n KAPLO1103 If you are sure that there would be no Details I problem when all the paths which pass This message re asks the the specified aa aa port are placed in g user whether to place
222. arameter Details w aa aa aa aa invalid parameter character string Action Execute help of the dlmrmdev utility to check the parameters that can be specified and then retry Messages 8 95 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation For details on the dimrmdev utility see dimrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers on page 7 30 KAPL10523 An attempt to unmount the file system Details E has failed file system aa aa aa aa failed file system character string Action Make sure of the status of the failed file system and then re execute the program Unmount the failed file system manually and re execute the program For details on the dimrmdev utility see dimrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers on page 7 30 KAPL10524 An attempt to inactivate the volume Details E group has failed volume group An attempt to inactivate aa aa the volume group has failed aa aa failed volume group character string Action Make sure of the status of failed volume group and then re execute the program Inactivate the failed volume group manually and re execute the program For details on the dimrmdev utility see dimrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers on page 7 30 KAPL10525 An internal error occurred in the Details E dimrmdev utility error code aa aa In the dimrmdev utility an Execute
223. ared normally the KAPL10642 I message is displayed If the reserve was not cleared normally the KAPL10650 I message is displayed For details on the dimpr utility see d mpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation on page 7 25 Execute the following command to restart the host shutdown Fr Execute the following command to make sure that the status of the hdisks recognized as HDLM managed devices is Available lsdev Cc disk hdisk0O Available 1S 08 00 8 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdiskl Available 1S 08 00 9 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk2 Available 1S 08 00 10 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk3 Available 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre hdisk4 Available 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX In this example hdisk3 and hdisk4 are recognized as HDLM managed devices If the status of all hdisks is Available proceed to step 14 If there are any hdisks with the Defined status perform step 10 again 14 Check the setting for the hdisk reservation policy attribute Make sure that the changed default value is reflected in the value actually used lsattr El hdisk name grep reserve policy reserve policy no reserv Reserve Policy TRUE 15 Activate the volume group used by HDLM varyonvg volume group name 16 Mount the file system used by HDLM mount file system mount point Changing a Path This subsection exp
224. as are used as separators ss StartStop a Authentication ca ConfigurationAccess If all the above categories are specified a11 is displayed If the collection of audit log data is disabled a hyphen is displayed Audit Log Facility The name of the audit log facility is displayed user local0 locall local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 Or local7 is displayed If the collection of audit log data is disabled a hyphen is displayed lbpathuse times The number of times the same path can be used for load balancing Times Same Path Was Used Command Reference The number of times the same path can be used for I O operations when the Round Robin rr Least I Os lio or Least Blocks 1bk algorithm is used for load balancing If you used Global Link Manager to set the number of times the same path can be used in units of LUs an asterisk is added after the value 6 39 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Parameter and program n informatio pesmnpuon n to be displayed Times Same The number of times the same path can be used for expathuse ExPath Was sequential I O operations when the extended Round times Used Robin exrr Least I Os exlio or Least Blocks The exlbk algorithm is used for load balancing number of If you used Global Link Manager to set the number times the of times the same path can be used in units of LUs same path an
225. ast 8 35 KAPLO4001 to RAP OBO OO iste nce tecncestdcasmecoecexamecastinieniesetecceaxsmcieemuieculeeemcestenmcesis 8 37 KAPLO5001 to KAPLOGO0O isuitccssisvesticteencusckanescdeaiatentiessdansecuesdauedscadauseeneeieuscepecexe 8 47 KAPLOGOD 1 GO KAP LO 1000 sa vicsensdicceneseiiGexanexetcdeesieueidavenenidacuoeunstcleersnutacnkiawtecscmneos 8 51 KAPLO7001 to KAPLOB OOO sconces aineena R Na SS 8 54 KAPLO8001 to KAPLO90QQ ssiri enaena eaa EER E 8 55 KAPLO9001 to KAPLI000Q scaccia iene ROEE AAE 8 59 KAPL10001 to KAP IU OOO iarceccncdicneseendiGexatenttcdnesncaeiSaxenendiateoeetbesGecshuecaceeeseyediceenceeas 8 85 KAPL11001 to RAP LIZ O00 siirre REE aaae 8 111 KAPL13001 to KAPL14000 scrinium ERRE 8 115 KAPL15001 to KAPLIGQOO ssiiccstscenctetanccnsvencceudenetonentencenuiesanssiieaakewascienawmicedeuaaeds 8 128 Return Codes for Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component eseese 8 132 A Functional Differences Between Versions of HDLM cceccesseeeeeeeeees A 1 Functional Differences Between Version 6 2 and Versions Earlier than 6 2 A 2 Functional Differences Between Version 6 1 and Versions Earlier than 6 1 A 2 Functional Differences Between Version 6 0 or Later and Versions Earlier than 6 0 A 2 B Differences Between HDLM Version 5 9 or Later and Version 5 8 1 or Earlier Add in HDLM Driver Module ssssssesssssnssnessnsersssesanssnanannennnnensnnonnnsenesnesanssnnsnnnenne B 2 Simplifying the HDLM Envi
226. ast number of I Os being processed is selected from among all the connected paths o Least Blocks The path that has the least number of I O blocks being processed is selected from among all the connected paths The Extended Round Robin Extended Least I Os and Extended Least Blocks algorithms These algorithms determine which path to allocate based on whether the data of the I O to be issued is sequential with the data of the I O that was issued immediately beforehand If the data is sequential the path used will be the one to which the data of the I O that was issued immediately beforehand was distributed However if a specified number of I Os has been issued to a path processing switches to the next path HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX If the data is not sequential these algorithms select the path to be used each time an I O request is issued o Extended Round Robin The paths are simply is selected in order from among all the connected paths o Extended Least I Os The path that has the least number of I Os being processed is selected from among all the connected paths o Extended Least Blocks The path that has the least number of I O blocks being processed is selected from among all the connected paths The following table lists and describes the features of the load balancing algorithms Table 2 4 Features of the Load Balancing Algorithms Algorithm type Algorithm features Ro
227. asterisk is added after the value can be used for extended load balancing When you use cluster software the settings of the cluster support function and the product name of the cluster software is not displayed However the cluster support function will operate normally Examples Example 1 The following example shows how to display information about the HDLM function settings usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys sfunc HDLM Version KeK KXK Service Pack Version Load Balance on extended lio Support Cluster Elog Level HES Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files 2 2 Trace Level enl Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback on 60 Intermittent Error Monitor off Dynamic I O Path Control off 10 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Example 2 The following example shows how to display information about the HDLM manager 6 40 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys msrv HDLM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss it Example 3 The following example shows how to display information about the HDLM alert driver usr DynamicLinkManag
228. ation Format offline Places Paths Offline online Places Paths Online set Sets Up the Operating Environment view Displays Information add Adds a Path Dynamically delete Deletes a Path Dynamically Command Reference 6 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Overview of the HDLM Command dinkmgr This section describes command formats and operations used for HDLM Command format Enter the command using the following format dlnkmgr operation name parameter parameter value dinkmgr The command name operation name The type of operation entered after dinkmgr parameter A value required for an operation parameter value A value required for a parameter Operations of the dinkmgr command Table 6 1 Operations of the dinkmgr Command on page 6 2 shows the operations of dlnkmgr and their functions Table 6 1 Operations of the dinkmgr Command Operation Functions Initializes 0 the statistics I O count and I O errors of all paths managed by the HDLM system For details see clear Returns the Path Statistics to the Initial Value on page 6 3 help Displays the format of the operation used for HDLM For details see help Displays the Operation Format on page 6 4 offline Places offline an online path or paths For details see offline Places Paths Offline on page 6 6 online Places online an offline path or paths For details see online Places Path
229. atistics to the Initial Value on page 6 3 Dev number indicated by a decimal number This item pertains to a logical volume number There is one Dev in an LU so the number is fixed to 0 The displayed paths are assumed to be in an intermittent error status and checked whether those paths are to be operated for automatic failback One of the following values is displayed for each path e Indicates that intermittent error monitoring is disabled or the monitoring time for an intermittent error is out of range A value of at least 0 Indicates the number of errors that occurred during intermittent error monitoring Indicates that an intermittent error occurred automatic failback does not check the path vctl The volume group name LU is registered When the LU is not registered as the volume group a hyphen is displayed Physical When a path is migrated using a virtual ID displays Product model ID of the storage system that is connected by the migration destination path When a virtual ID is not used a hyphen is displayed Physical When a path is migrated using a virtual ID displays SerialNumber serial number of the storage system that is connected by the migration destination path When a virtual ID is not used a hyphen is displayed Physical iLU When a path is migrated using a virtual ID displays LU number in the storage system that is connected by the migration de
230. atus changes to the Online D status When you do not specify this parameter the status of the P VOL paths in the HAM environment will be changed to the Online S status If I O operations to the secondary volume S VOL do not occur and only the paths to the P VOL recover from an error the path Command Reference 6 15 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX to the P VOL will be in the Online status regardless of this parameter specification To change the status of a specific LU use the 1u and pathid parameters to specify the path to the LU To change the status of all the paths specify only dfha A regular online operation is executed on the paths other than the P VOL in an HAM environment If you use the dfha parameter for a volume whose paths are all in the offline status the processing to the P VOL paths might output a KAPLO1036 E message and fail even if the paths recover from an error If the paths indicated in the KAPLO1036 E message are in the Online S status and the paths to the S VOL are in the Online status re execute the command with the dfha parameter specified lu pathid AutoPATH ID Specify management target paths for each LU P VOL The target LUs are the LUs that belong to a path ID that you specify in the pathid AutoPATH ID parameter Executes the command without displaying the message asking for confirmation of command execution from the user Specify this parameter if you want to skip the res
231. automatically have the system switch over to another online path This functionality is called automatic failover Automatic failovers can be used for the following levels of errors Critical A fatal error that might stop the system Error A high risk error which can be avoided by performing a failover or some other countermeasure For details on error levels see Filtering of error information on page 2 33 When the Thunder 9500V series or Hitachi AMS WMS series is being used HDLM will select the path to be used next from among the various paths that access the same LU starting with owner paths and then non owner paths For example in Figure 2 8 Path switching on page 2 15 the owner HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX controller of an LU is CHAO and access to the LU is made via only one path A After that access path A is placed offline the first choice for the switching destination is the other path connected to CHAO B If an error also occurs on that path B then the next possibility for a path comes from one of the two paths C or D connected to CHA1 When the Lightning 9900V series Hitachi USP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series Virtual Storage Platform series Hitachi AMS2000 series Hitachi SMS series HUS100 series or HUS VM is being used all the paths are owner paths This means all the paths accessing the same LU can be possible switching destinations For exa
232. be removed Delete the HNTRLib common library files and the directory in which they are stored When you remove HNTRLIib all directories within the opt hitachi HNTRLib directory will be deleted but the libraries within the opt hitachi common 1ib directory will not To delete HNTRLib delete the following files and directory o Shared library files symbolic links opt hitachi common lib libhntr o Directory that contains shared library files opt hitachi common lib DOO1 If the opt hitachi directory only contains the files and directories shown above delete the directory Note o If the log output directory set in HNTRLib was not the default directory the log files will not be deleted during removal In this case delete these files after removal Creating an HDLM Environment 3 105 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX o Even if you attempt to remove HNTRLib2 when HNTRLib is installed HNTRLib will not be removed If no other programs are using HNTRLib delete it manually Canceling Cluster Software PowerHA Settings 3 106 When PowerHA is used delete the custom disk method The following deletion procedure assumes that PowerHA 6 1 is used The actual screen transitions for the SMIT menu might be different depending on the PowerHA version Therefore please also refer to the PowerHA documentation To delete a custom disk method 1 From the SMIT window display the Configure Custo
233. ber and bus number or adapter type and adapter number of the target HBA port the numbers are found in the PathName field displayed using the view operation Enter a period between these two parameter values For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 The HBA adapter number bus number and adapter type adapter number strings are case sensitive Example The following example shows how to place offline all paths connected to the HBA port whose HBA adapter number is 01 and bus number is 01 When the confirmation message is displayed the user enters y to continue or n to cancel the operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr offline hba 01 01 KAPL01055 I All the paths which pass the specified HBA will be changed to the Offline C status Is this OK y n y KAPL01056 I If you are sure that there would be no problem when all the paths which pass the specified HBA are placed in the Offline C status enter y Otherwise enter n y n y KAPL01061 I 3 path s were successfully placed Offline C 0 path s were not Operation name offline hbaid HBA port ID Use this parameter to place offline at one time all paths that pass through a specific HBA port The command will place offline all paths connected to the HBA port that has the specified HBA port ID To display the HBA port IDs execute the following view operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view hba For details ab
234. ble 6 14 Product ID Displayed by the View Path Operation on page 6 53 When you use this parameter DskName is displayed by default Therefore it is not necessary to specify dn for the item parameter srt pn lulcp Use this parameter to sort the path information in ascending order according to the specified sorting keys The sorting keys are as follows the first sorting key is the name of the storage system DskName the second sorting key is the value specified by the srt parameter and the third sorting key is AutoPATH_ID The available parameter values to specify the second sorting key are e pn Path name e lu LU number of the storage system e cp Port number of the CHA When the srt parameter is omitted the path information is listed in ascending order of AutoPATH_IDs When you use this parameter the items used for the sorting keys DskName AutoPATH_ID and the item specified by this parameter are displayed by default Therefore it is not necessary to specify these items for the item parameter Omits the title for each information item Example In the following example 10 Count is selected as the display item and the path information is sorted in ascending order by LUs Command Reference 6 45 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX fusr DynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr view path item ic art lu stname aths 0000 OnlinePaths 000010 PathStatus I0 Count IO Errors Online S500 0
235. ble 6 6 License Key Types Type Description Permanent license key Permanent licenses are valid for using HDLM permanently Temporary license key Temporary license key are used temporarily for example when a user needs to perform product evaluations Temporary licenses keys are valid for 120 days after the installation You cannot reuse a temporary license key Emergency license key Emergency license keys are used temporarily for example when waiting for issuing a permanent license key to be issued Emergency licenses keys are valid for 30 days after they are entered You cannot reuse an emergency license key A temporary license key cannot be installed by using the dinkmgr set operation Example 1 The following example shows how to update the license key when the license key file exists usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr set lic 6 28 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX KAPLO1049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name set y n y KAPLO1071 I A permanent license was installed Example 2 The following example shows how to update the license key when the license key file does not exist usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr set lic KAPLO1049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name set y n y KAPLO1083 I There is no license key file File name var tmp hdlm_ license KAPLO1068 I Enter a license key x4xK
236. bout paths not subject to automatic failback will be reset If you do not want to reset the information about paths not subject to automatic failback when you turn the intermittent error monitoring function off change the target paths to Offline C 2 The number of errors and the time passed since error monitoring had started are both reset to 0 and then monitoring restarts from the time the setting change is made in accordance with the changed monitoring conditions 3 The number of errors and the time passed since error monitoring had started are both reset to 0 and then monitoring restarts from the time the HDLM manager starts Detecting errors by using path health checking HDLM can check the status of paths for which I O operations are not being performed at regular intervals This function is called path health checking Without path health checking an error is not detected unless I O is performed because the system only checks the path status when I O is performed With path health checking however the system checks the status of online paths at regular intervals regardless of whether I O is performed If an error is detected in a path path health checking functionality switches the status of that path to Offline E Or Online E SO you can use the dinkmgr command s view operation to check the path error HDLM Functions 2 29 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX For example in a normal state I O operat
237. ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaes 3 91 Registering the HDLM Script for POWerHA csscccsseessseeseseeseeeeseeeseeeeseeeesaeees 3 91 Setting the Reservation PONCY seossconssccasiecaesdsnvseseesosadiacsmsapaniecsaxanatiomaianatieaserese 3 92 Settings for Using GPFS sssensusensnnsnsnnunsunnnsananonnnnsanensnnannnnnnnnnsnnnnannunnnsnnsnnnnannnn 3 93 Settings for Using Oracle RAC 10g or Oracle RAC 119 esssessssssssssrssrrerrrsrrsrrrerrnrrees 3 94 Settings for MISSCOUNT and DISK TIMEOUT wctcsccrcdssnrstaconsanstascmnaaiecarcecbientaranns 3 94 Settings for Reservation POMC s cnieccarcsncnsansscccentacadtocsensaazdsasosaraieecerenatindesands 3 95 Settings for USING VCS csatanspsentciatncsentioccatatahdaccttasecdachecotscsachteastconcnsaneteecenrentenatelsane 3 96 Removing MIOED siinanpreaacioarsuseabaimunnietaidiossoianasiecnashanduiaaaninanianeasennsmiseausasausicnaaaunne 3 97 Preparations for HDLM Removal sssssssssssssrsrrsesrnsrrrnrrnenrnsnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 3 97 Removing FIDL veranear eE EE EEEE 3 97 When Removing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment c ccseeeeeees 3 98 When Removing HDLM in the Boot Disk Environment ccseeesseeeeees 3 101 Removing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLIiD2 c ceeeee 3 104 Removing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLIb 000eee 3 105 Canceling Cluster Software PowerHA SettingS cccscessseesseeesseeesseeeceeesees 3
238. ce files Trace information for an HDLM manager is output to trace files The output destinations for the files are changed as follows When you migrate from HDLM 04 00 or earlier Trace files before the migration opt hitachi HNTRLib spool hntrn log n indicates a file number Integrated trace files after the migration var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n 1log n indicates a file number Trace files after the migration var DynamicLinkManager log hdlmtrn log n indicates a file number When you migrate from HDLM 05 00 or later Trace files before the migration var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n log n indicates a file number Integrated trace files after the migration var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n 1log n indicates a file number Creating an HDLM Environment 3 15 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Trace files after the migration var DynamicLinkManager log hdlmtrn log n indicates a file number Notes on Storage Systems Do not change the vendor ID or product ID of a storage system If you do HDLM will not be able to recognize the storage system Before you connect multiple storage systems to the same host make sure that the storage systems have unique serial numbers If there is a duplication of serial numbers use a tool such as Disk Array Management Program to assign a unique serial number to each device If you restart a storage system when using an hdisk that meets both
239. chi AMS WMS Series 2 10 When Using Other Than the Thunder 9500V Series and Hitachi AMS WMS SENES skin Suen det atatnand cde EE EEA E E E EE E EEA 2 11 Load Balancing AlgorithM S sisinio nnn aaa aaa 2 12 Performing Failovers and Failbacks Using Path SWitching cccssesseseseeeeeeeeeseesaes 2 14 Automatic Dei SWVACCIN oso ch ieni iniiai aaa aaa a Eae 2 14 A tomati f illovefS sssisnuninn kannan eaaa aE 2 14 Priority of Switching Destination PathS ssssssssssssrssrrsrrsrrerrnnrsnrresrnnrens 2 16 A t mati Tall DACKS i iunsuianin rannani naaa aaa aa 2 18 Manual path SWITCHING scscatinctctvatacewsdtenanceindencearemoudadudceivetar a a EAEAN 2 19 iii Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Path status transition esssssssnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnn 2 20 The online path SUAUUS soeacntssieceveestedeccsiseestecdedesnanssbctexenaevesiedustsetbneubeniets 2 20 The offline path SUAS sesaisietssicncesncstenuanediensadaracesenatuesateaasieseadamemncneemonimns 2 20 Correspondence Between Path Statuses Displayed by the OS and by HDLM2 21 Status transitions of a path s sssssssssssssssssrerrsrrnrrrrnsrsnrrnsrnnrrenrnnrenrrnnne 2 21 Monitoring intermittent errors functionality when automatic failback is used 2 24 Checking intermittent errorS ssssssssserssssseressenensnnensrosnenarnenennrseresnesersntensreene 2 24 Setting up intermittent error MOMEOMM Gs
240. chi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series HUS100 series or HUS VM was used delete the following line disk fcp Hitachi fscsi disk fcp If GPFS or GPFS RVSD was used execute the following utility to set the LUN RESET option to off usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset r off If you have been using VCS and have registered VCS scripts you must delete the VCS script registrations Delete the following line that was added to the preonline script system usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dlm vcs pgr release SARGV 1 If you do not need to start the preonline script when VCS starts delete the preonline script and specify the settings so that the preonline script does not start For details on the setting method refer to the VCS documentation In the following example the settings do not start the preonline script when VCS starts rm opt VRTSvcs bin triggers preonlin haconf makerw hagrp modify service group PreOnline 0 haconf dump makero Execute the following command installp u DLManager mpio Change the boot device list according to the host environment you are using If you are not using a virtual I O server removal of HDLM is complete and you do not need to perform the remaining steps If you are using a virtual I O server define an hdisk as a virtual target device On the virtual I O server execute one of the following commands o To create an hdisk as a virtual target device Creat
241. chi Disk Array Fibre hdisk4 Available 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre Make sure that all the displayed HDLM related devices are Available hdisks 0 to 2 are the physical device file names of the host s internal disks hdisk 3 and the following are the logical device file names that correspond to physical volumes in the storage system Activate the volume group used by HDLM varyonvg volume group name Mount the file system used by HDLM mount file system mount point Execute the dinkmgr command s view operation to check the status of each program usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys HDLM Version 2 XXi KOR Service Pack Version Load Balance on rr Support Cluster A Elog Level i3 Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files 2 2 Trace Level 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback on 60 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 19 20 21 22 23 Intermittent Error Monitor off Dynamic I O Path Control gt Off 10 HDLM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss HDIM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4000 HDLM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss License Type Expiration Permanent KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time
242. command to make sure that the hdisk driver has been installed in the active kernel and is enabled lsdev Cc disk hdiskO enabled 1S 08 00 8 0 16 bit LVD SCSI disk drive hdiskl enabled 1S 08 00 9 0 16 bit LVD SCSI disk drive hdisk2 enabled 1S 08 00 10 0 16 bit LVD SCSI disk drive hdisk3 enabled 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre hdisk4 enabled 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre Make sure that all the displayed HDLM related devices are enabled hdisk0 through hdisk2 are the names of the physical device files for internal disks on the host The files beginning at hdisk3 are the names of the logical device files corresponding to the storage system s physical volumes Creating an HDLM Environment 3 47 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 48 16 17 18 19 After executing the 1spv command if there is no hdisk other than the one that constitutes rootvg re execute the procedure starting from step 14 Execute the dinkmgr command s view operation to check the status of each program usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys HDLM Version n Mik KKK Service Pack Version i Load Balance On Er Support Cluster Elog Level 3 Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files 2 2 Trace Level 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 7 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback on 60 Intermittent Error Monitor off Dynamic I O Path Control off
243. conf File for defining the directory for the output destination of syslog HBaseAgent_install lo g DOO2PPName log Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component installation log files Log file related to hntr2regist SETUP_D002 1log Log file related to DOO2setup UPDATE _D002 log Log file related to DOO2setup var adm ras var adm ras alt mig nimadm log nimadm log file name Log file related to nimadm Log file related to nimadm syslog output directory name syslog name syslog files and backup files defined in etc syslog conf getrasinfo Not applicable Directory in which command execution results are stored bash_history Utility Reference Default history file in the Bourne Again shell bash Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Output directory history Explanation Default history file in the C shell csh sh_history Default history file in the Korn shell ksh bootlist v txt Config Rules txt List of boot devices Information of Object Database Manager crontab txt crontab information CuAt txt Information of Object Database Manager Information of Object Database Manager DvDr txt Information of Object Database Manager Information of Object Database Manager PathAt txt Information of Object Database Manager CuVPD txt Information of Object Database Man
244. contents of the file are incorrect correct them and then try to collect error information again The DLMgetras will ignore the specified file and continue processing For details on the DLMgetras utility see 8 90 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX bei be Message Text Explanation DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10014 You lack read permission for the specified Details W directory Line aa aa Value bb bb You lack read permission for the specified directory in the file for defining information to be collected aa aa Line number of the file for defining information to be collected decimal number bb bb Indicated contents in a line Action After the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information terminates check the contents of the file for defining the information to be collected This file is shown in the message If the contents of the file are incorrect correct them and then try to collect error information again The DLMgetras will ignore the specified file and continue processing For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10015 The file format is invalid Value aa aa_ Details w The file format in the file for defining information to be collected is not a text file aa aa Third parameter A
245. crctctimnrte Geek innin iaa aa 6 6 OVI oinin a a a EA EA E EEEE 6 6 TO Place Paths OffliNe sesicsnsrsneencsnsnsn ninpi Ei aoi 6 6 To Display the Format of the Offline Operation sssssrssssrrssrrrrerrrrerrrrrrrnns 6 6 Paramete S osoin nanona a aaa a a a a aiaa 6 6 To Place Paths COTA srci p EE EEE aE 6 6 To Display the Format of the Offline Operation ccsccssecsscssesseeeeeees 6 10 online Places Paths Online cgcccccscissectennscondiacewsnedidnusensQacczenaneddemesaublacneenwesbaemsannduid 6 11 OMIT GN eininganna n a a a E N aE R 6 12 TO Place Paths OMNE sce sansticadeuss wens esesneiacues ara n aa 6 12 To Display the Format of the Online Operation ccccssccseeseseeesseeaeeees 6 12 Pear OIMG tel Sead cncnescuceaadeantaabtcweiactuaacuenagdanswbieuiedawstzaueiasttaunicdasetesiansenencvemsended 6 12 TO Place Paths Onin is cinascircntascnasijecanesxamsdecieediaceweennisandes eiexscancesnaxwhieonsss 6 12 To Display the Format of the Online Operation cccccsecseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 6 16 set Sets Up the Operating EnvirOnMent c ssccssseccseeecsseecsseesseeessneenseeeseneessaes 6 17 Pe MAM cr ce tess cm ctce acuta ta a ecto citer NE EEEE EEE EE LEA NEEE RE 6 18 To Set Up the HDLM Operating Environment ccsssecssesseeeesseeeseeees 6 18 To Display the Format of the Set Operation cccccccseceseeseeeseeeaeeeeeeeaes 6 18 Pl AIMS Se eica os cae bs te cates E eee cake cen cal sete sua uactere
246. ction After the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information terminates check whether the file for defining the information to be collected is a text file The file is shown in the message For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Messages 8 91 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 92 Message ID Message Text Explanation Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10016 W The root directory has been specified in the first parameter Details A root cannot be specified in a directory to which collected information is output Action Check the parameters of the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then re execute For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10017 W You lack privileges for executing the utility for collecting HDLM error information Details The DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information must be executed by a user with root permissions Action Re execute as a user with root permissions For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10020 I The file has been obtained successfully File aa aa Collection time bb bb GMT bb bb Details The file to be collected has been obta
247. ctory for mounting the DVD ROM make the directory mkdir cdrom cdrom is the desired directory name Hereafter cdrom is used for purposes of explanation Mount the DVD ROM mount r v cdrfs dev cd0 cdrom The dev cd0o part depends on the system Execute the following command to check that the devices to be managed by HDLM have been recognized by the system lsdev Cc disk hdisk0O Available 1S 08 00 8 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdiskl Available 1S 08 00 9 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk2 Available 1S 08 00 10 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk3 Available 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre hdisk4 Available 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre Creating an HDLM Environment 3 25 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 26 In this example hdisk3 and hdisk4 are recognized as devices to be managed by HDLM If all devices to be managed by HDLM are recognized proceed to step 5 If any devices to be managed by HDLM are not recognized proceed to step 7 Execute the following utility to remove from the running kernel the HDLM management target device cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool dimrmdev f The KAPL10529 I message is displayed If the KAPL10529 I message is not displayed the HDLM management target device has not been deleted Make sure that no processes services file systems or volume groups are using any HDLM management target paths and then re execute the above utility Execute the followi
248. ctplaza Trace Library setup menu 1 Log on as a root user 2 Execute the following command opt hitachi HNTRLib2 bin hntr2utl2 The Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears 3 84 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 Configuration Utility Rel 2 0 Select the item you want to change Log Files l Size of a log file 2 Number of log files 4 3 Name of log files yar opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2 log Monitor 4 Size of buffer Interval timer Enter the number gt If you do not want to change the settings type e and then press the Enter key to quit the menu The following explains how to modify each setting Changing the Size of Integrated Trace Files The following procedure shows how to change the size of integrated trace files To change the size of integrated trace files i In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 1 and then press the Enter key A screen to set the size of the integrated trace file will appear The current value is displayed in Current Size KB Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 2 Configuration Utility Type new file size 8 8192 Type to return Enter the desired size in New Size KB The specifiable range is between 8 KB and 8192 KB with a default of 256 Set this to a value larger than that set in step 2 of
249. cuntidanemsmemeioceesnencestatusemeid dieuambidamuesane 3 82 Checking the Updated SeuinGS icc eccsice cece cents cehacdcnsecvendertentandefestdesaatsdessecetades 3 82 Setting up Integrated TAGES wcsssicsic ceness seed Seexcakiescietecescencsseanabienvacceendsdewsaeiivenaciee 3 83 Notes on Using the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 3 84 Displaying the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu 05 3 84 Changing the Size of Integrated Trace Fil S ccssscsssesseeesseeseseeseeeesseseaeeees 3 85 Changing the Number of Integrated Trace Fil S cecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 3 86 Changing the Buffer Size Per Monitoring Interval Duration cccseeeseeeneeeseeees 3 86 Adjusting the Number of Messages to be Output Per Monitoring Interval 3 87 Finishing the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library SettingS ccccseeeee 3 89 Applying the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Settings 3 89 About the Reservation POl Cy occ iciczitacdcesteczads cvs inceidiccenicwciantasneastccasaccaisecdstacaideaaseenciiv 3 90 Settings for USING PowerHA xiles secctiseveicremcoheaavectensesanseideuassensalcteneteasanedvessucevardeeacenes 3 91 Storage System SCUrIN OSs sesniccannannscaunucanmiaacessaaiapuaubeaadnsanesiadenacisnaaioapaibaatcanauecte 3 91 Setting Up a Thunder 9500V Series DeVICE cccscecsecseecseeeseseeesaeeeeeees 3 91 Setting Up a Hitachi AMS WMS Series DeVICC cc
250. curred in the dimchpdattr utility Error Code aa aa bb bb Messages Details A system based error not caused by the user Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation occurred during dimchpdattr utility processing aa aa Error number decimal number bb bb Return code decimal number Action If the error code is 9 1 Confirm that all of the processes and services that use HDLM managed paths have stopped and then restart them If the error code is 19 1 Check for path errors If there is a path error restore the path status and then retry Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if you have an HDLM maintenance contract Any other error code KAPL10584 The system environment is invalid Error Details E Code aa aa bb bb Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX The system environment is not valid as an environment for executing the dimchpdattr utility aa aa Error number decimal number bb bb Return code decimal number Action If the error code is 3 2 or 4 1 The dimrmdev utility is not in the default location or the user does not have execution permissions for the dlmrmdev utility Check the status of the dlmrmdev utility 8 103 Message ID Message Text Explanation If the error code is 6 2 or 7 1 The bosboot command is
251. d This path ID is the same as the path ID displayed by the dinkmgr command s view operation For details on this operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Troubleshooting Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX PathName The path name which indicates a path When you modify the system configuration or replace a hardware item you should check the path names to identify the paths that will be affected by the change A path name consists of the following four elements separated by periods o HBA adapter number or adapter type character string o Bus number or adapter number character string o Target ID hexadecimal o Host LU number hexadecimal This path name is also the same as PathName displayed by the dinkmgr command s view operation For details on the path name see view Displays Information on page 6 33 DNum A Dev number which is equivalent to a logical volume number in AIX A Dev number beginning from 0 is assigned to the Dev in the LU In AIX this value is fixed to 0 because one LU contains one Dev This is the same as the DNum that is displayed by the dlnkmgr command s view operation For details on this operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 HDevName The name of the host device Hdisk name is displayed This is the same as the HDevName that is displayed by the dinkmgr command s view operation For details on this operation see view Displays Infor
252. d Always make sure that you use the view operation to find the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path before executing the offline operation hdev host device name ospathid OS management path ID Use this parameter to place offline path connected to the specified host device For host device name specify the value of HDevName For OS management path ID specify the value of OSPathID Leading zeroes can be omitted from the OS management path ID 00001 and 1 are the same value To display HDevName and OSPathID execute the view operation as follows usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view lu For details on how to execute the view operation and display the host device name and OS management path ID see To Display LU Information on page 6 54 in Parameters on page 6 35 Only one set of values can Command Reference 6 9 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX be specified for the hdev parameter This parameter is not case sensitive Example The following shows an example of placing offline path for which the host device name is hdisk0 and OS management path ID is 00001 while confirming command operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline path hdev hdiskO ospathid 1 KAPLO1052 I The currently selected paths will be changed to the Offline C status Is this OK y n y KAPLO1053 I If you are sure that there would be no problem when the path is placed in the Offline C status enter y Otherwise enter n
253. d Actions in the OS error log as necessary In addition the detailed data in the OS error log contains maintenance information If a label for a path error is output the detailed data contains the following information e The first information item separated by spaces shows the OSPathID hexadecimal number of a path with an error e The sixth information item separated by spaces shows the OS error code hexadecimal number of the cause of the path error If a label for path recovery is output the detailed data contains the following information e The first information item separated by spaces shows the OSPathID hexadecimal number of a path that has recovered from an error If the message is output to the error log files HDLM Manager log at the same time check the content of that message also The following shows an example of an OS error log output by HDLM when an error occurred on a path in the AIX 6 1 TLO8 environment In this example in the detailed data the first information item separated by spaces is 0001 indicating that OSPathID is 1 and the sixth information item separated by spaces is 0005 Thus this OS error log indicates that the OS error code 5 EIO has occurred LABEL HDLM PATH FAIL IDENTIFIER 37269DDB Date Time WWW MMM dd hh mm ss TTT yyyy Sequence Number 3005 Machine Id OOF8782C4C00 Node Id natu Class U Type INFO WPAR Global Resource Name hdisk8 amp Resource Class
254. d to deal with the problem You do not need to reconfigure the hdisk or restart the host when you change this parameter Note When this parameter is set to on I O access to the Online E path will be suppressed so I O success will automatically change the path to the Online status To recover the path use an online command or the auto failback function on of Enables or disables the NPIV option on Enable off Disable The default is off To use HDLM in a client partition to which a virtual HBA is applied by using the NPIV functionality of the virtual I O server specify on For details see Notes on the Virtual I O Server on page 3 14 on off Sets whether to output HDLM messages to the OS error log on Output messages Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX off Do not output messages The default is off You do not need to reconfigure the hdisk or restart the host when you change this parameter In the OS error log HDLM messages are output when an error occurs on a path or the path is recovered You can distinguish between messages for path errors and for path recovery by using labels in the OS error log o Label for a path error HDLM PATH FAIL o Label for path recovery HDLM_ PATH RECOV The label for path recovery is output if the offline E or the Online E paths become Online due to an online operation or automatic failback Take measures recommended by Recommende
255. demark of Hitachi Ltd in the United States and other countries Hitachi Data Systems is a registered trademark and service mark of Hitachi Ltd in the United States and other countries Archivas Essential NAS Platform HiCommand Hi Track ShadowImage Tagmaserve Tagmasoft Tagmasolve Tagmastore TrueCopy Universal Star Network and Universal Storage Platform are registered trademarks of Hitachi Data Systems AIX AS 400 DB2 Domino DS6000 DS8000 Enterprise Storage Server ESCON FICON FlashCopy IBM Lotus MVS OS 390 RS 6000 S 390 System z9 System z10 Tivoli VM ESA z OS z9 z10 zSeries z VM and z VSE are registered trademarks or trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation All other trademarks service marks and company names in this document or web site are properties of their respective owners Microsoft product screen shots are reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Contents PRE Aes cate a ie oui cnnigrnaac E E E OA xiii Intended UNECE ss ates aasncmasncacersantecasaianipegataaamesdamstaanandenaesaiusiginaasantteaten sabes aiaa xiv Product VES ION cxicesccnsa ccsanconsssasenusadsnseadessespaiocionsaudassenacaanmaiaasensacsniossassasessanessaneaiaen xiv Release NOteSiiisiicasngasinons taanis aaea a a a A aa aan xiv Document revision level ssssssesssserssnessssenossenennsnersnnonsnannonsenanserosnenenssnesaneennnnnnenne x
256. details about this utility see d mmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 The dlimodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM This utility sets and displays ODM to define HDLM operations For details about the dimodmset utility see dl modmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM on page 7 21 The HDLM restoration support utility dlmpostrestore This utility updates HDLM information to match that of the target system environment when a system replication clone is created from an mksysb image that includes HDLM managed devices For details about the dlmpostrestore utility see dimpostrestore Utility for HDLM Restoration Support on page 7 25 The dimpr utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation The persistent reservation of a logical unit LU may not be canceled due to some reason when multiple hosts share a volume group rather than making up a cluster configuration using PowerHA In this case this utility clears the Reservation Key to cancel the persistent reservation For details Utility Reference 7 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 7 4 about the dimpr utility see d mpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation on page 7 25 The dimpremkcd utility for preparing for a system backup Execute this utility if the error message KAPLO9292 W was output during HDLM installation For details about the dlimpremkcd utility
257. disk Resource Type Hitachi Utility Reference 7 23 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Location L5C000000000000 Description HDLM detected a path failure Probable Causes HDLM detected a path failure Failure Causes A physical U78AA 001 WZSJPKR P1 C4 T1 W50060 or logical Recommended Actions Check the path in which the error was detected Detail Data Driver Information 0001 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 8000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0017 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 00 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 000A 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0005 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 000B 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 error occurred in the path 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 E801082E 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 Prevents the confirmation message from being displayed when the is executed Displays the current setting information Displays t
258. dit log data is collected Critical level Error level and Warning level audit log data is collected Critical level Error level Warning level and Informational level audit log data is collected Value severity 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 The table below lists and describes the values for the audit log category setting The default is all Table 3 16 Values Indicating Audit Log Data Categories Value Explanation Audit log events of the StartStop category are collected Audit log events of the Authentication category are collected Audit log events of the ConfigurationAccess category are collected Audit log events of the StartStop Authentication and ConfigurationAccess Categories are all collected Creating an HDLM Environment 3 81 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX This example shows how to enable the collection of audit log data usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr set audlog on audlv 6 category all Specify on if you want to collect audit log data and off if you do not want to collect audit log data If you specify on you can use the audlv parameter to specify the collection level for audit log data and the category parameter to specify the audit log categories If you want to set the audit log facility see Setting the Audit Log Facility on page 3 82 Setting the Audit Log Facility The following describes how to specify the output destination for a
259. during processing to read the audit log configuration file Details An internal error occurred during processing to read the audit log configuration file Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL13605 W An error occurred during processing to output the audit log configuration file Messages Details An internal parameter error occurred during output of the audit log data Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance 8 127 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL13606 An error occurred during processing to WwW output the audit log configuration file KAPL15001 to KAPL16000 Message ID Message Text KAPL15001 I The registered value of ReserveKey was successfully displayed Command Line aa aa Details An internal error occurred during output of the audit log data Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Explanation Details aa aa Name of the utility that the user executed KAPL15002 An attempt to display the registered E value of ReserveKey has failed Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Name of the utility that the user executed KAPL15005 I Information of HDLM
260. dy created standby BOS and then store the license key file you prepared Store the license key file with the name hdlm_license in the bos_inst var tmp directory Then unmount the file system of the standby BOS The following is an example of executing the command multibos Xm bos_inst var tmp hdlm_ license multibos Xu The hdlm_license file is automatically deleted after the upgrade installation of HDLM is completed normally Go to step 6 3 52 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX If you install HDLM as an installation bundle create a bundle file containing the HDLM syntax The following is an operation example of adding the HDLM syntax to a bundle file named tmp hdlm_bandle cho I DLManager mpio rte gt tmp hdlm bandle Insert the DVD ROM and then mount it This step is not necessary when you install HDLM from a directory to which you have copied the contents of the DVD ROM Execute the following commands to perform an upgrade installation of HDLM When performing an upgrade installation of HDLM at the same time as creating a standby BOS e An example of executing the command to install HDLM from the DVD ROM or the directory to which the contents of the DVD ROM have been copied multibos Xs a l name of the directory to which the DVD ROM is mounted or the contents of the DVD ROM have been copied HDLM AIX e An exam
261. e Activate the volume group used by HDLM varyonvg volume group name Mount the file system used by HDLM mount file system mount point Creating an HDLM Environment 3 29 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 30 Check the path configuration according to the procedure described in Checking the Path Configuration on page 3 72 When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment 3 30 To perform a new installation of HDLM ie For AIX 5 3 use a single path configuration for hosts and storage systems For AIX 6 1 or AIX 7 1 you can use a single path configuration or a multi path configuration for hosts and storage systems Log in to AIX as the root user If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation to log in to AIX If the boot disk is in a multi path configuration execute the commands below to confirm that the physical volume containing the boot logical volume hd5 is the same as the physical volume used for booting If the boot disk is in a single path configuration you do not have to perform this step o Identify the physical volume that contains the boot logical volume hd5 lsvg M rootvg grep w hd5 hdisk3 1 hd5 1 In this example hdisk3 contains the boot logical volume hd5 o Identify the physical volume used for booting getconf BOOT DEVICE hdisk3 In this example hdisk3 is used for booting If the boot physical volume that
262. e bb bb Details aa aa Parameter character string bb bb Filename character string Action If parameter odn execute dlmodmset one after another or specify the modified odmset file in dlmmigsts again and then re execute For details about the dimmigsts utility see dimmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 For details on the dimodmset utility see dimodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM on page 7 21 If parameter set execute dlnkmgr set one after another or specify the modified dinksetfile in dimmigsts again and then re execute KAPL13016 E The backup operation cannot be performed because DLManager rte is not installed Action Execute the dlmmigsts utility in an environment where DLManager rte is installed KAPL13017 E KAPL13018 E 8 118 The restoration operation cannot be performed because DLManager mpio rte is not installed The backup operation cannot be performed because there is no usr DynamicLinkManager config dlmmgr xml file Execute the DLMgetras utility to collect error information and then contact your vendor or maintenance company Refer to the HDLM User s Messages Action Install DLManager mpio rte and then execute the dimmigsts utility again Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Hitachi Dy
263. e the chdev command had to be executed for each hdisk In HDLM 6 3 or later the default reservation policy values for multiple hdisks can be changed simultaneously by executing the dimchpdattr utility usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchpdattr a Attribute Value Attribute Value u HTC XP A s o Utility Reference 7 13 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Parameters a Attribute Value Specifies one or more attribute name and attribute value pairs If specifying multiple pairs separate them by using a space and enclose the list of pairs in double quotation marks The following table lists the attribute names and values that can be specified Table 7 3 Attribute names and values that can be specified in dimchpdattr Attribute names that can be specified in dimchpdattr Values that can be specified reserve policy Specifies the reservation policy to be used no_reserve Reservation requests are ignored and LUs are not reserved PR_exclusive Uses persistent reservations exclusive host methodology to reserve disks PR_shared Uses persistent reservations shared host methodology to reserve disks The default is PR exclusive max transfer Specifies the maximum size of data that can be transferred to the disk The range of specifiable values conforms to the applicable PdAt ODM rule for HTC_ODM or XP_ODM queue depth Specifies the maximum number of requests that
264. e 6 33 KAPL01156 The dynamic I O path control function Details I was set to aa aa for storage aa aa on or off Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the setting for storage and LUs For details on the view Operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 KAPL01157 The dynamic I O path control function Details I was set to aa aa for the system aa aa on or off Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dInkmgr to check the setting for the host storage and LUs For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 KAPL01158 Dynamic I O path control cannot be Action E applied to the specified storage Use the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the path ID For details on the view Operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Messages 8 29 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation KAPLO1159 Paths were added number of paths Details I added aa aa completion time bb bb This message indicates that an add operation succeeded aa aa number of paths added bb bb year 4 digits month date hour minute second Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dInkmgr to verify information about the added paths KAPLO1160 The path configuration was not changed Details
265. e 7 5 KAPL10008 You lack write permission for the specified Details W directory Value aa aa Messages 8 87 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation You do not have write permission for the specified directory or the creation of a subdirectory of the specified directory failed aa aa first parameter Action Check the following a Check whether you have access permission for the specified directory Check whether the specified directory name is correct Check that the disk has sufficient unused capacity KAPL10009 The specified directory already exists Do Details W you want to overwrite it y n The specified directory already exists Enter y to overwrite it or n to cancel Action The specified directory already exists Enter y to overwrite the existing file Enter n or press any other key to terminate the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information without executing it For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10010 A root directory has been specified Line Details W aa aa The root has been specified as a directory to be collected in the file for defining the information to be collected aa aa Line number of the file for defining information to be collected decimal number Action D
266. e KAPLO9172 E message is displayed the hdisk for the device that is managed by HDLM still remains Re execute the procedure starting from step 5 During installation the KAPLO9241 w message might be output In this case installation of HDLM continues but installation of HDLM components has failed After installing HDLM resolve the problem according to the KAPL09241 w message if necessary Execute the following command to make sure that the package is installed lslpp la DLManager mpio rte Make sure that the fileset item in the output listing contains DLManager mpio rte and all the displayed statuses are COMMITTED If one or more of the displayed statuses are BROKEN remove and then re install HDLM Unmount the DVD ROM umount cdrom Delete the created mount directory rm r cdrom As required execute the dimodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM For details see d modmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM on page 7 21 Execute the following command to configure the hdisk cfgmgr If the hosts and storage systems are connected by a Fibre Channel switch perform steps 14 to 18 If the hosts and storage systems are not connected by a Fibre Channel switch go to step 19 Finish defining the parent device fscsin rmdev 1 fscsin R Note that you can use the following command to check the parent device lsdev C 1 hdisk name
267. e OS used in a PowerHA 7 1 environment is AIX V6 1 TLO6 or AIX V7 1 with no TL Clusterconf r hdiskxx When the OS used in a PowerHA 7 1 environment is AIX V6 1 TLO7 or later or AIX V7 1 TLO1 or later Clctrl start m node name Execute the following command on the active host to start PowerHA smitty cl start Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM This subsection explains how to install HDLM using the installhdim utility The unused capacity required to execute the installhdim utility is as follows tmp directory 100 KB Any log output directory that can be specified by users the default directory is var tmp 200 KB When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment To install HDLM in a local boot disk environment i Log in to AIX as the root user If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation to log in to AIX Insert the DVD ROM If you are installing HDLM from a directory in which files on the DVD ROM are copied make sure that the file organization has not been changed If the file organization has changed the installhdim utility might not function correctly mkdir cdrom mount r v cdrfs dev cd0 cdrom mkdir tmp hdlm cp rp cdrom HDLM AIX tmp hdlm cp p cdrom installux sh tmp hdlm If you copied the files on the DVD ROM to your desired directory proceed to step 5 If there is no directory for mounting the DVD ROM make the director
268. e aborted because an incorrect value was entered three times ina row for a request ada aa clear offline online Or set Action 8 11 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 12 Message ID Message Text Explanation Check the correct value and then re execute the HDLM command KAPLO1044 W A duplicate parameter value is specified Operation name aa aa parameter bb bb parameter value cc cc Details ad aaiview bb bb Parameter name cc cc Duplicate parameter value Action Delete the duplicate parameter value and then retry KAPLO1045 W Too many parameter values are specified Operation name aa aa parameters bb bb parameter value cc cc Details ad aa offline online set OF view bb bb Parameter name cc cc Parameter value Action Execute help operation name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the parameter value and then retry For details on the help operation see help Displays the Operation Format on page 6 4 KAPLO1048 W Help information cannot be found Operation name aa aa Details The specified operation is not an operation of the HDLM command aa aa Specified operation name Action Use the help operation of the HDLM command dlnkmgr to check the operation name And then retry For details on the help operation see help Displays the Operation Format on page 6 4
269. e device specify the device name of the PCI slot where the HBA was replaced fcs device n indicates the instance number of the fcs device 16 If LUN security has been set up for the storage system delete the WWN of the previous HBA from the LUN security 17 Execute the following command to check the path information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view path For details about the path information see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Notes e If you replace all HBAs for a volume group without following the above procedure when all the following conditions are satisfied the volume group cannot be activated after the host is restarted o The host was shut down while a volume group was active and the volume group consisted of hdisks that had paths going through the HBAs to be replaced o The hdisk reservation policy for the hdisks that make up the volume group has been set to PR_exclusive If you replace some HBAs for the volume group after the host is restarted the volume group is activated and the paths going through the new HBAs are added However the paths that go through the old HBAs remain defined so delete such paths as necessary To activate a volume group perform the following o Fora volume group comprising rootvg Clear the reservation for the applicable LUs from the storage system or other servers o Fora volume group other than rootvg a If LUN security has been set up for the storage
270. e error monitoring interval and the number of times that the error needs to occur are conflicting with the automatic failback checking interval Action Messages 8 133 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Explanation Set the intermittent error monitoring interval to a value that is equal to or greater than automatic failback checking interval x number of times error is to occur for intermittent error monitoring Details An attempt to acquire the HDLM version information failed Action Re execute the command If the same error occurs again execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Details An attempt to acquire information about the HDLM version or SP version has failed Action Re execute the command If the same error occurs again execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Details An attempt to acquire information about the HDLM version or SP version has failed Action Re execute the command I
271. e guideline values when functions are configured Table 3 12 The Recommended and Default Values of Each Function Function Default value Recommended value Load balancing on on The Extended Least I Os The recommended algorithm algorithm is used depends on the operating environment Path health checking on 3 74 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Function Default value 30 minute check interval Recommended value The recommended checking interval depends on the operating environment Automatic failback on 60 minute check interval The recommended checking interval depends on the operating environment Intermittent Error Monitor off on The recommended checking interval depends on the operating environment Dynamic I O path control off 10 minute check interval off The recommended checking interval depends on the operating environment Logging level 3 Collects all the error information for the Information level or higher 3 Collects all the error information for the Information level or higher Trace level 0 Do not output trace files 0 Do not output trace files File size for the Error log 9900 KB 9900 KB Number of files for the Error logs File size for trace information 1000 KB 1000 KB Number of files for trace information Collection of audit log dat
272. e hdisk For details on how to specify the queue depth parameter see the AIX documentation Installing HDLM When you install HDLM Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library will also be installed The file path of the integrated trace information file of Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library is var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n log where n is the number of the integrated trace information file Available Installation Methods To install HDLM use one of the following procedures e Use installux sh By using installux sh you can install HDLM from the DVD ROM or the directory to which the contents of the DVD ROM have been copied without needing to consider the location in which the files to be installed are stored You can use the installux sh command to perform the following installations o New installation Creating an HDLM Environment 3 17 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX o Upgrade installation o Re installation o Unattended installation e Use SMIT or the installp command You can also copy the contents of the HDLM DVD ROM to a desired directory and then perform installation from that directory Copy the following files from the installation DVD ROM to the same directory o DLManager mpio bff o COC To use SMIT in software input device directory specify the directory in which the contents of the DVD ROM have been copied e Unattended installation An unattended installation enables a us
273. e intermittent error monitoring interval to a value that is equal to or greater than automatic failback checking interval x number of times error is to occur for intermittent error monitoring KAPLO1081 E The license key file is invalid File name aa aa Details The format of the license key file is invalid aa aa var tmp hdim license Action Save the correct license key file in the designated and then re execute var tmp hdlm_ license KAPLO1082 E There is no installable license key in the license key file File name aa aa Messages Details There is no useable license key for HDLM in the license key file aa aa var tmp hdim license Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Action Make sure that the license key file is correct and then re execute var tmp hdlm_ license KAPLO1083 There is no license key file File name Details I adiad There is no license key file in the designated directory aa aa var tmp hdim license Action When the message that prompts you to enter the license key is displayed enter the license key Alternatively cancel the HDLM command save the correct license key file in the designated directory and then re execute the HDLM command aa aa var tmp hdlm license KAPL01084 An attempt to delete the license key file Details W has
274. e parent device fscsin rmdev 1 fscsin R Note that you can use the following command to check the parent device lsdev C 1 hdisk name F parent Change the fc err recov setting of the parent device fscsin to fast fail t chdev 1 fscsin a fce err recov fast_ fail Verify that the settings for the parent device fscsin are enabled Also verify that the fc_err_recov setting has been changed to fast fail lsattr El fscsin fc_err recov fast fail FC Fabric Event Error RECOVERY Policy TRUE Enable the defined parent device fscsin cfgmgr 1 fscsin Repeat steps 19 to 22 for each parent device fscsin being used Creating an HDLM Environment 3 33 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 25 Execute the chdev command as required to change the attributes of the hdisk chdev 1 hdisk nam a queue depth 8 a rw_timeout 60 26 Execute one of the following commands as required to add usr DynamicLinkManager bin to the PATH environment variable When using a Bourne shell or Korn shell PATH SPATH usr DynamicLinkManager bin xport PATH When using a C shell set path path usr DynamicLinkManager bin To simplify command execution you can temporarily add the PATH environment variable To execute HDLM commands or the HDLM utility without setting the PATH environment variable specify an absolute path to execute the commands 27 Make sure that
275. e sequence in which HDLM detects the paths after when a host is started up Because of this make sure that you use the path name PathName to identify a path The sub parameters are as follows hdev host device name Displays information only for the paths accessing the specified host device Specify hdisk name for host device name The host device name string is case sensitive stname Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Use this parameter to display the model ID of the storage system in the product ID element of the DskName field When this parameter is omitted the command displays the product ID or emulation type of the storage system instead For details about the information displayed for product IDs see Table 6 14 Product ID Displayed by the View Path Operation on page 6 53 iem Use this parameter to add IEP to path information and display information about intermittent errors srt pn lu cp Use this parameter to sort the path information in ascending order according to the specified sorting keys The sorting keys are as follows the first sorting key is the name of the storage system DskName the second sorting key is the value specified by the srt parameter and the third sorting key is AutoPATH_ID The available parameter values to specify the second sorting key are e pn Path name e jiu LU number of the storage system e cp Port number of the CHA
276. e shows how to execute the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr view path hdev hdiskl Paths 0001 OnlinePaths 000001 Online 0 0 PathID PathName iLU ChaPort Status unt I0 Errors DNum HDevName 000006 O8 11 00000000000000E2 0001 HITACHI OPEN 3 15001 LH Online Own 0 0 hdisk 0013 08 10 00000000000000E3 0001 HITACHI OPEN 3 15001 00 2 Online own 0 0 0 hdiskl KAPLOLOO1 I The HDIM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4 For details on the displayed items and their descriptions see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Changing the Status of Paths This section explains how to change path statuses Changing the Status of Paths to Online 4 6 To change the status of paths to online 1 Check the current status of the paths To change the status of the path for each HBA port CHA port or path to online first check the path name or AutoPATH_ID The following example shows how to execute the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view path To change the path status to online by specifying a host device name first check the host device name for the path and the OS management path ID The following example shows how to execute the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view lu 2 To change the status of paths to online execute the dlinkmgr command s online operation The paths to be placed online can be
277. eOnline 1 haconf dump makero cp r opt VRTSvcs bin sample triggers preonline opt VRTSvcs bin triggers In the preonline script used when VCS starts register the script provided by HDLM Add the following code to the line under put your code here in the preonline script system usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dlm vcs pgr_ release SARGV 1 The following shows an example of editing the preonline script The shaded portion represents the part to be added Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX B erc cmd hatrigger unix preonline 2 9 06 06 30 11 30 51 fident O VCS src cmd hatrigger unix preanline 2 9 a Copynght C 2000 VERITAS Software Corporation ALL RIGHTS RESERVED UNPUBLISHED RIGHTS RESERVED UNDER THE COPYRIG trigger preontine if defined ARGVIO HT log message sprint VCS 15005 s Failed to continue undefined system name trigger ves_home bin halog add Slog message msgid 15005 parameters Strigger exit elsif defined ARGV 1 log message sprint VCS 15006 5 Faled to continue undefined group name trigger vcs_home bin halog add C Slog message msgid 15006 parameters Strigger exit l put your code here system usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dim ves pgr release ARGV 1 a Here is a sample code that takes nto account
278. eaches their maximum value the new log data will overwrite the existing log data starting with the oldest log data elfn number of error log files Specify the number of error log files dlmmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 Specify a value from 2 to 16 By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files you can collect up to 32 000 000KB approximately 30GB of error logs in total systflv trace level Specify the trace output level The trace files for which trace levels can be set are hdlmtrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 Table 6 4 Trace Level Values on page 6 21 shows the values of the trace level If an error occurs set the trace level to 1 or higher to collect the log information Table 6 4 Trace Level Values Description Does not output any trace Only outputs error information Outputs a summary of program operation Outputs details of program operation Outputs all information The higher the error log collection level value the more log information will be output As the amount of log information that is output increases the amount of time before existing information is overwritten becomes shorter systfs trace file size Specify the size of the trace file in kilobytes Specify a value from 100 to 16000 Command Reference 6 21 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 6 22 When combined with the specification for the numbe
279. ecimal number of an installation information settings file Action Specify the revised installation information settings file and then retry the operation KAPLO9231 W The definition of the installation information settings file includes a duplicated key Error Code aa aa bb bb line cc cc Details A duplicated key is included aa aa Error number decimal number that specifies the executed processing bb bb Return value decimal number of the executed processing cc cc Line number decimal number of an installation information settings file Action Specify the revised installation information settings file and then retry the operation KAPLO9232 W The composition of the definition of the installation information settings file is invalid Error Code aa aa bb bb line CC CC Messages Details A key key value or equal sign is missing aa aa Error number decimal number that specifies the executed processing 8 77 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation bb bb Return value decimal number of the executed processing cc cc Line number decimal number of an installation information settings file Action Specify the revised installation information settings file and then retry the operation KAPLO9233 The definition of the installation Details W information
280. ecovered from an error HDLM can bring that path back online This enables the maximum possible number of paths to always be available and online which in turn enables HDLM to better distribute the load across multiple paths Failbacks can be performed manually or automatically In an automatic failback HDLM will automatically restore the path to an active state after the user has corrected the problem that exists on the physical path For details on performing failbacks see Performing Failovers and Failbacks Using Path Switching on page 2 14 The ability to automatically check the status of any given path at regular intervals This is also known as path health checking HDLM can easily detect errors by checking the statuses of paths at user defined time intervals This allows you to check for any existing path errors and to resolve them promptly and efficiently For details on setting up and performing path health checking see Detecting errors by using path health checking on page 2 29 Overview of HDLM 1 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 1 4 Overview of HDLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX HDLM Functions This chapter describes the various functions that are built into HDLM Before the function specifications are explained though this chapter will go into detail about the HDLM management targets system configuration and basic terms that are necessary to know to effectively operate HD
281. ed in the installation information settings file Note that if the upgrade installation or re installation ends in an error HDLM may no longer be installed at all In this case proceed to step 12 If unattended installation ends normally proceed to step 13 If HDLM was not upgraded or re installed properly perform a new installation of HDLM o When AIX 5L V5 3 is used and the boot disk is in a multi path configuration Execute the following command to shut down the host and then perform the new installation procedure from step 1 shutdown F o When an environment other than the above is used Execute the following command to restart the host and then perform the new installation procedure from step 1 shutdown Fr After performing a new installation of HDLM set up HDLM again based on the HDLM settings backed up in step 7 Unmount the DVD ROM umount cdrom Delete the created mount directory rm r cdrom Delete the installation information settings file rm r directory containing the installation information settings file Perform the procedure appropriate for the installation type If you are performing a new installation perform steps 15 to the end of the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment on page 3 30 of Performing a New Installation of HDLM on page 3 25 If you are performing an upgrade installation or a re installation perform st
282. eeeeseeeaees 6 71 7 Utility RETEYCNE Ss rnnr aeran oaia osa n pada Od EEN AEAEE n 7 1 Overview of the UtilitieS n nnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnrrnnnrrnnrnnrnrnnrnnnnnrnnrnnrnnrnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnn nenne 7 3 DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information cccsccssecsseseeeeeseeessenens 7 5 FOMA Unes e EE E E EE E 7 6 Para Meter S coign a orate naked a a a aaa 7 6 List of Collected Error Information ssssrssrsrrsrrnrrsrrrrrsrnrrnrrnrrnrnnrnnrnrenrenrnnennnnn 7 8 dimchpdattr Utility for Changing HDLM Default SettingS cssssessseesseesssesseeeees 7 13 FOMA inean e E E a a a E E E E 7 13 Pel MVCN S oinin nnana aaa EE 7 14 dimgetrasinst Utility for Collecting HDLM Installation Error Information c0000 7 16 FPOMMIAL sncuussagcasabsesanseicudenacacnawen aamen E E EA 7 16 P tametefS ciconia aA a catered aa a a a aaa 7 16 List Of Collected Error IMPOR MAU ON ves saesswescnisesenatetecs suteoumeanexdenscneseesunansosexsesacesate 7 17 diminstcomp Utility for HDLM Component Installation ccccscesseeseeeeeeeeeseeeeneas 7 19 POM AN aiian igi Seamed dagen am ndtncina a a a a Eaa 7 20 P rametei cicien niinus a a a E EA E aa 7 20 dlmmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration sssssssssssssrssrssrrsrrrsrrsrrnrrnsrsnrrnrrnerenn 7 20 FOMA teinninn a aaa a aa aioe a a a E 7 20 Prd IMG CCl S siura nara amna E A sania tuscan ETAT EE EUEN 7 20 dimodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environm
283. een specified in the installhdln utility for installing HDLM Action Make sure that an actual installation information settings file for the installhdim utility is appropriate and then try again KAPLO9188 Too many parameters are specified Details w More than two parameters have been specified for the installhdlm utility for installing HDLM Action Make sure that the parameters for installhdim are appropriate and then try again KAPLO9190 The installation information settings file is Details W not specified 8 68 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation The installation information settings file is not specified for the second parameter in the installhdlm utility for installing HDLM Action Make sure that the parameters in the installhdlm utility are appropriate and then try again KAPLO9191 W The installation information settings file does not exist Details The installation information settings file specified for the second parameter does not exist Action Make sure that the path name of the installation information settings file is appropriate and then try again KAPLO9210 I aa aa will now start Details aa aa has just started ada aa installhdlm installp cfgmgr dlmodmset dlnkmgr or dlmrmdev Action None KAPLO9211 I aa aa completed successfully
284. el By default HDLM collects all error information HDLM Manager logs var DynamicLinkManager log dlmmgr 1 16 log Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component logs var DynamicLinkManager log dlmwebagent 1 N log The value n depends on the setting in the file dimwebagent propertie S HDLM utility s log file Logs are collected when the HDLM utility is executed HDLM Functions The following is the log file name var DynamicLinkManager log dlmutil 1 2 log Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Log name Description Output destination The HDLM messages on or above the Syslog is not output by level set by the user with etc default syslog conf are collected To output syslog The syslog We recommend that you configure _ file path is specified in the the system so that information at the file etc syslog conf For Information level and higher is details see the AIX output documentation Syslogs can be checked using a text editor HDLM Inquiry log An HDLM Inquiry log is a response var DynamicLinkManager log when the Inquiry command is log dlminquiry 1 2 log issued to the hdisk HDLM HDLM configuration log is an var DynamicLinkManager configuration log operation log of the configuration log dlmconfig 1 2 log processing for the HDLM driver When you want to configure the system so that HDLM messages are output to syslog specify user f
285. el switch To replace a Fibre Channel switch 1 Execute the following command to find the fscsi number that corresponds to the path that goes through the Fibre Channel switch that is to be replaced the path that goes through the HBA to which the Fibre Channel switch is connected lsdev C grep fscsi The following are execution examples fscsi0 available 1H 08 02 FC SCSI I O controller protocol device fscsil available 11 08 02 FC SCSI I O controller protocol device In the second line of the above examples 11 in 11 08 02 indicates the bus number and 08 indicates the HBA adapter number If the Fibre Channel switch is connected to this HBA the corresponding fscsi number is 1 HDLM Operation 4 29 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 4 30 Execute the dimodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM to check the NPIV option setting usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset o The following are execution examples Lun Reset i OEE Online E IO Block on NPIV Option off OS Error Log Output Off Check the NPIV Option line Place in Offline C status the path that goes through the Fibre Channel switch to be replaced Depending on the NPIV option setting for the dimodmset utility checked in step 2 execute one of the following commands o If the NPIV option is set to off Specify the HBA adapter number and bus number and then execute the command shown below The following examp
286. elete all devices usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev o To delete a specific device rmdev dl hdisk name 6 Execute the following command to check that device deletion was successful usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view path If you deleted all devices check that the following message appears KAPLO1019 W The target path was not found Operation name view If you deleted a specific device check that the deleted device hdisk name is no longer displayed Changing an HDLM Management Target Device Note If you execute the chdev command while a path is in error status that path will be deleted In such a case first recover from the path error then re execute the cfgmgr command and finally perform the following steps 1 Inactivate the volume group used by HDLM varyoffvg volume group name 2 Execute the chdev command to change attributes The following example changes the queue depth and timeout value chdev l hdisk name a queue depth 8 a rw_timeout 60 3 Inactivate the volume group used by HDLM varyonvg volume group name 4 16 HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Changing hdisk attributes hdisk attributes consist of default values and values actually used When a new hdisk is configured or deleted and then reconfigured the actual value for hdisk attributes is set using the default values The HDLM default settings modification utility dlmchpdattr ca
287. elete the coding of the root directory from the 8 88 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX bead be Message Text Explanation specified file The displayed directory will be ignored and the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information will continue For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10011 More than one file or directory has been Details W specified on one line Line aa aa Two or more file names or Value bb bb directory names exist in the file for defining the information to be collected aa aa Line number of the file for defining information to be collected decimal number bb bb Indicated contents in a line Action After the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information terminates check the contents of the file for defining the information to be collected This file is shown in the message If the contents of the file are incorrect correct them and then try to collect error information again The DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information will ignore the specified file or directory and continue processing For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10012 The specified file or directory does not Details W exist Line aa aa Value bb bb The
288. elow to confirm that the physical volume containing the boot logical volume hd5 is the same as the physical volume used for booting If the boot disk is in a single path configuration you do not have to perform this step o Identify the physical volume that contains the boot logical volume hd5 lsvg M rootvg grep w hd5 hdisk3 1 hd5 1 In this example hdisk3 contains the boot logical volume hd5 o Identify the physical volume used for booting getconf BOOT DEVICE hdisk3 In this example hdisk3 is used for booting Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX If the boot physical volume that contains the logical volume hd5 is different from the physical volume used for booting the following message appears and the HDLM installation ends with an error 0503 497 installp An error occurred during bosboot test processing To make the physical volume that contains the boot logical volume hd5 the same as the physical volume used for booting execute the bootlist command by specifying the physical volume that contains the boot logical volume hd5 and then restart the host The following shows an example of executing the command when the physical volume that contains the boot logical volume hd5 is hdisk3 bootlist m normal hdisk3 After restarting the host perform the procedure again from step 2 Insert the DVD ROM If you are installing HDLM from a directory in which fi
289. em see the maintenance documentation for the storage system If you are using PowerHA see also Storage System Settings on page 3 91 of Settings for Using PowerHA on page 3 91 Set up the Fibre Channel switches For details on how to set up a Fibre Channel switch see the documentation for the Fibre Channel switch If you do not use Fibre Channel switches this setup is not necessary Set up the HBA For details on how to set up an HBA see the documentation for the HBA Make sure that all HBAs that are on a single host and connected to HDLM managed disks are of the same type and have the same microprogram version If you are using more than one type of HBA paths will not be able to be switched when an error occurs Set the SCSI target ID according to the HBA settings For details on checking the target ID see the HBA documentation Make sure the OS recognizes the LU Execute the cfgmgr command to configure the device and then execute the 1sdev command to make sure that the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk cfgmgr lsdev Cc disk Switch the Kernel Mode 3 24 Before installing HDLM decide which kernel mode you will use to operate AIX and change to the desired kernel mode if necessary The following shows how to switch the kernel mode 1 Check the kernel mode currently being used Execute the following command bootinfo K 32 will be displayed when the 32 bit kernel is being used and 64 will be
290. ent ODM c00008 7 21 POM eraasi aeia aara adaa iaria eE E E ee cacidedumucueaseaen asda usaceecsatue aa E tus pE 7 21 Paramete S eee ee ee ee a Ea KEE ee eter eee ee eee ress eee a 7 22 dimpostrestore Utility for HDLM Restoration SUPPOFt cceeeeseeeseeeeeeeneeeneeeaeeeaeeees 7 25 NNN nce cere esc vara sae msc tne a xt ae eect eens asc ee iemiee este nes oeereraee eek aeecnuees 7 25 PAS WONG 6 ag nccSece iinan argia a aaea naaa aE E EEEE 7 25 dimpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation sssssrrsrssrnrrenrnrrrrrnrrnrrenns 7 25 PONG 5 ge suite EE TA E A A E E ee aeade 7 26 hl ANS OS see ca tte see dee banner cee emesis sections EEEE E ESEE EE EEEa 7 26 dimpremkcd Utility for Preparing for a System BaCKUDP cccseeesseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesaeeens 7 28 POONA IM Ns E cdc nse ct trite shoe i acta cern E a E TA 7 28 PrN CONS Gt ced ce iadsaii d ieina aad aia beriiadi iadi 7 28 dimpreremove Utility for Executed Before Removing HDLM ccccsscseeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 7 29 FOMA lsn o eo EE E E E EE EEA 7 29 Paramete S cnco aa aa a e e aaa a a aai 7 29 dimrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM DriverS c csccsssessecceeecssesceesceeeceeeeseeseenes 7 30 POM MGR sains a E Aa 7 30 Paramete S ons as enaeneseeisensaeceeesBacteqncesoecascreasesesdaca a EE EEG 7 30 ix Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX dimrmprshkey Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation Shared Host Methodology sectsi
291. ents that HDLM Can Output to the Audit Log The following table lists and explains the categories and audit events that HDLM can output to the audit log The severity is also indicated for each audit event Table 2 10 Categories and Audit Events that Can Be Output to the Audit Log Category Explanation Audit event ris Message ID StartStop Startup and Startup of the HDLM KAPL15401 I termination manager was of the successful software Startup of the HDLM KAPL15402 E manager failed The HDLM manager KAPL15403 I stopped Startup of the KAPL15060 I DLMgetras utility Termination of the KAPL15061 I DLMgetras utility 2 Startup of the KAPL15084 I dlmgetrasinst utility Termination of the KAPL15085 I dlmgetrasinst utility 3 Authentication Administrator Permission has not KAPL15111 W or end user been granted to authenticatio execute the HDLM n command Permission has not KAPL15010 W been granted to execute HDLM utilities Permission has not KAPL15404 W been granted to start or stop the HDLM manager ConfigurationAcces Viewing or Processing of the KAPL15088 I s updating dlmpremkcd c configuration command was information successful Processing of the KAPL15089 E dimpremkcd c command failed HDLM Functions 2 37 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Category Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Explanation Audit eve
292. eps 15 to the end of the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment on page 3 44 of Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 Checking the Path Configuration 3 72 HDLM functions such as load balancing and failover are only available for HDLM management target devices that have more than one active path After you install HDLM or change the hardware configuration check the structure and statuses of the paths To check the path information use the dlnkmgr command s view operation Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX The following describes how to check path information by using the dinkmgr command s view operation For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Specify the path parameter and check the output information Execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path gt redirect destination file I1 Open redirect destination file 1 and check the following o Make sure that an LU accessed by a path exists A path can be identified with PathName The LU that is accessed by a path can be identified with a combination of DskName and iLU o Make sure that all paths are online Make sure that PathStatus iS Online If there is a path whose status is not online Reduced will be displayed o Make sure that the combinations of the CHA port
293. er Version number of the HDLM driver WakeupTime Startup time of the HDLM driver lic Information about the HDLM license License Type License type d Permanent permanent license e Temporary temporary license e Emergency emergency license Expiration License expiration When using a permanent license When using a temporary license or emergency license The license expiration period is displayed in the format yyyy mm dd ndays after When the Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Parameter and program informatio n to be displayed Description view sys lic operation is executed ndays after appears if there are n days left until the license period expires e When there are 100 days left until the license period 2006 08 21 expires 2006 08 21 100days after audlog Information about audit log data collection settings Audit Log Settings for audit log data collection e Whether collection is enabled on Enabled off Disabled Audit log data collection level When audit log data collection is on the collection level that has been set is displayed within the parentheses following on The collection level indicates a severity level A value from 0 to 7 is displayed as the collection value Audit Log Category The categories of audit log data to be output are displayed When more than one category is displayed comm
294. er bin dinkmgr view sys adrv HDLM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive Xie Ke XXX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4000 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Example 4 The following example shows how to display information about the HDLM driver usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys pdrv HDIM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive X X XXX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss KAPL01001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Example 5 The following example shows how to display information about the HDLM license usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys lic License Type Expiration Permanent KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Example 6 The following example shows how to display information about the audit log settings usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys audlog Audit Log s Off Audit Log Category Audit Log Facility 3 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Example 7 The following example shows how to display the number of times the same path can be used for load balancing Command Reference 6 41 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys lbpath
295. er bin dlnkmgr offline chaid 00001 KAPL01104 I All the paths which pass the specified CHA port will be changed to the Online status Is this OK y n y KAPL01061 I 15 path s were successfully placed Online 0 path s were not Operation name online pathid AutoPATH_ID Use this parameter to place a single path online Specify the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path which is displayed by using the view operation For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Leading zeros can be omitted 000001 and 1 indicate the same AutoPATH_ID however when the target AutoPATH_ID is 000000 enter 000000 or 0 for the parameter value Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX AutoPATH_IDs are re assigned every time the host is restarted When you want to add a new LU without restarting the host AUtoPATH_IDs are re assigned to each path of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr command Always make sure that you use the view operation to find the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path before executing the online operation hdev host device name ospathid OS management path ID Use this parameter to place online path connected to the specified host device If the ospathid parameter is not specified path with the specified host device name are placed online For host device name specify the value of HDevName For OS management path ID specify the value of OSPathID Leadin
296. er to install HDLM without entering information For details about how to perform an unattended installation of HDLM see Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM on page 3 65 e Installation on alternate disks To use the AIX nimadm command see Using the nimadm command to simultaneously upgrade HDLM and migrate the OS on page 3 54 in Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 By using the alt_disk_copy or nim command of AIX you can replicate the running system clone on an alternate disk and then perform an upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM in AIX on the alternate disk The hdisk where the replication is created is called an alternate disk e Installation in a multibos environment By using the AIX multibos command you can perform an upgrade installation of HDLM when a standby BOS is created or on an already created standby BOS In addition to installing HDLM on a typical host you can install it in the following environments e Boot disk e You can install HDLM on a virtual I O server A virtual I O server is a system that enables multiple client logical partitions to share one resource e PowerHA environments PowerHA is IBM s HA cluster software that runs on AIX When Performing a New Installation Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM Table 3 7 Combination of Available Installation Methods and Installation Environments on page 3 19 lists the combinati
297. error log files the HDLM manager log dimmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 can be set You can specify a value from 2 to 16 for the number of error log files log files for the HDLM manager By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files you can collect up to 32000000KB approximately 30 GB of error logs in total The following shows an example of setting the number of error log files usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set elfn 5 Specify the number of error log files in numbers Setting the Trace File Size The trace file size can be set Trace files for which a trace file size can be set are hdlmtrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 The length of a trace file is fixed regardless of how much trace information is actually in the file For the trace file size you can specify a value in kilobytes from 100 to 16000 If you specify a value smaller than the setting value the message KAPLO1097 w will be displayed to confirm the execution and the trace file will be is temporarily deleted When all the trace files become full the oldest file is overwritten with any new trace data By specifying both the trace file size and the number of trace files you can collect up to 1024000KB of trace data The following is an example of setting up the trace file size by using a command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set systfs 2000 Specify the size of the trace file in
298. erver Client Technology Level 02 or later Server ioslevel 2 1 0 01 to 2 2 2 xx where xx is a number PowerHA 7 1 Client Technology Level 06 or later Server ioslevel 2 1 0 01 to 2 2 2 xx where xx is a number PowerHA 7 1 1 Client Technology Level 06 or later Server ioslevel 2 1 0 01 to 2 2 2 xx where xx is a number VCS 5 1 4 PowerHA 6 1 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Related Programs PowerHA 7 1 PowerHA 7 1 1 PowerHA 7 1 2 Oracle RAC iig 11 2 0 2 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access ASM raw devices Oracle RAC iig 11 2 0 3 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access ASM raw devices GPFS 3 4 3 GPFS 3 5 7 DB2 pureScale 9 8 AIX V7 1 Virtual I O PowerHA 6 1 Server Client No Technology Level or Technology Level 01 or later Server ioslevel 2 1 0 0 to 2 2 2 xx where xx is a number PowerHA 7 1 Client No Technology Level or Technology Level 01 or later Server ioslevel 2 1 0 0 to 2 2 2 xx where xx is a number PowerHA 7 1 1 Client No Technology Level Server ioslevel 2 1 0 0 to 2 2 2 xx where xx is a number 1 When using Technology Level 05 apply IY92037 2 If you have updated the host environment by for example applying Oracle specific patches the Oracle I O timeout threshold MISSCOUNT might have been changed Therefore when you update an environment you need to review the
299. es 8 45 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO4053 The option definition file was recovered Action w from a work file Execute the dinkmgr view sys command to check whether the settings are recovered If the settings are not recovered execute the dinkmgr set operation to recover the settings For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 For details on the set operation see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 KAPL04054 The owner controller will now be revised Details I number of LUs aa aa aa aa number of targeted LUs Action None KAPLO4055 The owner controller was revised Details I number of changed LUs aa aa aa aa number of changed LUs Action None KAPLO4056 The owner controller cannot be revised Details W because no paths are in the Online status aa aa ID serial number LU aa aa iLUN of the LU that was not revised Action Recover the paths from the failure and then place them in the Online status or exclude the LU from dynamic I O path control 8 46 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX
300. escribes the information defined in the installation information settings file 7 32 Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX INSTALLATION_SETTINGS section This section defines information that is used when the installhdinm utility is executed Specify this section name at the beginning of the installation information settings file although an empty paragraph or comment line can be inserted above this section name The following table lists and describes the keys defined in the INSTALLATION SETTINGS section Table 7 5 Keys in the INSTALLATION_SETTINGS Section Necessity of definition Upgrade Key name 1 Description 2 New installatio installa norre charact tion _ installatio ers n installfile_locati Specify the absolute path name Optional Optional on of the directory that contains the DLManager mpio bff file from either the directory in which the DVD ROM was mounted or the directory in which the DVD ROM was copied The default is dev cdo logdir Specify the absolute path name Optional Optional of the directory in which the file that contains log information is output The default is var tmp For details about the log file see Log file on page 7 42 licensekeyfile 3 Specify an absolute path to a Optional Optional 4 license key file stored in the 4 host The file specified here is not deleted after an unattended installation is performed The
301. et Information about paths not subject to automatic failback Reset 1 Changing the conditions for an intermittent error while intermittent error monitoring is being performed monitoring settings Turning intermittent error monitoring on by executing the set operation but not changing the conditions while intermittent error monitoring is being performed Reset 2 Inherited Changing the intermittent error monitoring conditions while intermittent error monitoring is not being performed Not applicable Not counted Inherited Changing the automatic failback settings Turning off Changing the path Taking the path offline C Reset status Placing the path Online while intermittent error monitoring is not being performed HDLM Functions Not applicable Not counted Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Number of errors and time passed since error monitoring started Information about paths not subject to automatic failback User operation Placing the path Online Inherited Not applicable while intermittent error If a path has monitoring is being been removed performed from the paths subject to automatic monitoring that path is no longer monitored Restarting the HDLM manager Reset 3 Inherited Restarting the host Reset Reset 1 When you turn the intermittent error monitoring function off information a
302. etails An invalid parameter is specified aa aa The specified parameter Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimpostrestore utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it Details Executing the dimpostrestore utility will reboot the host Action To execute dimpostrestore utility enter y Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation If you do not want to execute dlmpostrestore utility enter n KAPL10556 W The entered value is invalid Re enter y n Details A value other than y or n has been entered for a y n request Action Enter either y or n KAPL10557 I The user stopped the operation Details The dlmpostrestore utility has been terminated because n was sent to a request Action None KAPL10558 E The entered value is invalid The operation will now stop Details The dimpostrestore utility has been stopped because an invalid response was sent three times consecutively to a request Action To execute dimpostrestore utility again enter either y Orn KAPL10559 E An internal error occurred in the dimpostrestore utility Error Code aa aa bb bb Messages Details A system based error not caused by the user occurred during dimpostrestore utility processing aa aa Error number decimal number
303. etails on the online operation see online Places Paths Online on page 6 11 Execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr online Executing this command places all the offline paths online Troubleshooting J J Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX If any path cannot be placed online due to an error the KAPLO1039 W message will appear To ignore such paths and to continue processing type y Type n to cancel processing Check the statuses of the paths that cannot be placed online and resolve the problem What To Do for a Program Error The following describes what to do to handle errors that occur in an HDLM program The following figure shows the troubleshooting procedure Examine the messages Examining the Messages Obtain program information Obtaining Program Information Actions to take for program errors What To Do for the Program Error Contact your HOLM vendor or maintenance company Contacting your HDLM Vendor or Maintenance Company Figure 5 3 Troubleshooting Procedure When a Program Error Occurs The following shows the procedure for handling a program error by using the HDLM command dinkmgr Examining the Messages Examine the message that is output to syslog in the host If an error occurs in an HDLM program a message other than KAPLO8xxx is output to syslog Examine the content of the message Messages with error level E Error or higher require corrective action
304. eted normally Operation name delete completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Command Reference 6 71 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 6 72 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Utility Reference This chapter explains the utilities used by HDLM O O Overview of the Utilities DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information dimchpdattr Utility for Changing HDLM Default Settings dimgetrasinst Utility for Collecting HDLM Installation Error Information diminstcomp Utility for HDLM Component Installation dimmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration dimodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM dimpostrestore Utility for HDLM Restoration Support dimpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation dimpremkcd Utility for Preparing for a System Backup dimpreremove Utility for Executed Before Removing HDLM dimrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers dimrmprshkey Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation Shared Host Methodology installhdim Utility for Installing HDLM Utility Reference 7 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 7 2 O installux sh Utility for HDLM Common Installer Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Overview of the Utilities HDLM provides the following utilities The DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM
305. eted successfully In the following example the utility displays Help Usage dlmchpdattr a Attribute Value Attribute Value u HTC XP A s usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpr k hdiskl hdisk2 hdisk3 hdisk4 hdiskS h o h Attributes reserve policy PR_exclusive PR _shared no_ reserve max transfer Numeric queue depth Numeric rw_timeout Numeric dimgetrasinst Utility for Collecting HDLM Installation Error Information This utility collects information that is needed to analyze errors that have occurred for some reason during installation of HDLM The collected information is archived in a file and saved to the directory that you specified The following files are output e getrasinst tar Z This file contains compressed system information For details about the information that is stored in the system crash dump file and getrasinst tar zZ see List of Collected Error Information on page 7 17 Format DVD ROM drive directory HDLM AIX hdlmtool dlmgetrasinst directory to which collected information is output h Parameters directory to which collected information is output Specify the output directory for the information that is to be collected by the dlmgetrasinst utility for collecting HDLM installation error information The collected information is compiled into two files shown in Function and output in the specified directory h Displays the format of the dlmgetrasinst utility Note
306. eter specified The following shows an example in which the command is executed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr clear pdst KAPL01049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name clear y n y KAPL01001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name clear completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 3 Check to see whether the statistical information for all the paths has been initialized The following shows how to execute the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path HDLM Operation 4 9 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Viewing and Setting Up the Operating Environment This section explains how to display and set up the HDLM operating environment Viewing the Operating Environment To display the operating environment execute the dlnkmgr command s view operation with the sys and sfunc parameters specified The following shows an example in which the command is executed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys sfunc HDLM Version Me MAK Service Pack Version Load Balance on extended lio Support Cluster Elog Level Pe Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files I2 Trace Level 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback on 60 Intermittent Error Monitor off Dynamic I O Path Control off 10 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name
307. etting hel Comments Preface xiii Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Intended audience This document is intended for storage administrators who use Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager HDLM to operate and manage storage systems and assumes that readers have e Knowledge of AIX and its management functionality e Knowledge of Storage system management functionality e Knowledge of Cluster software functionality e Knowledge of Volume management software functionality Product version This document revision applies to HDLM for AIX version 7 6 or later Release notes Read the release notes before installing and using this product They may contain requirements or restrictions that are not fully described in this document or updates or corrections to this document Document revision level Revision Description MK 92DLM111 20 November 2011 Initial Release MK 92DLM111 21 July 2012 Revision 1 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 20 MK 92DLM111 22 August 2012 Revision 2 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 21 MK 92DLM111 23 November 2012 Revision 3 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 22 MK 92DLM111 24 February 2013 Revision 4 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 23 MK 92DLM111 25 March 2013 Revision 5 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 24 MK 92DLM111 26 May 2013 Revision 6 supersedes and replaces MK 92DLM111 25 MK 92DLM111 27 October 2013 Revision 7 supersedes and replaces
308. ettings for Using PowerHA on page 3 91 For GPFS Settings for Using GPFS on page 3 93 For Oracle RAC 10g or Oracle RAC 11g Settings for Using Oracle RAC 10g or Oracle RAC 11g on page 3 94 For VCS Settings for Using VCS on page 3 96 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX e If you are using PowerHA note that HDLM does not support non concurrent volume groups due to limitations in PowerHA For details contact IBM e Ifall of the following conditions are met HDLM can be migrated without stopping PowerHA services o The shared volume groups used by PowerHA are concurrent volume groups o A custom disk method is specified in the PowerHA script o A virtual I O server environment is not used on the host Notes on the Automatic Failback If the automatic failback processing starts before a path failure has been recovered from the cluster system switchover time might become longer To prevent this for the automatic failback checking interval specify a value that is greater than the value obtained from the following formula checking interval minutes maximum number of paths among the LUs x number of connected storage devices Notes on the queue_depth Parameter Value for an HDLM Managed device Hitachi recommends that you set the queue_depth parameter of an hdisk for an HDLM managed device to a value greater than or equal to the number of paths that are connected to th
309. event indicating that a permitted operation performed by the administrator has terminated normally or failed including e Viewing or updating configuration information e Updating account settings such as adding and deleting accounts e Setting up security e Viewing or updating audit log settings Maintenance An event indicating that a maintenance operation has terminated normally or failed including e Adding or removing hardware components e Adding or removing software components AnomalyEvent An event indicating an abnormal state such as exceeding a threshold including e Exceeding a network traffic threshold e Exceeding a CPU load threshold e Reporting that the temporary audit log data saved internally is close to its maximum size limit or that the audit log files have wrapped back around to the beginning An event indicating an occurrence of abnormal communication including e A SYN flood attack or protocol violation for a normally used port e Access to an unused port such as port scanning The categories of audit log data that can be collected differ depending on the product The following sections explain only the categories of audit log data that can be collected by HDLM For the categories of audit log data that can be collected by a product other than HDLM see the corresponding product manual 2 36 HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Categories and Audit Ev
310. example hdisk3 and hdisk4 are recognized as HDLM managed devices 8 Execute the utility for changing HDLM default settings dimchpdattr HDLM Operation 4 19 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 4 20 10 11 12 13 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchpdattr A a reserve policy no reserve A message is displayed to confirm whether processing should continue Enter y to continue processing If the command terminates normally the KAPL10571 I message is displayed Make sure that the default value for the hdisk reservation policy has been changed Execute the dimchpdattr utility with the o parameter specified usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchpdattr o uniquetype disk fcp Hitachi reserve policy no reserve KAPL10571 I The dlmchpdattr utility completed successfully Perform the following according to the execution environment o If the execution environment is a local boot disk environment Proceed to step 10 o If the execution environment is a boot disk environment Proceed to step 11 Execute the following command to change the hdisk status to Available cfgmgr After executing the command proceed to step 13 Execute the utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation dimpr for all hdisks comprising rootvg dlmpr c name of HDLM device comprising rootvg A message is displayed to confirm whether processing should continue Enter y to continue processing If the reserve was cle
311. execution environment ODM was successfully displayed Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Name of the utility that the user executed KAPL15008 I ReserveKey was cleared successfully on aa aa hdisk s and failed on bb bb hdisk s Command Line cc cc Details aa aa Number of hdisks for which ReserveKey was cleared successfully bb bb Number of hdisks for which ReserveKey was not cleared cc cc Name of the utility that the user executed KAPL15009 An attempt to clear ReserveKey has E failed on aa aa hdisk s Command Line bb bb Details aa aa Number of hdisks for which ReserveKey was not cleared bb bb Name of the utility that the user executed KAPL15010 The HDLM utility was executed by the WwW 8 128 user who does not have the authority Command Line aa aa Messages Details aa aa Name of the utility that the user executed Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID KAPL15060 I Message Text DLMgetras was invoked Command Line aa aa Explanation Details aa aa Name of the utility that the user executed KAPL15061 I KAPL15080 I DLMgetras successfully executed Command Line aa aa The information about the HDLM default configuration ODM was displayed successfully Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Name of the utility that the user executed Details aa aa Name of the
312. f Files Inherited During an Upgrade Installation or Re installation on page 3 37 in Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 13 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX If you upgrade or re install HDLM before you resolve a path failure LU reservations might persist without being released In such a case use the utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservations dimpr to release the LU reservation if necessary Performing an upgrade installation or re installation might change the physical volume hdisk name For this reason you must check and if necessary revise relevant settings such as the settings for applications that directly access a hard disk recognized as an HDLM management target device Use the output information of the view operation with the drv parameter to check the correspondence between the hdisk and the LU Notes on the Virtual I O Server 3 14 Before you install HDLM change the ioslevel version of the virtual I O server to a version supported by HDLM For details about the ioslevel versions supported by HDLM see Cluster Software Supported by HDLM on page 3 7 If you want to apply a virtual SCSI disk to a client partition in a virtual I O server environment install HDLM into the virtual I O server partition If you want to apply a virtual HBA to a client partition install HDLM into the client partition Specify an hdisk
313. f Migration Methods Available in an PowerHA Environment and the Migration Environments Migration environment Host Virtual I O server Migration method Local boot Local boot disk Boot disk disk Boot disk environment environment environment environment 1 installux sh 2 or installp command SMIT Unattended installation Installation on alternate disks Installation ina multibos environment Legend Yes Can be executed No Cannot be executed N A Not applicable 1 Before you migrate HDLM to an environment that uses PowerHA and a virtual I O server cancel the virtual disk definitions of the virtual I O server After you have migrated HDLM redefine these virtual disk definitions 2 Only new installations upgrade installations and re installations are supported For details about how to migrate see each location shown below installux sh or installp command Migrating from HDLM Version 5 8 1 or Earlier to Version 5 9 or Later on page 3 56 and Migrating HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment on page 3 61 in Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment on page 3 60 To use SMIT see the AIX documentation 3 22 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Preparations for a New Installation of HDLM In this subsection you will perform such preparations as backing up the HDLM management target devices applying AIX patches and performin
314. f how to set up path health checking by using a command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr set pchk on intvl 10 When path health checking is enabled by specifying on for the pchk parameter you can also specify the intvl parameter in order to specify the checking interval If the checking interval is not specified then the previously specified value will be automatically applied For example if you turn off path health checking after the checking interval was specified as 15 minutes and then you enable path health checking again but without specifying a checking interval the 15 value that was specified from before will be used again Setting Up the Automatic Failback Function 3 76 When intermittent error monitoring is enabled and the number of error occurrences is 2 or more the following condition must be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failbacks x number of times an error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring If this condition is not satisfied an error will occur and the warning message KAPLO1080 W will be output If this happens change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failbacks the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error needs to occur If you set the number of times that the error needs to occur to 1 the above condition does not need to be satisfied The following is an exa
315. f the same error occurs again execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Details An attempt to acquire information about the HDLM version or SP version has failed Action Re execute the command If the same error occurs again execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Details A parameter is invalid Action Refresh the host information and then perform the operation again If the same error occurs again execute the 8 134 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Explanation DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Details An attempt to communicate with the HDLM manager has failed Action Check whether the HDLM manager is running on the host If it is not running start the
316. fDin dlinkmgr view Llu item slpr pr clor type ic ie a iLY SLPR HDevName VG athIO PathID PathName CLPR Status Type 0 Count Ercors CNum IEP 0150 12 hdisk o e HOOKAH OB 11 0OOAODAAAOEEDSRON 0000 28 1 Online Own Q 0 0 HOOD POORdL OBL1BD bODOOHaHOObEDCOD OCOD JB 1 Online own 0 0 0 0151 12 hdiskl ooob0 DOODOZ O amp 8 11 0000000000660B00 0001 28 1 Online own Q 0 Oo 00001 D0ODOZ 0E 1D 00N0ODOD0OE 700 0001 18 1 Online own 0 0 0152 12 hdisk2 sample poopoo OO0004 DE 11 00O0O0OODOO6SOBOO 0OO 2B 1 Online Owe 0 0 0 00001 OOOOGS OB 1D 0ODCODODOOESOCOC 0002 JB 1 Online own Q 0 0 0153 12 hdisk3 DODO OCODE O8 11 00D00R0b006EDBOD 000 28 1 Online own g 0 D0001 OB 1D DOCOODODOOGEOCOO 0003 38 1 Online Own Q 0 0154 12 hdisk e e OB 11 0000000000680800 0004 28 1 Online dwn 0 0 D0001 0 1D 0OCOODODOOESOCOD 0004 3B 1 Online Owa 0 0 0 0155 12 hdiskS Hnooa PHOO1H OB 11 00000R00R06E0B00 0005 28 1 Online own Q 0 0 DOOD HOOR1L OBL1LB badDeCOHaHoosEDCOD OOO iB 1 Online own Q 0 0 0156 12 hdiskf ooo00 COOD1Z O amp 11 0000000000640BR00 0006 28 1 Online Own Q 0 0 D0001 D00013 0E 1D DODOODODOOEEOCOD 000E JB 1 Online gwn 0 0157 12 hdisk 0000o 000014 06 11 0000000000660500 0007 2B 1 Online Iwa 0 0 0 00001 D00015 0OB 1D DOOCODODOOEGOCOC 00O JB 1 Online wn Q 0 0158 12 hdisk DoODd HOOD16 08 11 00000R0b006EDBOD OCOL 28 1 Online own 0 0 0 00001 D00017 06 1D 0OCOOCODOOGEOCOO 000E 38 1 Online own
317. fault value is reflected in the value actually used lsattr El hdisk name grep reserve policy reserve policy no reserv Reserve Policy TRUE Activate the volume group used by HDLM varyonvg volume group name Mount the file system used by HDLM mount file system mount point Manually Performing hdisk Reconfiguration 4 18 The procedure below explains how to manually reconfigure an hdisk Note In the procedure below if you execute the dimchpdattr utility without performing either step 2 or 6 any changed values will not be applied even though the 1sattr command execution results will show that the changed values were applied To apply the changed values perform step 2 and then perform step 10 for a local boot disk environment or perform step 12 fora boot disk environment To manually reconfigure an hdisk Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Reconfigure the HDLM device Proceed to step 2 to automatically perform the processing needed to unmount for reconfiguration and processing to change the active status of the volume group Proceed to step 3 to perform these actions manually 2 Execute the utility for deleting HDLM drivers dimrmdev with the e parameter and A parameter specified usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev e A For details on the dimrmdev utility see d mrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers on
318. fgmgr Execute the following command in the client logical partition to confirm that the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk If the following message is displayed then the physical volume hdisk was recognized correctly lsdev Cc disk hdiskl Available Virtual SCSI Disk Drive Check the path configuration according to the procedure described in Checking the Path Configuration on page 3 72 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 35 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM Make necessary preparations such as backing up the HDLM management target devices When using HDLM in a cluster configuration make sure to perform the operations described in the following sub sections on all hosts that comprise the cluster Stop Applications HDLM manager stops during an upgrade installation or re installation so stop any applications that require HDLM manager operations before you start the upgrade installation or re installation Perform Operations for HDLM Management Target Device 1 Terminate the processes of all applications that are accessing the HDLM management target devices 2 If necessary back up all HDLM management target devices to a medium such as tape 3 Unmount the disks If the HDLM management target devices are mounted unmount them as follows o First execute the command below to check the current settings mount p The cur
319. fied at the same time as the 1u parameter you can add and display items and display a summary of LU information This section describes each parameter and the LU information and displayed items To display LU information lu When neither the c nor item parameter is specified with the 1u parameter the information about the LU recognized by HDLM is displayed without selecting items to be displayed or displaying a summary The sorting key is iLU and its configuration information is displayed for each LU By using the subsequent parameter hdev or pathid you can filter the LU information to be displayed If you do not specify hdev or pathid the information about all LUs recognized by HDLM is displayed For details on the contents of each displayed item see Table 6 17 Displayed LU Information on page 6 59 The subsequent parameters are hdev host device name Filters the information only for the paths accessing the specified host device Specify hdisk name for host device name The host device name string is case sensitive pathid AutoPATH_ID Use this parameter to display only the information about the LU that is connected to the path with that specified AutoPATH_ID t Omits the title for each information item Example The following example shows how to display the LU information without selecting items to be displayed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu Product USP SerialNumber 0014010 LUs
320. file var DynamicLinkManager log dimmgr 1 16 log Action Make sure that the disk has enough unused capacity KAPLO4012 Could not create a communication pipe Details E RC aa aa HDLM manager could not start normally because it was unable to create a Messages 8 39 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation pipe file which is used in communication with HDLM commands aa aa OS error code decimal base 10 number Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL04013 Input is impossible via the communication Details E pipe RC aa aa Data could not be read from the pipe file while communicating with an HDLM command aa aa OS error code decimal base 10 number Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL04014 Output is impossible via the Details E communication pipe RC aa aa Data cou
321. for AIX When the system is rebooted from the alternate disk execute the HDLM command s view operation to display the status of each program Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys HDLM Version gt XM Xa Xo RE Service Pack Version Load Balance on rr Support Cluster Elog Level ED Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files 2 Trace Level 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback on 60 Intermittent Error Monitor Off Dynamic I O Path Control off 10 HDLM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss HDIM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4000 HDLM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss License Type Expiration Permanent KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Even when cluster software is being used the name of the cluster software is not displayed in Support Cluster However the cluster support function is operating normally From the execution result of the view operation check that the correct version of HDLM is installed If HDLM Version S x x x xx the installed version of HDLM is correct X X X XX is the installed version of HDLM From the execution
322. formation for errors of the Information level or higher including maintenance information is collected If an error occurs you might have to set the error log collection level to 1 or higher to collect any log information The higher this value is set the more information that will be output As the amount of log information to be output increases it will take less time to overwrite the old error log information with the new information The following is an example of setting up the error log collection level by using a command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set ellv 2 Specify the error log collection level as a number Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Setting the Trace Level The trace output level can be set You can set up the trace level for a trace file hdlmtrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 The following table lists and describes the values for the trace level setting Table 3 14 Values for the Trace Level Setting Value Description No trace is output Only error information is output Program operation summaries are output Program operation details are output All information is output If an error occurs you may have to set the trace level to 1 or higher to collect any trace information The higher this value is set the more information that will be output As the amount of trace information to be output
323. g hardware setup When using HDLM in a cluster configuration make sure to perform the operations described in the following sub sections on all hosts that comprise the cluster Perform Operations for HDLM Management Target Devices If you have already defined physical volumes and have been running the HDLM management target devices perform the following procedure 1 Terminate the processes of all applications that are accessing the HDLM management target devices 2 If necessary back up all HDLM management target devices to a medium such as tape 3 Unmount the disks If the HDLM management target devices are mounted unmount them as follows o First execute the command below to check the current settings mount p The current settings will be output as follows s gait ev logivdi Figure 3 2 Execution Result Example of the Mount p Command Preparations for a New Installation of HDLM In this example assume that HDLM manages the shaded portion of the devices o Execute the following command to unmount the disk umount mntpt 4 Execute the following command to inactivate the applicable volume group varyoffvg volume group name Set Up the Hardware Check the topology Fabric AL etc and perform setup as appropriate 1 Set up the storage system Creating an HDLM Environment 3 23 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX For details on how to set up the storage syst
324. g zeroes can be omitted from the OS management path ID 00001 and 1 are the same value To display HDevName and OSPathID execute the view operation as follows usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view lu For details on how to execute the view operation and display the host device name and OS management path ID see To Display LU Information on page 6 54 in Parameters on page 6 35 Only one set of values can be specified for the hdev parameter This parameter is not case sensitive Example The following shows an example of placing online path for which the host device name is hdisk0 and OS management path ID is 00001 while confirming command operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr online path hdev hdiskO ospathid 1 KAPLO1050 I The currently selected paths will be changed to the Online status Is this OK y n y KAPLO1061 I 1 path s were successfully placed Online 0 path s were not Operation name online hapath Use this parameter to change to the Online status when the paths to the primary volume P VOL in an HAM environment are in the Online S or Online D status To change the status of a specific LU use the 1u and pathid parameters to specify the path to the LU To change the status of all the paths in the Online s and Online D statuses specify only hapath dfha Use this parameter to change the paths to the primary volume P VOL in an HAM environment to Online D The Online S st
325. g on SVPs service processors and Hitachi Command Suite products An abnormal hardware or software event including e Hardware errors e Software errors Such as memory errors LinkStatus An event indicating the linkage status between devices e Link up or link down ExternalService An event indicating the result of communication between a Hitachi storage related product and an external service including e Communication with a RADIUS server LDAP server NTP server or DNS server e Communication with the management server SNMP Authentication An event indicating that a connection or authentication attempt made by a device administrator or end user has succeeded or failed including e FC login e Device authentication FC SP authentication iSCSI login authentication or SSL server client authentication Administrator or end user authentication HDLM Functions 2 35 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Category Explanation AccessControl An event indicating that a resource access attempt made by a device administrator or end user has succeeded or failed including e Device access control e Administrator or end user access control ContentAccess An event indicating that an attempt to access critical data has succeeded or failed including e Access to a critical file on a NAS or content access when HTTP is supported e Access to the audit log file ConfigurationAccess An
326. ge Text Explanation The var directory does not have enough unused capacity or the user does not have write permission for it Make sure there is enough unused capacity and that the user has write permission for this directory and then try again If the error code is 9 The status of the installed HDLM is BROKEN Please remove HDLM If the error code is 10 The cfgmgr command is not in the correct location or you do not have a required permission Check the state of the cfgmgr command If the error code is 11 The shutdown command is not in the correct location or you do not have a required permission Check the state of the shutdown command KAPLO9216 An error occurred during I O of a file that Details E installhdim uses Error Code aie So bien An error occurred during I O of a file that installhdim uses aa aa Error number that indicates the executed processing decimal base 10 number bb bb Return value of the executed processing decimal base 10 number Action Make sure that sufficient unused capacity exists for the tmp directory If the 8 72 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation capacity is insufficient allocate the required amount of capacity and then retry the operation For details about how to determine the amount of capacity that is required see Performing an Unattended
327. gement 2 43 integrated trace file 2 32 changing the number 3 86 changing the size 3 85 integrated trace information files 3 83 integrated traces setup 3 83 intermittent error Glossary 4 definition 2 19 Index 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX K kernel mode switching 3 24 L LB 8 3 LDEV Logical Device Glossary 4 load balancing 1 2 2 8 6 20 Glossary 4 load balancing algorithms 2 12 load distribution using load balancing 2 8 log filter 2 34 logging level values 6 20 logical device file Glossary 4 logical unit 2 3 logical unitID 6 52 logical volume number Glossary 2 LU 2 4 configuration 2 5 LU Logical Unit Glossary 4 LUN 6 52 manual path switching 2 19 message examining 5 5 5 6 format and meaning of ID 8 3 terms that appear 8 3 terms used for explanation 8 3 message level 8 3 Messages 8 1 messages adjusting the number of messages to be output 3 87 checking contained error information 5 2 migration 3 12 monitoring interval 3 87 narrowing down hardware causing error 5 5 node _ Glossary 4 non owner controller 2 10 Glossary 4 non owner path 2 10 Glossary 5 Index 4 Notes Using Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library 3 84 Notes on creating an HDLM environment Notes on a license key 3 15 Notes on an upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM 3 13 Notes on installing HDLM 3 13 Notes on storage systems 3 16 Notes on the automatic failback 3 17 Notes on the cluster 3 16 Notes
328. ges 5 2 collecting with dlmgetras 7 5 filtering 2 33 error level 2 33 error levels 2 33 Critical 2 33 Error 2 33 Information 2 33 Warning 2 33 Index 2 error log 2 32 error logging level 6 20 error path identifying 5 5 error log file size 6 21 ErrorCode 5 2 errors management 2 31 that HDLM detects 2 33 examining message 5 5 5 6 F failback 1 3 2 14 Glossary 2 failover 1 3 2 14 Glossary 3 features of HDLM 1 2 fiber cable replacing 4 28 Fibre Channel switch replacing 4 29 file for defining information to be collected 7 6 file that defines information to be collected notes and coding example 7 7 filter 2 34 filter component 2 7 filtering of error information 2 33 finishing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library settings 3 89 FO 8 3 for using GPFS settings 3 93 for Using PowerHA settings 3 91 for using VCS settings 3 96 function HDLM program 2 6 functions of HDLM 2 1 G Global Link Manager 2 43 glossary Glossary 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX H HAM environment Glossary 3 handling path error 5 3 HBA 2 4 HBA Host Bus Adapter Glossary 3 HBA adapter number 6 52 HDev 2 5 HDevName_ 5 3 HDLM features 1 2 functions 2 1 installing 3 17 Migrating 3 56 migration of 3 12 new installation 3 25 new installation of 3 12 overview 1 1 preparations for an upgrade installation or re installation of 3 36 preparations for new installation of 3 23 program information 6
329. get path and then re execute the above command Execute the following command to make sure that the hdisk recognized as the device to be managed by HDLM has been deleted lsdev Cc disk Execute the HDLM pre remove utility dlmpreremove usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpreremove If you execute the dimpreremove utility the hdisk recognized as a boot disk stops being the HDLM s management target When the command terminates normally the following message appears KAPL13103 I HDLM can be removed after rebooting the host KAPL13101 I The dlmpreremove utility completed successfully If the KAPL13108 E message is displayed the hdisk for the device that is managed by HDLM still remains Re execute the procedure starting from step 14 If the KAPL13110 E message is displayed the multi path configuration still remains Re execute the procedure starting from step 9 Restart the host Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 18 19 20 21 22 25 24 shutdown Fr If GPFS RVSD was used delete the setting information from the etc vsd oemdisktypes 1st file o If XP series is used delete the following line disk fcp HP fscsi disk fcp o If Thunder 9500V series Lightning 9900V series excluding XP series Hitachi USP series excluding XP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series excluding XP20000 and XP24000 Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform Hita
330. gg gg Host device name Action None KAPLO8026 An error occurred on all the paths of the Details E LU PathID aa aa An error occurred in the last remaining path of an LU This is most likely as a result of a disconnection aa aa Path ID same as PathID of view path Messages 8 57 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation decimal base 10 number Action Errors are detected in all the paths connected to the LUs See What To Do fora Path Error on page 5 3 to make the path shown in the error message or the paths connected to the target LU KAPLO8027 A path was excluded from the items Details E subject to automatic failback PathID A path was excluded from aa aa being subject to automatic failbacks because the system judged that an intermittent error was occurring in that path aa aa Path ID Same as PathID of view path decimal base 10 number Action An intermittent error has occurred Check the path for any possible problems For details on what to do see What To Do for a Path Error on page 5 3 and switch the path shown in the message into Online KAPLO8032 I A path was recovered PathID Details aa aa The path has changed to an online status aa aa Path ID Same as PathID of view path decimal base 10 number Action None KAPLO8033 No path connected to
331. h is specified by the logdir key in the installation information settings file Do not share the log file output directory among the hosts on which unattended installation is being performed If no value is specified for logdir key the log file is output to the var tmp directory e If installhdim log already exists log information is added to this log file For details about the unused capacity required for the log output directory see Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM on page 3 65 Note e Note that installhdlm log is not deleted after HDLM is removed Therefore delete the original installhdim 1log manually if it is no longer required Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX e If the installhdlm log file cannot be output for some reason such as there being insufficient capacity on the output disk a message is output to this effect immediately before the installhdim utility ends installux sh Utility for HDLM Common Installer Format This utility determines what OS HDLM will be installed on and installs the corresponding version of HDLM from the DVD ROM This utility can also perform unattended installations via a parameter specification For details about how to use this utility to install HDLM see Performing a New Installation of HDLM on page 3 25 Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 or Performing an Unattended Installa
332. he item parameter Table 6 11 Items That Can Be Selected by the path item Parameter and the Sub parameters Selectable items Sub parameters Port Status Type TO Count TO Errors um DevName hd EP iep HBAPortWwNn hbaportwwn Physical DskName vid Physical iLU vid Physical ChaPort vid Org DskName Org iLU Because both PathID and Status are always displayed you do not have to specify any parameters In the sub parameters following path item you can list the paths hdev and sort the list srt If you omit both parameters the command displays information for all the paths in ascending order of AutoPATH_IDs These sub parameters are 6 44 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX hdev host device name Displays information only for the paths accessing the specified host device Specify hdisk name for host device name The host device name string is case sensitive When you specify this parameter HDevName is displayed by default Therefore it is not necessary to specify hd for the item parameter stname Use this parameter to display the model ID of the storage system in the product ID element of the DskName field When this parameter is omitted the command displays the product ID or emulation type of the storage system instead For details about the information displayed for product IDs see Ta
333. he format of the dlmodmset utility Examples In the following example the utility enables the LUN RESET option usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset r on FAQ 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 utility KAPL10805 I The setup of the HDIM execution environment ODM will be changed Lun Reset KAPL10800 I The dlm on Is this OK y n y odmset utility completed normally In the following example the utility displays the current setting information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset o Lun Reset i Off Online E IO Block on 7 24 Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX NPIV Option OFE OS Error Log Output Off KAPL10800 I The dlmodmset utility completed normally In the following example the utility displays Help usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset h Usage dlmodmset r on off i on off v on off j on off s o h dimpostrestore Utility for HDLM Restoration Support This utility updates HDLM information to match that of the target system environment when a system replication clone is created from a mksysb image that includes HDLM managed devices Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpostrestore s h Parameters 5 Suppresses display of a confirmation message when the utility executes h Displays the format of the dlmpostrestore utility Notes e When the dimpostre
334. he license key file aa aa var tmp hdilm license Action Make sure that the license key file is correct and then re install HDLM var tmp hdlm_ license KAPLO9114 I There is no license key file File name ada aa Details There is no license key file in the designated directory aa aa var tmp hdim license Action When the message that prompts you to enter the license key is displayed enter the license key Alternatively cancel the installation save the correct license key file in the designated directory and then re execute the installation var tmp hdlm_ license KAPLO9115 W An attempt to delete the license key file has failed File name aa aa Messages Details An attempt to delete the license key file has failed 8 65 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation aa aa var tmp hdim license Action If a license key file exists delete it var tmp hdlm_ license KAPLO9116 W The command could not be installed command aa aa Details The output HDLM command cannot be used aa aa Command name Action The output command can be executed by using a different name If you want to use the output name use the output command to overwrite or re install KAPLO9135 E One of the following was executed at the same time as an HDLM command set lic operation
335. he number of errors and the time that has passed since intermittent error monitoring has started are reset to 0 The changed setting will take effect immediately and intermittent error monitoring will restart When intermittent error monitoring is not being performed if you change the number of times that the error is to occur in order for the system to determine that an intermittent error has occurred the new Command Reference 6 25 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX value will take effect after the next automatic failback successfully completes When intermittent error monitoring is not being performed the number of errors that determine that an intermittent error has occurred is not counted and this value is not changed The number of times that the error is to occur is stored in the system even when iem off is specified and intermittent error monitoring is disabled Therefore when you re enable intermittent error monitoring without specifying the number of times the error monitoring will be executed using the value stored in the system When the set iem on operation is executed during error monitoring even though you do not change the conditions for intermittent error monitoring the number of errors and the time that has passed since the error monitoring has started are reset to 0 Intermittent error monitoring will then resume with the changed settings If you set the automatic failback function to off while intermitten
336. heck the NPIV option setting usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset o The following are execution examples Lun Reset off Online E IO Block on NPIV Option off OS Error Log Output off Check the NPIV Option line Place in Offline C status the path that goes through the cable to be replaced path that goes through the HBA to which the cable is connected Depending on the NPIV option setting for the dlmodmset utility checked in step 1 execute one of the following commands o If the NPIV option is set to off Specify the HBA adapter number and bus number and then execute the command shown below The following example shows how to place the path in Offline C status when the path goes through an HBA whose HBA adapter number is 08 and whose bus number is 11 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline hba 08 11 o If the NPIV option is set to on Use the fscsi number to execute the command below The following example shows how to place the path in Offline C status when the path goes through fscsi number 1 fscsil usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline hba 00 01 Replace the cable Note If you change the port on the Fibre Channel switch or on the storage system the path configuration will be changed Delete the hdisk that are associated with the cable to be replaced and then reconfigure the device 4 Place in Online status the path that goes through the replaced cable HDLM Operation Hit
337. her with the hbaportwwn parameter Physical DskName When a path is migrated using a virtual ID displays the name of the storage system that is connected by the migration destination path A storage system name consists of the following three elements separated by periods e Vendor ID The name of the storage system vendor e Product ID Indicates the storage system product ID emulation type or model name e Serial number The serial number of the storage system When a virtual ID is not used a hyphen is displayed Physical iLU When a path is migrated using a virtual ID displays LU number in the storage system that is connected by the migration destination path e For HUS VM indicated by a hexadecimal number The first two characters of iLU are the CU number and the last two characters are the internal LU number within the CU For Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform indicated by a hexadecimal number The first two characters of iLU are the number of the logical DKC Disk Controller the middle two numbers are the CU number and the last two characters are the internal LU number within the CU When a virtual ID is not used a hyphen is displayed Physical ChaPort Legend Not displayed When a path is migrated using a virtual ID displays port number of the CHA that is connected by the migration destination path When a virtual ID is not used a hyphen is displayed
338. i Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 88 Enter a desired interval in New Span sec The specifiable range is between 0 and 3600 seconds with a default of 0 We recommend setting a value of 0 To leave the monitoring interval as is leave New Span sec blank type and press the Enter key You will be returned to the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu Note that when you specify a monitoring interval of 0 even if you specify the maximum number of messages in 7 Max messages per span the amount of integrated trace information to be output will not be adjusted Press the Enter key The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears again In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 7 and press the Enter key A screen to set the maximum number of messages output to the integrated trace file based on the monitoring interval specified in 6 Lookout span will appear The current value is displayed in Current Max sec Hitachi Network Objectpla Type the number of max Adjust the maximum number of messages output to the integrated trace files in New Max sec The specifiable range is between 0 messages and 500 messages with a default of 0 If you want to increase the number of messages which are output to the integrated trace file as much as possible we recommend setting a value of 0 When you specify a monitoring interval of 0 in
339. iately In a virtual I O server environment you cannot migrate HDLM when you are running PowerHA services The following procedure explains how to migrate HDLM in an PowerHA environment This procedure explains how to migrate HDLM when you are using PowerHA 6 1 For details about how to use PowerHA see the PowerHA documentation along with this manual To migrate HDLM in an PowerHA environment 1 Log in to AIX as the root user 2 If disk heartbeats are set delete the disk heartbeat settings because you need to change the disk name from dimfdrv to hdisk For details see the PowerHA documentation 3 Stop PowerHA on the standby host 4 Migrate HDLM on the standby host To do so perform steps 10 to 26 in Migrating from HDLM Version 5 8 1 or Earlier to Version 5 9 or Later on page 3 56 on the standby host 5 Start PowerHA on the standby host When PowerHA starts a warning message may be output stating that the custom disk method file usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dim hacmp gdisk check does not exist This message can be ignored because it does not affect any operations The following is an example of such a message Creating an HDLM Environment 3 61 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 10 11 12 LS 14 WARNING Custom disk method ghostdisks s file usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dlm_ hacmp gdisk check does not exist or is not executable on node xxx Name of the node being
340. ices have been successfully deleted or changed to Defined the HDLM manager stops Note that the hdisk recognized as a boot disk will not be deleted or changed to Defined Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev e f A s h Parameters e Changes the status of hdisks recognized as HDLM managed devices to Defined f Deletes all hdisks recognized as devices that are either managed by HDLM or intended to be managed by HDLM A Unmounts file systems and deactivates volume groups that are being used by HDLM before deleting the hdisks that are recognized as HDLM management target devices or changing the status of those hdisks to Defined s Prevents the confirmation message for unmounting and deactivating the volume groups when the a parameter is specified h Displays the format of the dimrmdev utility 7 30 Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Note Before executing the dimrmdev utility stop all processes and services using the paths managed by HDLM If you execute the dimrmdev utility without stopping the processes and services that are using the paths managed by HDLM hdisks recognized as HDLM management target devices might not be deleted completely or changed to the Defined status Examples In the following example the utility unmounts the file system used by HDLM inactivates the volume group used by HDLM and deletes all the hdisks recognized as HDLM management target devices
341. id off HDLM Subclass node KAPL10800 I The dlimodmset utility completed normally If the unique_id value is on the unique_id method is being used If it is off the PVID method is being used If the unique _id method is being used proceed to step 8 Execute the following command to activate the volume group that is using the virtual SCSI disk of the HDLM management target hdisk varyonvg volume group name Execute the following command to mount the file system under control of the volume group in the client logical partition mount file system mount point Execute the following command to back up the volume group in the client logical partition savevg i f any file name or device volume name volume group name Execute the following command to unmount the file system in the client logical partition umount file system mount point Execute the following command to delete the volume group in the client logical partition reducevg df volume group name hdisk name Execute the following command to delete the virtual SCSI disk in the client logical partition rmdev dl hdisk name Creating an HDLM Environment 3 57 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 58 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Execute the following command to delete the virtual target device in the virtual I O server S rmdev dev vtscsin Insert the DVD ROM If there is no directory fo
342. ide for AIX The dynamic I O path control function can be set for each storage system or LU The checking interval for reviewing the switching status information can also be set in order to properly follow the switching of controllers performed by the storage system The following is an example of setting the dynamic I O path control function usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set dpc on pathid 000001 lu usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr set dpcintvl 10 Specify on to enable the dynamic I O path control function or off to disable the function For the pathid parameter specify an LU or the ID of a path connected to the storage system For the dpcintvl parameter specify the checking interval in minutes for reviewing the information about the switching of controllers performed by the storage system Setting the Error Log Collection Level 3 78 The error log the HDLM manager log dlmmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 collection level can be set The following table lists and describes the values for the error log collection level setting Table 3 13 Values for the Error Log Collection Level Setting Value Description No error logs are collected All information for errors of the Error level or higher is collected All information for errors of the Warning level or higher is collected All information for errors of the Information level or higher is collected All in
343. ify the interval in minutes from the time the previous path status check finished until the time the next path status check started You can specify a check interval from 1 to 1440 The default is 60 Optional Optional _monitor intermittent error 3 4 Specify one of the following values to indicate whether to enable or disable intermittent error monitoring on Enabled off Disabled default Optional Optional intermittent error monitor interval 4 intermittent_error _monitor_number 4 Specify the interval in minutes that monitoring for intermittent errors is performed You can specify a check interval from 1 to 1440 The default is 210 Specify the number of times an error that is assumed to be an intermittent error occurs You can specify a value from 1 to 99 The default is 3 Optional Optional Optional Optional dynamic _io path_co ntrol Specify whether to enable or disable the dynamic I O path control function by using the values below Note that if this function is set the setting for each storage system or LU is cleared on Enabled off Disabled default Optional Optional dynamic _io path_co ntrol_ interval For the dynamic I O path control function specify the checking interval in minutes for reviewing the information about the switching of controllers performed by the storage system gt You can set the checking interval from 1 to
344. igure the cluster Therefore when HDLM manages the paths that are connected to an Oracle RAC voting disk change the following settings according to your version of Oracle RAC When using Oracle RAC 10g 10 1 0 3 0 or later or Oracle RAC iig Change the value of MISSCOUNT to match the type of storage system To do so use the following table to obtain the value to be specified and then change the current value to a value equal to or greater than the value you have obtained Table 3 22 Formula for Calculating MISSCOUNT Storage system type Formula for obtaining the value of MISSCOUNT Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS _ number of paths connected to the voting disk x 30 SMS series seconds HUS100 series Thunder 9500V series Hitachi USP series number of paths connected to the voting disk x 60 Lightning 9900V series seconds Universal Storage Platform V VM series Virtual Storage Platform series HUS VM When using Oracle RAC 10g 10 2 0 2 0 or later or Oracle RAC 11g In addition to the value of MISSCOUNT shown above also change the value of DISKTIMEOUT As with MISSCOUNT the value to be specified in DISKTIMEOUT is determined by the type of storage system To make the change use the following table to obtain the value to be specified and then change the current value to a value equal to or greater than the value you have obtained Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Table 3 2
345. ilback on 60 Intermittent Error Monitor 2 Off Dynamic I O Path Control off 10 HDLM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive XX MAR yyyy mm dd hh mm ss HDLM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4000 HDLM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss License Type Expiration Permanent KAPL01001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Among the displayed items HDLM Manager HDIM Alert Driver and HDIM Driver indicate the HDLM component information Also you can view information for each HDLM component Execute the dlnkmgr command s view operation with the sys and subsequent parameter specified The following shows an example in which the command is executed HDLM Operation 4 13 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys msrv usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys adrv usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys pdrv Starting and Stopping the HDLM Manager If an error occurs in the system such as in an HDLM program you may need to manually stop or start HDLM to recover from the error Starting the HDLM Manager To start the HDLM manager log in to AIX as a user with root permissions and then execute the following command startsrc s DLMManager Lower case characters can be used for the command name dimmanager startsrc s dlmmanager The sta
346. ilback Intermittent error monitoring starts right when the path is recovered from the error by performing an automatic failback Monitoring is performed on each individual path When a value of 2 or more is specified for the number of times an error needs to occur make sure that the condition shown in Setting Up the Automatic Failback Function on page 3 76 is satisfied To determine whether a path is invalid for an automatic failback you can use the results of the dlnkmgr command s view operation The following is an example of setting up intermittent error monitoring by using a command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set iem on intvl 20 iemnum 2 on specifies that intermittent error monitoring is to be used To disable intermittent error monitoring specify off When you set this parameter to on you can specify intermittent error conditions by using the intvl and iemnum parameters Specify the monitoring interval for an intermittent error in the intvl parameter and the number of times that the error needs to occur in the iemnum parameter When these parameters are omitted the default values of 210 and 3 are used respectively Setting Up Dynamic I O Path Control To prevent degrading of I O performance this function dynamically switches the output controllers for HDLM following the switching of controllers performed by the storage system Creating an HDLM Environment 3 77 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Gu
347. ile and licensekey keys 1 Enter one key and one setting per line 2 If the value is not of an allowable type an error will occur 3 You need to delete the licensekeyfile key if you specify the licensekey key However you do not need to delete the licensekey key if you specify the licensekeyfile key 7 34 Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX If no value is specified for either of these keys the files below are read in the order listed a License key file var tmp hdlm_ license b File containing the license key var DLM dlm lic_ key If none of these files exist when you attempt to perform a new installation unattended installation ends with an error 4 When you perform a new installation of HDLM or when you perform an upgrade installation while the license is expired prepare the license key or the license key file DISK_DEFAULT_SETTINGS section This section defines operation information for the HDLM default settings modification utility dlmchpdattr This section can be omitted If the section name is omitted or the section contains no defined keys the dlmchpdattr utility cannot be used to specify settings For details about the dimchpdattr utility see d mchpdattr Utility for Changing HDLM Default Settings on page 7 13 The following table lists and describes the keys defined in the DISK DEFAULT SETTINGS section Table 7 6 Keys in the DISK_DEFAULT_S
348. ils see the Notification of Software License Key provided with this package Install HDLM in a multi user mode environment The HDLM dedicated device files below are created when HDLM is installed Do not use these device files dev dimadrv dev rdlmfdrvio dev rdlmcldrv HDLM version 5 9 or later cannot coexist with Auto Path Auto Path XP Hitachi Path Manager or HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier Before installing HDLM version 5 9 or later you must remove any installed copies of these products For details on migrating from HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier see Migrating from HDLM Version 5 8 1 or Earlier to Version 5 9 or Later on page 3 56 When HDLM is installed all devices shown under Devices that HDLM can manage in Devices Managed by HDLM on page 2 3 are set to be targets for HDLM management When installing HDLM on a host where version 5 0 or later of a Device Manager agent is installed do not execute any of the following Device Manager agent commands during the installation hbsasrv HiScan hdvmagt_account hdvmagt_ schedule hldutil TIC Notes on an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM When you upgrade or re install HDLM note the following Information such as the driver configuration HDLM functionality settings and log files will be inherited without being initialized when the upgrade installation or re installation is complete For details on the information to be inherited see Table 3 11 List o
349. increases it will take less time to overwrite the old trace information with the new information For normal operation we recommend that you set the trace level to 0 If you set the trace level to a value higher than necessary HDLM performance might decrease or trace information required to analyze the cause of an error might be overwritten The following is an example of setting up the trace level by using a command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set systflv 1 Specify the trace level in as a number Setting the Error Log File Size The error log file size the HDLM manager log dimmgrn 1log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 can be set You can specify a value in kilobytes from 100 to 2000000 for the error log file size The specified value is applied for HDLM manager logs When an error log file reaches the specified size the information in the old error log file is replaced with new information beginning with the oldest file By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files you can collect up to 32000000KB approximately 30 GB of error logs in total The following shows an example of executing the command to set the error log file size Creating an HDLM Environment 3 79 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set elfs 1000 Specify the size of the error log file in kilobytes Setting the Number of Error Log Files The number of the
350. ined aa aa Collected file name bb bb Year month day hour minute second Action None KAPL10021 I Processing terminated before completion because a signal was received Messages Details The process has been terminated by an operation such as Ctrl C Action The utility for collecting HDLM error information Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation terminated before completion If the directory is unnecessary delete directory For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10022 The utility for collecting HDLM error Details I information completed normally Error information has been collected Action None For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10030 A user terminated the utility for collecting Details I HDLM error information Processing of the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information has been terminated because the user replied to the confirmation with an n response Action None For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10031 The entered value is invalid Continue Details Ww operation y n A value other than y or n has been entered for
351. ing e Target ID hexadecimal number e Host LU number hexadecimal number For details about each element of the path name and its representation in AIX see Table 6 13 Elements of a Path Name on page 6 52 ChaPort l Port number of the CHA which identifies the CHA port that is mounted on the storage system You can identify an actual CHA port by referencing this number from the storage system management program The number of the CLPR to which the CHA port belongs indicated by a decimal number from 0 to Command Reference 6 61 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 6 62 Displayed item No summary Summary displayed displayed Description 31 Note that a hyphen is displayed if the following items are subject to display e CHA ports in the storage system that do not support cache logical partition functionality Paths connected to the Snapshot image of the Copy on write Snapshot of the Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series Status Status of the path e Online Online e Offline c Offline status caused by a command operation Offline E Offline due to an error Online E Failure has occurred If none of the paths accessing one LU have an Online status one of those paths is changed to the Online E status Paths that are Offline E or Online E require corrective action The appropriate action can be determined by referring to What To Do for a Path Error on
352. ing an HDLM Environment 3 103 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 25 26 27 mkvdev vdev hdisk name vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter name o To create a logical volume as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev logical volume name vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter nam Execute the following command in the client logical partition to reconfigure the device cfgmgr Execute the following command in the client logical partition to check that the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk lsdev Cc disk Make sure that the following execution result is displayed hdiskl Available Virtual SCSI Disk Drive Execute the following command to restore the backed up volume group restvg f any desired file name or device name hdisk name Removing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 When you remove HDL if the KAPLO09019 E Or KAPLO9020 E message is output follow the directions below to remove HNTRLib2 To remove HNTRLib2 3 104 1 2 Log in to AIX as the root user Execute the following command to unregister the name of the bundled program products opt hitachi HNTRLib2 etc hntr2cancel Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager Execute the following command opt hitachi HNTRLib2 etc hntr2setup The HNTRLib2 setup menu will appear From the Setup menu select 9 HNTRLib2 will be removed If HNTRLib2 is not being used by any other programs
353. ings file from n to y However in that case this procedure must be modified as described below The host does not restart after the KAPLO09211 I message is output step 11 Before you perform step 13 execute the following command to restart the host shutdown Fr If a single path configuration is used connect cables to all HBAs to change the configuration to a multi path configuration Note that regardless of the configuration do not execute the cfgmgr command Execute either of the following commands To execute installux sh cdrom installux sh f any directory installation information settings file To execute installhdim cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool instutil installhdlm f any directory installation information settings file Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during installation you do not have to restart the host During installation the KAPLO9241 w message might be output In this case installation of HDLM continues but installation of HDLM components has failed After installing HDLM resolve the problem according to the KAPL09241 wW message if necessary When installation is successful the KAPLO9211 I message is output and the host restarts After the host has restarted check to make sure that Creating an HDLM Environment 3 71 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 13 14 IS 16 17 the settings have been updated as specifi
354. inkManager bin dlmpostrestore A message for confirming whether to continue processing is displayed KAPL10552 1 is displayed in a local boot disk environment and KAPL10555 I is displayed in a boot disk environment To continue processing enter y in response to this message If you executed the utility in a boot disk environment you must then restart the host For details about the dimpostrestore utility see d mpostrestore Utility for HDLM Restoration Support on page 7 25 HDLM Operations Using Commands This section explains how to use the HDLM command For details on the various command operations see Chapter 6 Command Reference on page 6 1 Notes on Using Commands e Execute the command as a user with root permissions e To specify a parameter value containing one or more spaces enclose the entire value in double quotation marks Viewing Path Information This section explains how to display path information by using an HDLM command HDLM Operation 4 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX To display path information execute the dlnkmgr command s view operation with the path parameter specified The following example shows how to execute the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view path To display information only for the paths accessing the specified host device execute the dlnkmgr command s view operation with the path and hdev parameters specified The following exampl
355. installed in an environment in which the JDK has not been installed the KAPL09241 W message is displayed If linkage with Global Link Manager is not used this message requires no action Note that the display of the KAPL09241 W message does not affect HDLM operation Storage Systems Supported by HDLM Storage Systems HDLM supports the following storage systems Creating an HDLM Environment 3 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX e Hitachi Universal Storage Platform V e Hitachi Universal Storage Platform VM e XP128 XP1024 XP10000 XP12000 XP20000 XP24000 e Thunder 9500V series e Lightning 9900V series e Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series e Hitachi NSC55 e Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 100 e Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 600 e Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 1100 e Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform e P9500 e SVS e HUS100 series e HUS VM The applicable storage systems require a dual controller configuration If you use the system in a hub connected environment you must set unique loop IDs for all connected hosts and storage systems For details about microprograms see the HDLM Release Notes HBA For applicable HBAs see the HDLM Release Notes When Handling Intermediate Volumes Managed by Hitachi RapidXchange The following table lists the related programs that are required when you convert data with intermediate volumes managed by Hitachi RapidXchange Table 3 2 HDLM Related Programs Requ
356. intenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO3004 A critical error occurred in the HDLM API Details C aa aa This information is required for resolving problems aa aa API trace error information Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a Messages 8 35 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO3006 An access to the HDLM driver causes an Details E error aa aa This information is required for resolving problems aa aa API trace error information Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO3007 An error occurred during communication Details E with the HDLM manager aa aa This informnason is required for resolving problems aa aa API trace er
357. ions are not performed on the paths coming from the standby host in the cluster configuration or on non owner paths that is some of the paths that access a Thunder 9500V series or Hitachi AMS WMS series storage system Because of this for the standby host or for a host connected to non owner paths we recommend that you use path health checking to detect errors This enables the system to use the most up to date path status information when selecting the next path to use You can configure path health checking by executing the dinkmgr command s set operation For details on the set operation see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 Distributing a Load by Using the Dynamic I O Path Control Function The result of using HDLM load balancing to distribute a load can be improved by applying the HDLM dynamic I O path control function to the storage system in which the dynamic load balance control function is installed What is the Dynamic Load Balance Control Function In a system configuration in which multiple hosts and a storage system are connected the I O processing load tends to concentrate on the controller of the storage system causing throughput performance of the entire system decrease The dynamic load balance controller function evaluates such load statuses on the controller and prevents storage system performance from decreasing The following is a list of the storage systems that provide the dynamic lo
358. ired When Handling Intermediate Volumes Managed by Hitachi RapidXchange Related Programs AIX 5L V5 3 File Access Library and File Conversion Utility FAL FCU 01 03 56 20 or later File Access Library and File Conversion Utility FAL FCU 01 04 64 21 or later File Access Library and File Conversion Utility FAL FCU 01 05 66 25 or later File Access Library and File Conversion Utility FAL FCU 01 06 67 21 or later For details about Hitachi RapidXchange see the SANRISE2000 SANRISE9900 SANRISE Universal Storage Platform Hitachi Universal Storage 3 6 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Platform V Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform FAL for AIX FAL for HP UX FAL for Solaris FAL for Windows FAL for NCR UNIX FAL for HI UX WE2 FAL for Tru64 UNIX FAL for LINUX User s Guide Cluster Software Supported by HDLM The following table lists the related programs required when you combine cluster configurations Table 3 3 HDLM Related Programs When Combining Cluster Configurations Related Programs AIX 5L V5 3 PowerHA 6 1 Oracle RAC 10g 10 1 0 5 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access ASM raw devices Oracle RAC 10g 10 2 0 2 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access ASM raw devices or raw devices 1 Oracle RAC 10g 10 2 0 3 0 If the HDLM device is specified for direct access ASM raw devices 1 2 Oracle RAC 10g 10 2 0 4 0 If the HDLM device
359. is applied in order to use PowerHA in a client partition In an Oracle RAC environment the hdisk for an HDLM managed device is specified as a disk used by Oracle RAC e PowerHA 7 1 is used PR_exclusive Uses persistent reservations exclusive host methodology to reserve disks PR shared Uses persistent reservations shared host methodology to reserve disks About changing the reservation policy o You should check that the hdisk is not being accessed by any other programs before you attempt to change the reservation policy o When you change the reservation policy the I O count and error count are cleared o The status of the paths is changed to Online o Make sure that there are no path errors before you change the reservation policy If the reservation policy is changed while there is an error in a path the erroneous path is deleted To recover from this status resolve the error and then execute one of the following commands mkdev 1 hdisk name cfgmgr 3 90 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Settings for Using PowerHA To use PowerHA install HDLM on all hosts comprising the cluster configure the hdisks set up the storage system if using Thunder 9500V series or Hitachi AMS WMS series devices and register the HDLM script for PowerHA Also set up the same reservation policy in all of the hdisks that are shared by multiple hosts in the cluster Storage
360. is chapter describes how to check the HDLM function settings before any changes are made by using the dinkmgr command s view operation Check the current settings by executing the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys sfunc HDLM Version i XXe ROKK Service Pack Version Load Balance on extended lio Support Cluster Elog Level 3 Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files 2 2 Trace Level 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback on 60 Intermittent Error Monitor 2 Off Dynamic I O Path Control Off 1 0 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss To check the current audit log settings execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys audlog Audit Log off Audit Log Category Audit Log Facility z KAPL01001 I The HDLM command domplete normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Setting Up the HDLM Functions The table below summarizes the functions that can be set in HDLM For details about each function see Setting Up Load Balancing on page 3 75 and subsequent sections Each function has a default value and a recommended value If no function is set by the HDLM command s set operation the default value is applied for each function The recommended values are used as th
361. is displayed during installation you do not have to restart the host If you execute the dimrmdev utility without the e parameter specified at step 3 or 7 and then the KAPLO9048 E message is displayed the hdisk for the device that is managed by HDLM still remains If you execute the dimrmdev utility with the e parameter specified at step 3 or 7 and then the KAPLO9048 E message is displayed the hdisk for the device that is managed by HDLM still remains and its status is Available Re execute the procedure in step 3 During installation the KAPLO9241 w message might be output In this case installation of HDLM continues but installation of HDLM components has failed After installing HDLM resolve the problem according to the KAPL09241 w message if necessary For a re installation execute the following command o When installing HDLM from the DVD ROM directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted installux sh or installp axFd directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted HDLM AIX all o When installing HDLM from the directory to which the DVD ROM was copied directory copied from DVD ROM installux sh or installp axFd directory copied from DVD ROM HDLM AIX all Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during installation you do not have to restart the host If you execute the dimrmdev utility without the e parameter specified at step 3 or 7 and then the KAPLO904
362. is invalid operation ada aa KAPL11001 to KAPL12000 Message ID KAPL11901 I Message Text aa aa has started Messages Details The specified operation is invalid aa aa invalid operation character string Action Execute help of the dimodmset utility to check the operations that can be specified and then retry For details on the dlmodmset utility see KAPLO8001 to KAPLO9000 on page 8 55 Explanation Details The operation has started on the host aa aa Operation character string o Get Path Information o Get Option Information Set Option Information Clear Data Get HDLM Manager Status Get HDLM Driver Status Get HDLM Alert Driver Status 8 111 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 112 Message ID Message Text Explanation Get SNMP Trap Information Set SNMP Trap Information Set LU Load Balance Get Path Status Log Information Get Local Time Add Path Information Delete Path Information Set Storage Identification Information Action None KAPL11902 I aa aa has started PathID bb bb Details The operation has started on the management target host aa aa Operation character string o Online o Offline bb bb The Path ID of the target path decimal number Action None KAPL11903 I aa aa has completed normally Details Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User
363. is window Creating an HDLM Environment 3 91 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Extended Configuration Extended Resource Configuration HACMP Extended Resource Configuration Configure Custom Disk Methods and finally choose Add Custom Disk Methods In the Add Custom Disk Methods window specify the items as shown below The items to be set and setting contents are shown below Disk Type PdDvLn field from CuDv o When a XP series is used disk fcp HP o When a Thunder 9500V series Lightning 9900V series excluding XP series Hitachi USP series excluding XP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series excluding XP20000 and XP24000 Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series HUS100 series or HUS VM is used disk fcp Hitachi Method to identify ghost disks SCSI3 Method to determine if a reserve is held usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dim hacmp gdisk reserve check Method to break a reserve TARGET Break reserves in parallel false Method to make the disk available MKDEV When you finish specifying the settings click the OK button From the SMIT window display the Single Select List window Choose the following sequence of menu items to display this window Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Extended Configuration and finally choose Extended Verification and Synchronization Setting
364. ity REQUIFEMENKS cceeseeeseeeeeeeeeenaeesaeteneeeaeeeaeeeneees 3 10 MEMORY REGUINGMENtS siitsissadatadiensacetibekevaitesssleianissbebidiaenetatininicidenisabns 3 10 Disk Capacity REQUIreIMeNntS 0scccssccceseeseescesesceeecsseseeseseeesesessenesseees 3 10 Number of LUs and Paths That Are Supported in HDLM cccccseeseeeeeeeseeeenees 3 11 Flow for Creating an HDLM EnvirOnment c csscccseecesseecsseeceseessneessneensneeseneessans 3 11 Types of HDLM TiStanaUlOn scan cecsacesansmnatransancauidessdatatsataacensasbatanceiaasiuas ceeassarasaenanss 3 12 Notes on Creating an HDLM ENVirOniMentvatarsssssiacuncatsassbinarenniasamiiasanacdsnntinmadabaasan 3 13 Notes on Installing FDU cosscsciscstoncccezaaiecatncasaacsanacsecansandareacassauadtaeiareendenescacenne 3 13 Notes on an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM ss sssssrssssrrsreenn 3 13 Notes on the Virtual I O Sev elivcicssisass sscanwineadbaaaonanabaisslsiiaaidaansacsabinaainnmntamnaaania 3 14 Notes on a License Key osnicncurianaciacanicausiiesaniansiennaaiiesnetasialaana blamcmbanankuenameaees 3 15 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Notes on Mil gs eg cc eee nn a ee nee ee ne eer 3 15 Notes on Storage SYSIEM Siwscaveidussiansstaninaunmescnonsannadsvenantoian aai 3 16 Notes o the CISCO sissien naaa e aa a G 3 16 Notes onthe A tomatie FailbaGK icisisrssannnninnanisnnannnninnina nna aain aaa aia 3 17 Notes on the queue_depth Pa
365. ity for Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 KAPL13012 W Too many parameters have been specified Action Specify the h option in the HDLM migration support utility confirm the option that should be specified and then re execute For details about the dimmigsts utility see dimmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 KAPL13013 E The directory for storing the specified file could not be created Filename aa aa Details aa aa Filename character string Action There is not enough capacity to store the specified file in the directory Make sure there is enough capacity and then try again For details about the dimmigsts utility see dimmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 KAPL13014 E An internal error occurred in the dimmigsts utility Error Code aa aa Execute the DLMgetras utility to collect error information and then contact your vendor or maintenance company Refer to the HDLM User s Guide for instructions how to execute the DLMgetras utility Messages Details aa aa Error Code decimal number Action 8 117 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL13015 E There is an invalid character in the file parameter aa aa Filenam
366. iv DOCUMENT organizatio Mssari Aara RAEN XV Related documents sss ssssssssnssresarserssnnnssrosannensenersnronanrensenatsenonanrennesarnsnasannennennnne XV D c ment conventiOnS sesno a E aa ENARE EE xvi Conventions for storage capacity valuesS sssssssssssrssrrsrrrrrrnrrrrrrnnrnnrrnrrnnrresrnnrrenree xvi Accessing product documentation s ssesssssrsrressrserosnsrsnronsennronnenanssnneannnnnenareenenan xvii Getting Nepe seee one E E EE E E E ner xvii COMMENTS scame rr seana E E E E AE EER xvii 1 Overview of HDLM ssssessenssrsrrsrrersrrenrenrnrnnrnnrnnrnnrnrrnrenrerrenrnrrnrenrennne 1 1 What is IDI 9 ode cioce cede aaletmceinsteadescled sticdncadddacimcscucess snnaalbeuiecateddetanccaaddedsectestcedssencisiues 1 2 HOLNI Sey a ieee tare onsite E E a e E a eiea 1 2 2 ADLM UNC TION Sarsan rnar a EEEE 2 1 Devices Managed by HDLM s ssssesssrsssssesssnsenesssnensenansennnssnosnsnannosnnssnnosaenennenereennnan 2 3 System Configuratio isss ssena SEE a ES EEEa 2 3 LOUContigura tOM siipeni a aE a a a a 2 5 Programi COMME UIA ON issides siada aa E E E 2 6 Position of the HDLM Driver and hdiSk sssssssssssssssssrrsrrrnrrssrrnsrrnrrrnrrnnrrnnrnnrrrerrnnns 2 7 Distributing a Load Using Load Balancing ssssssssssssssssrrssrrssrsssrrnnrrnnrrnnnrnsrnnnnrnnrennn 2 8 Paths to which load balancing is applied s sssessesssssssrssssssrssrrnsrsnrrnrrrnrrerrrsrnes 2 10 When Using the Thunder 9500V Series or Hita
367. iver aa aa was successful Details The filter driver outputs this message for maintenance aa aa Device minor number bb bb Message output location information cc cc Detailed information 1 dd dd Detailed information 2 Action None Explanation Details Initialization of the alert driver aa aa alert driver management table address hexadecimal number completed normally Action None KAPLO6004 E Could not allocate memory aa aa bb bb Messages Details An attempt to reserve memory to save alert information has failed aa aa Program line hexadecimal number bb bb Target memory size hexadecimal number Action Check whether the HDLM driver has started normally If it has not started or contains an error execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then 8 51 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM and report the error and detail code For details on the DiMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO6009 I Invalid IOCTL aa aa was received Details The processing is canceled A request having an invalid IOCTL code aa aa IOCTL code hexadecimal number was issued to the alert d
368. kilobytes Setting the Number of Trace Files 3 80 You can set the number of the trace files Trace files for which the number of files can be set are hdlmtrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 For the number of the trace files you can specify a value from 2 to 64 If you specify a value smaller than the value that has already been specified the Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX KAPLO1097 W message will be displayed to confirm the execution and the trace file will be temporarily deleted By specifying both the trace file size and the number of trace files you can collect up to 1024000KB of trace data The following is an example of setting up the number of trace files by using a command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set systfn 10 Specify the number of trace files by using numbers Setting Up Audit Log Data Collection You can set whether to collect audit log data If you want to collect audit log data you must also specify the collection level for audit log data and the audit log categories The table below lists and describes the values for the audit log collection level setting An audit log data collection level is a severity level The default is 6 Table 3 15 Values Indicating Audit Log Data Collection Levels value ave No audit log data is collected Critical level audit log data is collected Critical level and Error level au
369. kup setting for HDLM before the backup Only use CD ROMs or DVD ROMs that are compatible with the corresponding server If both of the following conditions are satisfied execute this utility e When you want to back up the OS HDLM installation environment into CD ROMs or DVD ROMs by using the OS commands e When the error message KAPLO9292 W was output during HDLM installation Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpremkcd c u h Parameters c Adds information for HDLM backup to the OS backup setting 7 28 Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Deletes the HDLM backup information from the OS backup setting and restore the setting to its original state h Displays the format of the dlmpremkcd utility Examples In the following example the utility adds information for HDLM backup to the OS backup setting usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpremkcd c KAPL13145 I The dlmpremkcd utility will be executed Is this OK y n y KAPL13141 I The dlimpremkcd utility completed successfully In the following example the utility deletes the HDLM backup information from the OS backup setting and restore the setting to its original state usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpremkcd u KAPL13145 I The dlmpremkcd utility will be executed Is this OK y nl y KAPL13141 I The dlimpremkcd utility completed successfully In the following example the utility dis
370. l target device Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Execute the following command on the virtual I O server When creating an hdisk as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev hdisk name vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter name When creating a logical device as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev logical volume nam vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter nam 20 Execute the following command in the client logical partition to reconfigure the device cfgmgr 21 Execute the following command in the client logical partition to confirm that the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk If the following message is displayed then the physical volume hdisk was recognized correctly lsdev Cc disk hdiskl Available Virtual SCSI Disk Drive When Installing HDLM on Alternate Disks Perform the procedure below if you want to install HDLM on an alternate disk in a local boot disk environment or a boot disk environment Only upgrade installations and re installations are supported when HDLM is installed on alternate disks 1 Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation to log in to AIX 2 If the license has expired prepare the license key or license key file If the license has not expired proceed to step 3 o When only the license key has been provided Create the var DLM direct
371. lains how to add and delete paths Adding a Path to a Volume Group Other than rootvg Connect the path to the system and execute the following command cfgmgr Adding a Path to a Device Included in rootvg The following shows an example of adding a path to hdisko in an environment where rootvg consists of hdiskO and hdisk1l 1 Connect the path to the system and then execute the following command cfgmgr 2 Check the list of current boot disks The following shows an example of executing the command bootlist m normal o hdiskO blv hd5 hdiskl blv hd5 3 Specify a boot disk according to the host environment to be used The following shows an example of executing the command bootlist m normal hdiskO hdiskl 4 Make sure that the boot disk is configured with the specified number of paths The following shows an example of executing the command HDLM Operation 4 21 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX bootlist m normal o hdiskO blv hd5 hdiskO blv hd5 hdiskl blv hd5 Deleting a Path of a Volume Group Other than rootvg 4 22 The following shows an example of deleting a path of a volume group other than rootvg i Execute the following HDLM command to check the OS management path ID of the path that is to be deleted and to determine the devices hdisk name connected to the path usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view drv PathID HDevName OSPathID LDEV 000000 hdisk5 000
372. layed Creating an HDLM Environment 3 53 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX If there is even one BROKEN status displayed remove HDLM and then or delete the standby BOS and then re create perform a new installation the standby BOS 10 Execute the HDLM command s view operation to display the status of the programs The following is an example of executing the command 11 12 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys HDLM Version 2 XX KOK Load Balance on rr Support Cluster Elog Level 3 Elog File Size KB 9900 Number Of Elog Files 2 Trace Level 0 Trace File Size KB 1000 Number Of Trace Files 4 Path Health Checking on 30 Auto Failback OEE Intermittent Error Monitor off Dynamic I O Path Control off 10 HDLM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive XX XXX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss HDLM Alert Driver Ver WakeupTime ElogMem Size Alive XXX XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss 4000 HDIM Driver Ver WakeupTime Alive X X X XX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss License Type Expiration Permanent KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Even if cluster software is used the name of the cluster software is not displayed in Support Cluster However the cluster support function is operating normally Use the view operation to check the installed version of HDLM If x x x xx is displayed for HDIM Version the installed ve
373. layed for HDIM Version the installed version of HDLM is correct x x x xx s the installed version of HDLM 7 Use the view operation to check whether the programs are running properly If HDLM Manager HDIM Alert Driver and HDIM Driver are all Alive all programs are running correctly Migrating from HDLM Version 5 8 1 or Earlier to Version 5 9 or Later 3 56 When HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier is migrated to HDLM version 5 9 or later the logical device file that can be controlled by the HDLM driver changes from the HDLM device dimfdrvn to hdisk If the user application uses an LU managed by HDLM modify the user application appropriately Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX To migrate to HDLM version 5 9 or later 1 Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions o If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation for details about how to log in to AIX o If you are not using a virtual I O server proceed to step 10 2 Check the virtual SCSI disk recognition method being used Execute the dlmodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM in order to check the unique_id value The following shows an example of executing this utility when HDLM 5 6 3 has been installed dlmodmset o Inquiry Log gt on Inquiry Log File Size 1000 hdisk error check flag on HDIM pbuf count 16384 Lun Reset off unique
374. ld not be written to the pipe file while communicating with an HDLM command aa aa OS error code decimal base 10 number Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM 8 40 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL04019 Could not collect the error information Details E RC aa aa An attempt to read the log information from the alert driver failed aa aa API return code decimal base 10 number Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO4021 HDLM manager information aa aa Details I This information is required for resolving problems aa aa HDLM manager trace information Action None KAPLO4022 HDLM manager warning information Details W ad aa This information is required for resolving problems aa aa HDLM manager trace warning information Action Execute the
375. le shows how to place the path in Offline C status when the path goes through an HBA whose HBA adapter number is 08 and whose bus number is 11 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline hba 08 11 o If the NPIV option is set to on Use the fscsi number found in step 1 to execute the command below The following example shows how to place the path in Offline C status when the path goes through fscsi number 1 fscsil usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline hba 00 01 Execute the following command to delete the path that goes through the Fibre Channel switch to be replaced Specify the device name fscsi device of the HBA connected to the Fibre Channel switch that is to be replaced to delete the path where n is the instance number of the fscsi device rmpath p fscsin d Because the fscsi number found in step 1 is 1 scsi1 the result is as follows rmpath p fscsil d Execute the following command to get the name of the parent device lsdev C 1l fscsin F parent Delete the HBA device associated with the Fibre Channel switch that is to be replaced rmdev dl fscsin R Replace the Fibre Channel switch HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 Execute the following command to reconfigure the HBA device cfgmgr 1 fcsn fcsn indicates the name of the parent device that was acquired in step 5 n indicates the instance number of the fcs device 9 Execute the followi
376. lear offline online set OF view bb bb Parameter name cc cc Parameter value Action Execute help operation name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the parameter and parameter value and then retry For details on the help operation see help Displays the Operation Format on page 6 4 KAPLO1059 Cannot specify the parameter aa aa at Details W the same time if you specify parameter bb bb and parameter value cc cc Operation name dd dd A parameter value is conflicting with the value of another parameter bb bb Parameter name cc cc Parameter value aa aa Parameter name dd dd view or set Action Execute help operation name of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the parameter and parameter value and then 8 16 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation retry For details on the help operation see help Displays the Operation Format on page 6 4 KAPLO1060 I The user terminated the operation Operation name aa aa Details Command processing will be aborted because n was entered for a required confirmation ad aa online offline set Or clear Action None KAPLO1061 I aa aa path s were successfully placed bb bb cc cc path s were not Operation name dd dd Details This message indicates the number of the paths processed in an online offline
377. ler A B C D E EFE x r zZ oO U Ps n Glossary 4 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Non owner controllers exist only in when the Thunder 9500V series or Hitachi AMS WMS series See also owner controller non owner path non owner path A path that passes through a non owner controller Non owner paths exist only in when the Thunder 9500V series or Hitachi AMS WMS series See also owner path non owner controller O ODM Object Data Manager An AIX dedicated database for managing system information HDLM uses ODM to add or delete drivers owner controller A controller that has been set as an owner controller for an LU Owner controllers are only in the Thunder 9500V series or Hitachi AMS WMS series A controller other than an owner controller is called a non owner controller When using the Lightning 9900V series Hitachi USP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series Virtual Storage Platform series Hitachi AMS2000 series Hitachi SMS series HUS100 series or HUS VM all controllers are owner controllers See also owner path non owner controller owner path A path that passes through an owner controller for an LU in the Thunder 9500V series or Hitachi AMS WMS series A path that passes through a controller other than an owner controller is called a non owner path When using the Lightning 9
378. lers different LUs might also have different owner paths A non owner path is a path that passes through a CHA other than the owner controller This type of CHA is also known as a non owner controller An owner path is usually used in preference to a non owner path In order to prevent system performance from slowing down HDLM does not perform load balancing between owner HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX paths and non owner paths If failures occur across some of the owner paths load balancing will be performed among the remaining usable owner paths It is only when absolutely no owner paths are available that load balancing is then performed among the non owner paths For the example in Figure 2 7 Overview of load balancing on page 2 11 suppose that in the owner controller of LUO is CHAO When the LU is accessed the load is balanced between the two paths A and B which are both owner paths When one of the paths A cannot be used then the LU is accessed from the only other owner path B When the physical paths A and B cannot be used the load is balanced between the physical paths C and D that is between non owner paths Host Storage system Path gt Owner path gt O request Non owner path Legend Figure 2 7 Overview of load balancing When Using Other Than the Thunder 9500V Series and Hitachi AMS WMS Series All online paths are owner paths Therefore
379. les on the DVD ROM are copied make sure that the file organization has not been changed If the file organization has changed the installhdim utility might not function correctly mkdir cdrom mount r v cdrfs dev cd0 cdrom mkdir tmp hdlm cp rp cdrom HDLM AIX tmp hdlm cp p cdrom installux sh tmp hdlm If you copied the files on the DVD ROM to your desired directory proceed to step 6 If there is no directory for mounting the DVD ROM make the directory tt it it it mkdir cdrom cdrom is the desired directory name Hereafter cdrom is used for purposes of explanation Mount the DVD ROM mount r v cdrfs dev cd0 cdrom The dev cd0o part depends on the system If you are using a copy of the installhdim utility that you have placed in a separate directory to install HDLM make sure you copy the necessary files from the cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool instutil directory The necessary files to be copied from the cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool instutil directory are shown below o installhdlm o installhdlm_ analysis o dimrmdev Creating an HDLM Environment 3 69 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 70 10 Also these files need to be copied to the same directory to which the installhdim utility is copied For a new installation proceed to step 8 If you are upgrading or re installing HDLM back up the HDLM settings If an upgrade installation or re installation fai
380. les or disables automatic failback on Enabled off Disabled Enabling automatic failbacks might automatically place online paths online that were intentionally placed offline for example paths placed offline for maintenance work If you want to prevent such paths from automatically being placed online disable this function When intermittent errors occur in paths or storage systems statuses of paths alternates between the online and offline status frequently thus decreasing I O performance Automatic failbacks are performed on the following types of paths o Paths where an error occurred and for which the KAPLO8022 E message was displayed o Path where an error occurred during the startup of the HDLM manager To prevent intermittent errors from deteriorating I O performance we recommend that you also enable intermittent error monitoring when the automatic failback function is enabled Intermittent error monitoring is specifiable only when automatic failbacks are enabled See Table 6 5 Relationship Between the Setting for the Automatic Failback Function and Intermittent Error Monitoring and the Executable Operations on page 6 26 for the relationship between automatic failbacks and intermittent error monitoring When you specify on specify the checking interval by specifying the parameter immediately following on If you do not specify a checking interval path statuses will be checked in the following way o When the
381. les or disables the dynamic I O path control function for each storage system or LU The default value is off on Enabled off Disabled pathid path ID lu Sets the dynamic I O path control function to enabled or disabled for each LU Specify one of the IDs of the paths connected to the target LU pathid path ID storage Sets the dynamic I O path control function to enabled or disabled for each storage system Specify one of the IDs of the paths connected to the target storage system If the pathid parameter is not specified the setting is performed for each system and the setting for each storage system or LU is cleared dpcintvl checking interval Specifies the checking interval in minutes for reviewing information about switching of controllers performed by the storage system which is used in the dynamic I O path control function Specify a value in the range from 1 to 1440 The default value is 10 Executes the command without displaying the message asking for confirmation of command execution from the user Specify this parameter if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message for example when you want to execute the command in a shell script or batch file To Display the Format of the Set Operation help Displays the format of the set operation Example The following example shows how to display the format of the set operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set help set Format
382. ls Ww Operation name aa aa The specified host device name could not be found ad aa view Action Execute the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr view path to check the value displayed in HDevName Specify a host device for the value of HDevName and then retry Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 KAPLO1019 The target path was not found Operation Details W name aad aa aa aa offline online or view o offline online operation The specified path does not exist view operation The paths have not been configured because creation of the HDLM environment or configuration changes to the HDLM operating environment have not finished Action o offline online operation Use the view operation of the HDLM command dlnkmgr to check the settings and then retry For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 view operation Refer to Chapter 3 Creating an HDLM Environment on page 3 1 Creating an HDLM Environment or Changing the Configuration of the HDLM Operating Environment on page 4 15 and then configure any paths that exist If the same message appears again execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information acquire Messages 8
383. ls AIX automatically removes HDLM and the HDLM settings are deleted Perform this step so that a copy of the HDLM settings is available in this case If an upgrade installation or re installation fails perform a new installation and then re execute setup to reflect the settings that have been backed up o Save the HDLM environment settings information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys gt any file name Make sure that the license has not expired o Save the HDLM execution environment ODM settings usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset o gt any file name In the following cases prepare the license key or the license key file o If you are installing HDLM for the first time o If you are upgrading or re installing HDLM after the licensing term has expired If the directory that contains the license key or the license key file is specified in the installation information settings file you can use any storage directory name and file name The following shows examples of when the default storage directory specified in the installation information settings file is to be used o When only the license key has been provided Create the var DLM directory and then in this directory create the license key file dlm lic_ key The following shows an example when the license key is 123456789ABCDEF mkdir var DLM cho 123456789ABCDEF gt var DLM dlm lic_ key
384. m Disk Methods window To display this window choose the following sequence of menu items Communications Applications and Services HACMP for AIX Extended Configuration Extended Resource Configuration HACMP Extended Resources Configuration Configure Custom Disk Methods and finally choose Remove Custom Disk Methods 2 Inthe Select Custom Disk Methods window select the following item s and then delete it o When XP series is used disk fcp HP o When Thunder 9500V series Lightning 9900V series excluding XP series Hitachi USP series excluding XP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series excluding XP20000 and XP24000 Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series HUS100 series or HUS VM is used disk fcp Hitachi Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX HDLM Operation This chapter describes operating procedures for HDLM including how to operate HDLM and the HDLM manager and how to change the configuration of the operating environment Some of the cautionary notes in Notes on Using HDLM on page 4 2 are different for HDLM 5 8 1 or earlier and HDLM 5 9 or later In addition the contents of Changing the Configuration of the HDLM Operating Environment on page 4 15 have changed For details see Appendix B Differences Between HDLM Version 5 9 or Later and Version 5 8 1 or Earlier on page B 1 O O Notes on Using HDLM HDLM Operation
385. manages the installation or upgrade installation of software via a network A NIM client is a machine whose software installation status is managed by a NIM server nim o alt disk install a source rootvg a disk hdisk name hdisk name a filesets DLManager mpio rte a installp bundle NIM resource including HDLM NIM client For details about the alt_disk_copy and nim commands see the manual for AIX For a re installation execute the following command o When installing HDLM on an alternate disk from the DVD ROM alt_disk_copy d hdisk name hdisk name I aXF w DLManager mpio rte 1 directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted HDIM_AIX o When installing HDLM onto an alternate disk from the directory to which the DVD ROM was copied alt_disk_copy d hdisk name hdisk name I aXF w DLManager mpio rte 1 directory copied from DVD ROM HDLM AIX o When installing HDLM on an alternate disk on a NIM client from a NIM server by using the nim command A NIM server is a machine that manages the installation or upgrade installation of software via a network A NIM client is a machine whose software installation status is managed by a NIM server nim o alt disk install a source rootvg a disk hdisk name hdisk name a filesets DLManager mpio rte a installp bundle NIM resource including HDLM a installp flags axF NIM client For details about the alt disk copy and nim commands see the manual
386. matic failback Online operation after error recovery Error occurred on all paths that access the same LU Operating status actually blocked status Online E Blocked status Offline z O I Error on other paths that access the same UL is recovered Error occurred Online operation on a path in error status Verify the path in error status using automatic failback Figure 2 9 Path status transitions Legend Online operation Online operation performed by executing the dinkmgr command s online operation Offline operation Offline operation performed by executing the dinkmgr command s offline operation 1 When no Online or Offline E paths exist among the paths that access the same LU 2 When the following conditions are satisfied a path that has been determined to have an intermittent error also becomes subject to automatic failback o All the paths connected to an LU are Online E Offline E or Offline C o All the paths connected to an LU have been determined to have an intermittent error o The processing of continuous I O operations issued to an LU is successful 3 2 22 HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX This path is deleted when the AIX chdev command is executed on an hdisk where an Online or Offline E path exists To restore the deleted path remove the cause of the error and then execute the AIX
387. matically remove the path where an intermittent error is occurring from the paths that are subject to automatic failbacks This process is called intermittent error monitoring We recommend that you use intermittent error monitoring along with the automatic failback function A path in which an error occurs a specified number of times within a specified interval is determined to have an intermittent error The path where an intermittent error occurs has an error status until the user chooses to place the path back online Failbacks are not performed for such paths This status is referred to as the not subject to auto failback status Checking intermittent errors 2 24 You can check the paths in which intermittent errors have occurred by viewing the execution results of the HDLM command s view operation For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Setting up intermittent error monitoring When you enable the intermittent error monitoring function specify the following monitoring conditions the error monitoring interval and the number of times that the error needs to occur If an error occurs on a particular path the specified number of times within the specified error monitoring interval then an intermittent error will occur on the path For example if you specify 30 for the error monitoring interval and 3 for the number of ti
388. mation on page 6 33 What To Do for a Path Error When a path error is detected HDLM performs a failover on the path and outputs the KAPLO8022 E message This message indicates that an error has occurred in the components shown in the following figure that make up the path Troubleshooting 5 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX An error occurred below the SCSI driver Legend Storage system Path Figure 5 1 Error location when the KAPL08022 E message is output The following figure shows the troubleshooting procedure when the KAPLO8022 E message is output L Examine the messages Identify the error path Narrow down the hardware that may have caused the error Identify the error location and correct any hardware error Place the path online Examining the Messages Obtain Path Information Identifying the Error Path Narrowing Down the Hardware That Might Have Caused the Error Identifying the Error Location and Correcting any Hardware Error Placing the Path Online Figure 5 2 Troubleshooting procedure when a path error occurs The following shows the procedure for using the HDLM command dinkmgr to handle a path error 5 4 Troubleshooting Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Examining the messages Examine the message that is output to syslog in the management target host by using applications or tools for monitoring messages If the KAPLO8
389. mation of volume groups Maintenance Level txt mount txt Maintenance level of information displayed when the instfix i command was executed Mount information oslevel txt OS level information pagesize txt Memory page size PdAt txt PdAtxXtd txt Information of Object Database Manager Information of Object Database Manager PdPathAt txt Information of Object Database Manager Information of Object Database Manager ulimit a txt Information on the executing process Limits on system resources data segments stack segments file descriptors that are available to processes uname a txt Information on the AIX version whatlist txt Information output by the what command etc multibos logs etc VRTSvcs cont config op alog main cf Multibos log file VCS configuration definition file opt VRTSvcs bin triggers preonline VCS trigger file var VRTSvcs log var VRTSvcs all files under log VCS log file hacmp out output directory hacmp out PowerHA execution log etc vsd oemdisktypes lst VSD settings file var adm csd vsd log VSD execution log var adm ras boot log Utility Reference OS boot log file Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX An output directory is created in the specified directory when you open the getras tar Z file 2 In the actual file name
390. me group was set to PR exclusive Before shutting down a host execute the following command to inactivate the volume group varyoffvg volume group name If you shut down the volume group without inactivating it restart the host activate and then inactivate the volume group Notes on Errors in a Host If a cluster environment is not being used and an error occurs on a host where the reservation policy is set to PR_exclusive in order to exclusively use an LU other hosts are no longer able to access the LU In such a case execute the dimpr utility to clear the HDLM persistent reservation For details about the dimpr utility see d mpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation on page 7 25 While you are performing direct access operations by specifying the hdisk recognized as an HDLM management target device I O might fail if you perform the operation below Before performing this operation you should make sure that the volume group is inactive then perform the direct access operation by specifying the hdisk recognized as an HDLM management target device that is not being used o Using the dimpr utility to clear the reserve key HDLM Operation 4 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Notes on Enabling Both Primary and Secondary Volumes to Be Viewed From the Same Server To enable both primary and secondary volumes to be viewed from the same server operate the disks according to the following steps
391. me in AIX In an AIX environment each LU has only one Dev Each Dev has a Dev number Depending on the access method Devs are classified into two types block devices and character devices See also Dev number Dev number A number that is assigned to a device within an LU The device numbers are assigned sequentially from 0 A Dev number is called a Jogical volume number in AIX HDLM operates assuming that one LU has one Dev so the device number is fixed to 0 See also Dev emulation type An LU type that is accessible from a host Since an HDLM management target host is an open system host such as a PC or a UNIX computer the HDLM management target host can access only the LUs that have open system emulation types For details on emulation types supported by a storage system see the maintenance manual for that particular storage system F failback A function for placing the status of a path recovered from an error into the Online status and then switching the access path to the path that was just recovered AIBIC DIE F I r zZ oO U Ps n Glossary 2 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX failover A function for switching to another normal path if there is an error in the current access path thereby enabling the system to continue to operate H HAM environment An environment in which volume pairs that are sy
392. me time 40 minutes 30 minutes Legend AFB Indicates where the path was changed from error status to online status by AFB oo This includes online operation performed by a user Figure 2 13 What Will Happen When Conditions Are Changed During Error Monitoring HDLM Functions 2 27 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX When a User Changes the Intermittent Error Information 2 28 The following might be reset when a user changes any of the values set for the intermittent error or the path status the number of errors that have already been counted during error monitoring the amount of time that has passed since error monitoring has started and the information about whether an intermittent error has occurred Table 2 6 When Effects of a User Changing the Intermittent Error Information on page 2 28 lists whether the above items are reset If you want to check whether intermittent error monitoring is being performed for the path check the IEP item displayed when the dinkmgr command s view path operation is executed with the iem parameter If a numerical value of 0 or greater is displayed in the Intermittent Error Path item then intermittent error monitoring is being performed Table 2 6 When Effects of a User Changing the Intermittent Error Information User operation Changing the intermittent error Turning off Number of errors and time passed since error monitoring started Res
393. ment This subsection explains how to install HDLM when you are running services in a PowerHA 6 1 environment Upgrading or Re installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment in a Local Boot Disk Environment Because HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier cannot be upgraded to HDLM version 5 9 or later migration is necessary For details about migration see Migrating HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment on page 3 61 For details about setting up PowerHA see the PowerHA documentation To upgrade or re install HDLM in an environment that uses PowerHA and a local boot disk i 7 Log in to AIX as the root user If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation to log in to AIX Stop PowerHA on the standby host Upgrade or re install HDLM on the standby host To do so perform steps 2 through 23 in When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment on page 3 37 of Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 on the standby host Start PowerHA on the standby host Stop PowerHA on the active host Specify takeover as the shutdown mode Upgrade or re install HDLM on the active host To do so perform steps 2 through 23 in When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment on page 3 37 of Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 on the active host Start PowerHA on the active host Upgrading or Re installing HDLM in a P
394. ment ODM Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Table 6 14 Product ID Displayed by the View Path Operation Model names of storage systems Thunder 9500V series Product ID Hitachi AMS2000 series Hitachi AMS series Hitachi WMS series Hitachi SMS series HUS100 series Without the stname parameter product identifier With the stname parameter Displays the following for the model name 9500V AMS AMS WMS SMS HUS100 Lightning 9900V series Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 100 Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 600 Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 1100 Hitachi NSC55 Hitachi Universal Storage Platform V Hitachi Universal Storage Platform VM Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform HUS VM P9500 Emulation type 9970 9980 SVS USP XP128 XP1024 XP10000 XP12000 XP20000 XP24000 When a summary is displayed by specifying the path c parameter and there are 11 or more characters in the summary string any characters after the 9th character are not displayed and ellipsis are displayed instead Command Reference 6 53 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX To Display LU Information 6 54 When displaying LU information if the item parameter c parameter or the c item parameter is speci
395. mentation Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 7 1 Environment 3 62 In a PowerHA 7 1 environment even if the cluster service is stopped the cluster repository disk remains in the used state Therefore if you perform a new installation upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM in an environment in which PowerHA 7 1 is already in use perform the procedure below For details on how to use and set up PowerHA see the PowerHA documentation Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 1 Log in to the standby host as the root user 2 Execute the following command on the standby host to stop PowerHA smitty cl_ stop 3 Execute the following command on the standby host When the OS used in a PowerHA 7 1 environment is AIX V6 1 TLO6 or AIX V7 1 with no TL clcomd stopsrce s clconfd clusterconf fu When the OS used in a PowerHA 7 1 environment is AIX V6 1 TLO7 or later or AIX V7 1 TLO1 or later clctrl stop m node name 4 Perform a new installation upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM on the standby host When performing a new installation of HDLM in a local boot disk environment Perform the procedure described in Stop Applications on page 3 36 of Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 36 When performing a new installation of HDLM in a boot disk environment Perform the procedure described in Perform Operations fo
396. mes that the error needs to occur the path is determined to have an intermittent error if an error occurs 3 or more times in 30 minutes You can set up intermittent error monitoring by executing the dinkmgr command s set operation Intermittent error monitoring can be used only when automatic failback has already been enabled The values that can be specified for intermittent error monitoring depend on the values specified for automatic failbacks For details on how to specify the settings see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 Intermittent Error Monitoring Actions Intermittent error monitoring is performed on each path and it automatically starts as soon as a path is recovered from an error by using the automatic failback function This subsection describes the following intermittent error monitoring actions e When an intermittent error occurs e When an intermittent error does not occur e When the conditions for an intermittent error to occur are changed during error monitoring When an intermittent error occurs When an error occurs on a path a specified number of times within a specified interval the error monitoring will finish and the path is determined to have an intermittent error upon which the path is removed from those subject to automatic failbacks The path that is removed will remain in the error status until the online operation is performed However if the path satisfies certain conditions
397. might prevent paths from being able to switch if an error occurs Before placing a path offline use the view operation to check how many online paths remain For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Format To Place Paths Offline usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr offline path hba HBA adapter number bus number or adapter type adapter number hbaid HBA port ID cha pathid AutoPATH_ID chaid CHA port ID pathid AutoPATH_ID hdev host device name ospathid OS management path ID s To Display the Format of the Offline Operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline help Parameters To Place Paths Offline path Indicates that the target of the operation is a path managed by HDLM 6 6 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX This parameter is optional because offline is always used for paths so it is assumed Make sure that you specify the paths to be placed offline by using the hba hbaid cha chaid Or pathid parameter or the hdev and ospathid parameters hba HBA adapter number bus number Or hba adapter type adapter number Use this parameter to place offline at one time all the paths that pass through a specific HBA port The command will place offline all the paths connected to the HBA port that has the specified HBA adapter number bus number or adapter type adapter number Specify the HBA adapter num
398. mkdev 1 hdisk name or cfgmgr command 4 When an Online or Offline E path exists among the paths that access the same LU 5 One of the Offline E paths is changed to the Online E path 6 When an Offline E path exists among the paths that access the same LU Online status Online Automatic Failback Online Offline operation operation The online operation Online Error is performed after the operation occurs path is recovered from the error Online status Online D Online S Automatic Failback Offline l The online operation operation is performed after the path is recovered from Online Error e error Operation occurs Offline status An online operation is performed for a Offline status Offline C path with an error status Offline E Offline operation Figure 2 10 Path Status Transitions P VOL in HAM environment Legend Online operation Online operation performed by executing the dinkmgr command s online operation Offline operation Offline operation performed by executing the dinkmgr command s offline operation 1 Also when an error occurs in all the paths to an S VOL in the Online D status 2 When I O operations are processed on an S VOL HDLM Functions 2 23 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX The last available online path for each LU cannot be placed offline by executing the offline operation This en
399. mp file e hbsa tar Z This file contains compressed error information of the Hitachi Command Suite products other than HDLM This file is output only when using the Hitachi Command Suite products that is the target for collecting error information e getras tar Z This file contains compressed HDLM information and system information For details about the information that is stored in the system crash dump file and getras tar zZ see List of Collected Error Information on page 7 8 When you want to collect information other than that in List of Collected Error Information on page 7 8 define the information to collect in the information collection definition file Information defined in information collection definition file is compressed into getras tar Z When the system is restarted a part of the information that was collected by the DLMgetras utility will be cleared If an error occurs immediately execute this utility Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin DIMgetras directory to which collected information is output f file that defines information to be collected h You can also use lower case characters dlmgetras as follows usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmgetras directory to which collected information is output f file that defines information to be collected h Parameters directory to which collected information is output Specify the output directory for the information that is to be c
400. mple in Figure 2 8 Path switching on page 2 15 the LU is accessed using only the path A After the access path is placed offline the switching destination is one of the paths B C and D This storage system applies when the dynamic I O path control function is disabled For details on the priority for determining which of the paths to the same LU is used as the switching destination see Priority of Switching Destination Paths on page 2 16 Host Before path switching Storage system Legend Path Path before switching gt I O request amp Path after switching Figure 2 8 Path switching HDLM Functions 2 15 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Priority of Switching Destination Paths Priority of paths varies depending on the architecture of the host machine If the architecture of the host is CHRP the switching destination path is selected based on four keys First the path with the smallest path priority number first key is selected If there are multiple paths with the smallest path priority number the order for selecting a unique path is smallest slot number second key smallest CHA port number third key and smallest PATH ID value fourth key If the architecture of the host is not CHRP the switching destination path is selected based on three keys First the path with the smallest path priority number first key is selected If there are multiple paths wi
401. mple of setting up automatic failback by using a command Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr set afb on intvl 10 To enable the automatic failback function set it to on The checking interval can be specified by the intvl parameter The previously specified value will be applied when a checking interval is not specified For example if you turn off the automatic failback function after the checking interval was specified as 5 minutes and then you turn it back on but without specifying a checking interval the 5 minutes that were specified from before will be used again Setting Up Intermittent Error Monitoring Intermittent error monitoring is specifiable only when the automatic failback function is enabled To prevent an intermittent error from reducing I O performance we recommend that you monitor intermittent errors when automatic failback is enabled When intermittent error monitoring is enabled you can specify intermittent error conditions The default value for the intermittent error monitoring interval is 210 The default value for the number of error occurrences is 3 The system assumes that an intermittent error has occurred if the specified number of times that the error needs to occur is reached during the specified monitoring interval minutes A path that is assumed to have an intermittent error is excluded from performing an automatic fa
402. n None KAPLO5509 1 KAPLO5510 1 Data for maintenance Adapter Error Code aa aa Buffer Flag bb bb Adapter Status cc cc Add Adapter Status dd dd Data for maintenance SCSI Error Code aa aa Buffer Flag bb bb SCSI Status cc cc Add SCSI Status dd dd Details This message outputs the details of a path failure aa aa Error code bb bb Buffer flag cc cc Adapter status dd dd Additional adapter status Action None Details This message outputs the details of a path failure aa aa Error code bb bb Buffer flag cc cc SCSI status dd dd Additional SCSI status Action None KAPLO5511 1 Data for maintenance Other Error Code aa aa Buffer Flag bb bb Status Validity cc cc Details This message outputs the details of a path failure aa aa Error code bb bb Buffer flag cc cc Status Validity Action None KAPLO5512 1 Data for maintenance SenseData Sense Key aa aa Sense Code bb bb Messages Details This message outputs the details of a path failure aa aa Sense Key bb bb Sense Code Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Action None KAPLO5819 I Data for maintenance aa aa bb bb cc cc dd dd KAPLO6001 to KAPLO7000 Message ID KAPLO6003 I Message Text Initialization of the HDLM alert dr
403. n be used to change the default values Note To change attribute values for an individual hdisk use the chdev command instead of the dlmchpdattr utility to change the values actually used The following explains how to use the dlmchpdattr utility to change default hdisk values and apply them as the actually used values If you execute the dlmchpdattr utility with the A parameter specified after the default values are changed hdisks will be automatically reconfigured Note that even though you can execute the utility without specifying the A parameter to change the default value you have to manually reconfigure the hdisks To automatically reconfigure hdisks perform the procedure in Automatically Performing hdisk Reconfiguration on page 4 17 To manually reconfigure hdisks perform the procedure in Manually Performing hdisk Reconfiguration on page 4 18 For details on the dimchpdattr utility see d mchpdattr Utility for Changing HDLM Default Settings on page 7 13 Automatically Performing hdisk Reconfiguration To automatically reconfigure an hdisk 1 Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions 2 Execute the dimchpdattr utility with the a parameter specified usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchpdattr A a reserve policy no reserve A message is displayed to confirm whether processing should continue Enter y to continue processing If the command terminates normally the KAPL10571 I message is displayed 3 Make
404. n or replace a hardware item you should check the path names to identify the path that will be affected by the change Path name consists of the following four elements separated by periods e HBA adapter number or adapter type character string e Bus number or adapter number character string e Target ID hexadecimal number e Host LU number hexadecimal number For details about each element of the path name and its representation in AIX see Table 6 13 Elements of a Path Name on page 6 52 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Displayed Item No summary displayed Summary displayed DskName DskName Description Storage system name which identifies the storage system that is accessed by a path A storage system name consists of the following three elements separated by periods e Vendor ID The name of the storage system vendor for example HITACHI Product ID Indicates the storage system product ID emulation type or model name for example OPEN 3 Serial number The serial number of the storage system for example 15001 You can identify an actual storage system by referencing the above information from the storage system management program LU number of the storage system This number combined with the storage system name shown in DskName identifies the LU that is accessed by a path e For the Lightning 9900V series Hitachi NSC55 Hit
405. n using the Thunder 9500V series or Hitachi AMS WMS series HDLM will select the next path to be used first from among the online owner paths and then from the online non owner paths As a result if an owner path recovers from an error and then HDLM automatically places the recovered path online while a non owner path is in use the path will be automatically switched over from the non owner path to the owner path that just recovered from the error When the Lightning 9900V series Hitachi USP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series Virtual Storage Platform series Hitachi AMS2000 series 1 Hitachi SMS series HUS100 series 1 or HUS VM is being used all the paths are owner paths Therefore if an owner path recovers from an error and HDLM automatically places the recovered path online the path to use is not switched When intermittent errors 2 occur on paths and you are using the automatic failback function the path status might frequently alternate between the online and offline statuses In such a case because the performance of I Os will most likely decrease if there are particular paths in which intermittent errors might be occurring we recommend that you set up intermittent error monitoring so you can detect these paths and then remove them from those subject to automatic failbacks You can specify the automatic failback function or intermittent error by the dinkmgr command s set operation For details on the set operation
406. naeetdaeneteeas ET 6 18 To Set Up the HDLM Operating Environment cssseessesseeessseeeseeees 6 18 To Display the Format of the Set Operation cccccccseeeseeeseeeeeeseeeseeeaes 6 31 VIEW Displays INTOMMAUON siccicicsstcicsancedcnss hctacsensecdinvatesuan davseseencetavnsiaanadancesaeneecsiele 6 33 PMV E A A E E E E 6 33 To Display Program Information ssssssssssssssrrsrrrsrrrrrrrrrrrrrnrrnnrrnrrereesnne 6 33 To Display Path Information ssssssssssssssrrenrrnsrsnrrnsrrrrrrnnrenrrnsrrenrrnnrresene 6 33 To Display LU IironMallOM nadasascanseedsetacdicataraatsiousasabedigroscsnccascisanarcasmianaee 6 34 To Display HBA Port Information s sssssssssssssssssrserrerrnrrrnrrnrrrrrrnrrsrresrns 6 34 To Display CHA Port Information cococcctsatonsentacnascaddastacentaaicntasiaaiadcastasnnnns 6 34 Correspondences Between hdisks OS Management Path IDs and LDEVs 6 34 To Display the Format of the View OpGralloncsiicconcspnisonssonsaarsaramabinnmanness 6 34 Paramete Sacson Na EE 6 35 To Display Program Information ssssssssssssssrrssrnsrrrrnrrrrsrrrnrnnnrrenresreennns 6 35 To Display Path Information sssssssssssssrrsnrrssrsnsrnnrrrnnrnnrenrnnnrnnnrrenrennrne 6 42 To Display LU Informal astaanstanstaccetacarencevtadeisasusebustenmscesceanGscunsccamenme 6 54 To Display HBA Port Information ssssssssssssssssrssrserrnrrsrrrnrrnrrrrrrnrrnrrennns 6 64 To Display CHA Port Information ssssesssssssrssrrn
407. naged You cannot exclude physical volumes from HDLM managed targets B 2 Differences Between HDLM Version 5 9 or Later and Version 5 8 1 or Earlier Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX e Eliminating the rc shutdown file HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier provided an rc shutdown file in order to avoid having physical volumes already defined when a host is started Because this situation does not occur in HDLM version 5 9 or later the rc shutdown file is no longer provided For this reason the manual has been changed as follows o The portion of the procedure related to the rc shutdown file has been deleted from the explanation of removing HDLM o The rc shutdown file has been deleted from the files collected by the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information e The content displayed for HDevName in the HDLM view command operation has been changed from the HDLM device dimfdrvn to hdisk Accompanying this change Device for displaying hdisk name when view lu Or view drv is executed in HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier has been removed e Because dimfdrv was deleted the following HDLM utilities are no longer provided and the descriptions related to them have been deleted from the manual o Utilities for operating HDLM volume groups HDLM version 5 9 or later uses standard AIX commands that correspond to the commands for utilities for operating HDLM volume groups The following table lists the correspondence bet
408. namic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Available operation Change the IEM settings Result of operation While a path is being monitored the value of the error count and the elapsed monitoring time are reset to 0 and then intermittent error monitoring will restart 1 When a path is not being monitored the IEM settings will take effect again when the path is recovered from the error status by performing an automatic failback Set IEM to off IEM is disabled The error count elapsed monitoring time and information about paths not subject to automatic failbacks are cleared Set AFB to on Change the AFB setting The operations of AFB and IEM do not change AFB operates using new settings Set AFB to off AFB is disabled Set IEM to on IEM is enabled Set AFB to on AFB and IEM are enabled 1 Set AFB to off The operations of AFB and IEM do not change Set AFB to on AFB is enabled Set AFB to off Legend AFB Automatic failback IEM Intermittent error monitoring The operations of AFB and IEM do not change 1 When this condition is not satisfied the KAPLO1080 W message is output and an error occurs The status of intermittent error monitoring does not change 2 Because automatic failback is off intermittent error monitoring is disabled Example The following example shows how to monitor for intermittent errors usr
409. namic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Guide for instructions how to execute the DLMgetras utility Explanation KAPL13019 E The same file name was specified for odmsetfile and dinksetfile Filename aa aa bb bb Details aa aa odmsetfile Filename bb bb dinksetfile Filename Action Check file name and then try again KAPL13020 E The file odmsetfile was not restored Action Check file name and then try again KAPL13021 E The file dinksetfile was not restored Action Check file name and then try again KAPL13101 I The dlmpreremove utility completed successfully Action None KAPL13102 I HDLM can now be removed Action None KAPL13103 I HDLM can be removed after rebooting the host Action None KAPL13104 I The settings will be changed so that the HDLM driver is not configured on the hdisk Is this OK y n Action To execute dlmpreremove enter y If you do not want to execute dlmpreremove enter n KAPL13105 W The entered value is invalid Re enter y n Action Enter either y or n KAPL13106 E The entered value is invalid The operation will now stop Details The dlmpreremove utility has been stopped because an invalid response was sent three times consecutively to a request Action To execute dlmpreremove again enter either y or n KAPL13107 I
410. nchronized between two storage systems are created by HAM High Availability Manager and hosts are configured to recognize these volumes as one volume An HAM environment consists of the primary volume P VOL in the primary site and the secondary volume S VOL in the secondary site When an error occurs on one of the volumes the path can be switched to the other volume by using HDLM HBA Host Bus Adapter Device that functions as an interface connecting a host with external devices In this manual the term HBA refers to an interface card installed in a host in configurations where the host and storage units are connected via a FC connection HDLM alert driver A program that receives information about an error detected by the HDLM driver and then reports the error information to the HDLM manager HDLM driver A program that controls all the HDLM functions manages paths and detects errors HDLM manager A program that manages error information The HDLM manager receives error information from the HDLM alert driver and then collects error logs host A generic term for both servers and clients host device A logical area in a host LU See also host LU host device name host device name A name assigned to a host device The hdisk is assigned See also host device host LU An LU that a host recognizes The actual HDev entity is a Dev in the storage system Each host LU has a host LU number See also LU host LU number ho
411. nformation 6 36 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Parameter and program informatio n to be displayed Trace File Size KB Description Trace file size in kilobytes Number Of Trace Files Path Health Checking Number of trace files Settings for path health checking on Enabled off Disabled Checking interval When the setting of the path health checking is on the checking interval of path health checking is displayed within the parentheses following on The time is in minutes Auto Failback Settings for an automatic failback on Enabled off Disabled Checking interval When the setting of the automatic failback is on the checking interval of automatic failback is displayed within the parentheses following on The time is in minutes Intermittent Error Monitor Setting for intermittent error monitoring on Enabled off Disabled When automatic failback is of f intermittent error monitoring is disabled although Intermittent Error Monitor will be shown as on When the automatic failback function is on intermittent error monitoring will be enabled Intermittent error monitoring interval and number of times that the error needs to occur When intermittent error monitoring is on the specified intermittent error monitoring interval and number of times that the error needs to occur are displayed within the parentheses following on
412. ng a Path of a Volume Group Other than rootvg csccsseeeeeeeeeaees 4 22 Deleting a Path of a Device Included in roOtvg ccseeseseeseeeeeeeeeeees 4 23 PROTO AGING an HBA iessu ian ae do ic a a A AE a Ei 4 23 Replacing a Fiber Cable seisis aeinn a e a 4 28 Replacing a Fibre Channel Switch ssssssssessssssenssnorsnssnensnnnnsnssnenannenonsnnnronne 4 29 5 POU atte UNI G ninenin anaE EEEE EE EEEa 5 1 Information Collected by the DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information 5 2 Checking error information iN MeSSageS sssssssserrerrsrrrrrrsrrnrrnnrtnrrnnrenrrnrrerrrnnrnnne 5 2 What To Do fo r a Path Bir Ole fc eeccd sch eccctetaceadee Oc tan nansdedadevncccadedsinanetunedes daia kidu ieia 5 3 Examining the IMCSSA GES vcs cecscacerderinawierctnceecsdcnsiovesatvendenes save ssensisasdassetcsstonedesasen 5 5 Obtain path MOMMA OM ices nsa lei cata se steb casseiictadh lt snecteranccatslaiiccauseceatetietsadasiantedcndtuatees 5 5 Identifying the Error Path sssssssssesessssersenenserensnnensnnerssnessnrensenersenensnrennenereene 5 5 Narrowing Down the Hardware That Might Have Caused the Error ccssesseeeees 5 5 Identifying the Error Location and Correcting any Hardware Errors 5 5 Placing the Path Online sssssssssessssssnnsnssnensnnenennenennennrnnrensnnnrennenetonnensneennnnnne 5 5 What To Do for a Program ErrOf sssssssssssesrssrrssrrnrrrnrinnrnnrrnrrnnrrnrtnntnnnnnnnnnnn nnn nnnn
413. ng command to check the path information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view path For details about path information see view Displays Information on page 6 33 HDLM Operation 4 31 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 4 32 HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Troubleshooting This chapter describes how to check HDLM error information and how to take action if an error occurs in HDLM Descriptions of the actions are separated into those for path errors HDLM program errors and other types of errors If you need technical support see Getting help on page xvii O Information Collected by the DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information O Checking error information in messages O What To Do for a Path Error O What To Do for a Program Error O What To Do for Other Errors Troubleshooting 5 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Information Collected by the DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information Immediately after an error occurs execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information since restarting the machine might delete error information before the information is collected by DLMgetras For details about the DLMgetras utility and the error information it collects see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 Checking error information in messages 5 2 When y
414. ng command to make sure that the hdisk recognized as the device to be managed by HDLM has been deleted lsdev Cc disk Prepare the license key or license key file o When only the license key has been provided Create the var DLM directory and then in this directory create the license key file dim lic key The following shows an example when the license key is 12345678 9ABCDEF mkdir var DLM cho 123456789ABCDEF gt var DLM dlm lic_key o When the license key file has been provided Store the license key file directly under the var tmp directory by using the hdlm_ license name var tmp hdlm_ license Note that the hdlm_license and dim lic_ key files are deleted after installation finishes successfully Execute the following command o When installing HDLM from the DVD ROM directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted installux sh or installp axgd directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted HDLM AIX all o When installing HDLM from the directory to which the DVD ROM was copied directory copied from DVD ROM installux sh or installp axgd directory copied from DVD ROM HDLM AIX all Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during installation you do not have to restart the host Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 10 11 12 LS 14 15 16 17 If th
415. ngs information with the settings information saved in step 13 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset o If the HDLM settings information has been properly inherited skip to step 21 If the HDLM settings information has not been properly inherited execute the following command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev Check the file names for odm environment settings file name and set environment setting file name and then perform this procedure again from step 17 specifying the correct file names in the command Delete the odm environment settings file and the set environment settings file rm r tmp any desired directory that stores odm environment settings file rm r tmp any desired directory that stores set environment setting file Perform the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment on page 3 25 in Performing a New Installation of HDLM on page 3 25 starting from step 14 If you performed step 5 restore the volume group you backed up restvg f any desired file name or device name hdisk name Check the path configuration according to the steps described in Checking the Path Configuration on page 3 72 Unmount the DVD ROM Creating an HDLM Environment 3 59 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX umount cdrom 26 Delete any mount directory you may have created in step 11 rm r cdrom Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environ
416. nlinePaths all paths are online If the value of OnlinePaths is less than that of Paths some paths are offline In this case you should check the offline paths and take appropriate action for any path that has an error status HOLM cor The subsequent sub parameters are SEE Cp 6 66 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Sorts the CHA port information by the storage system model IDs Product storage system serial numbers S N and CHA port numbers ChaPort t Does not display the title for each information item To Display the Correspondences Between hdisks OS Management Path IDs and LDEVs drv Use this parameter to display the PathIDs hdisk name OS management path IDs and information about the LDEVs in a storage system identified by the storage system model ID serial number and LU number separated by periods For details on the contents of each display item see Table 6 20 Items Displayed as the Correspondences Between hdisks OS Management Path IDs and LDEVs on page 6 67 Does not display the title for each information item Table 6 20 Items Displayed as the Correspondences Between hdisks OS Management Path IDs and LDEVs Item Description AutoPATH_ID indicated by a decimal number AutoPATH_ID is assigned when the host is restarted or when a path configuration is changed When a new LU was added and the host has not been restarted AutoPATH_I
417. nnn 5 6 Examining the MessagesS s sssssserssrersrrersrsrronsrneronnenerssrenarserosnenenonnessnesnnnnnne 5 6 Obtaining Program Information ssssssssssrsrrrsrrsrrnrrnsrrsrrsrnnrrnrrnnrrnnrnnrnnnnrnnarnnne 5 6 What To Do for the Program EMO cccsacsconssnastinanscaeaatacserdsantedssecadaneidanauabateiazannas 5 7 Contacting your HDLM Vendor or Maintenance Company sssssssssssresrresrserresrrsns 5 7 What To Do for Other BONS sccncconssacnnscnscaseseacasebanseceananaasantinacneecandactrocasmaterecamenenenc 5 7 vii Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Overview of The HDLM Command GARIN GF iisccscsecivaccrcccetrecdeececteeevectucbrscenseeesmeadsecesend 6 2 clear Returns the Path Statistics to the Initial Value cceessseeseeseeeseeeeseeeeeees 6 3 POM eteen EEEE sarees E EEE E E 6 3 To Set the Path Statistics to O siirsotsinnsiianninain naaa aai 6 3 To Display the Format of the Clear Operation ccsseessscssseeseeeenseseaes 6 3 Paramete Scsi ge a a O a aE a O E A 6 3 To Set the Path Statistics to 0 sssssssssssnssssrenssnsnsnsnnennnnnnennnnnnensenonanne 6 3 To Display the Format of the Clear Operation cssssesssessseeseneeseeseees 6 4 help a the Operation POI oss seecasttitdrencweenebe see caeicuuereeentceuestaecceneveumiecssiccsaess 6 4 FOrMat anaa nasia a EAE E S Ea 6 4 Para Meter oscars ue E E E E E eedaxmaxcausceuniated 6 4 offline Places Paths Ore oct ced Seec
418. nnot be Action E executed because the HDLM driver is running Execute the dlmrmdev utility and then re execute the dlmpreremove utility Execute the dimrmdev command and then re execute the dimpreremove For details about the dimrmdev utility see dimrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers on page 7 30 For details about the dlmpreremove 8 120 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation utility see dimpreremove Utility for Executed Before Removing HDLM on page 7 29 KAPL13141 I KAPL13142 W The dlmpremkcd utility completed successfully No parameters were specified Details The dlmpremkcd utility completed successfully Action None Details No parameters were specified Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimpremkcd utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL13143 W A parameter is invalid parameter aa aa Details An invalid parameter is specified aa aa The specified parameter Action With the h parameter specified execute the dimpremkcd utility Make sure that the format of the utility is correct and then re execute it KAPL13144 W The specified parameters cannot be specified at the same time parameter aa aa Details The specified parameters cannot be specified at the same time aa aa The
419. nnsannennennnne 4 5 Changing the Status of PathS sssessssssserssssrossnsernessnssnnsnnnsenessnnosnenennsnernenennn 4 6 Changing the Status of Paths to Onli ssisdensstncsasutespaceasmcantocsenenanretacsacaiane 4 6 vi Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Changing the Status of Paths to OPMING C soissicccectessscusssesesransentearcveessseaees 4 7 VIEWING LU ThPOnMADON jxicsceeuse cones seuceasvenisdiosuvs cnsipidnwedonsiduumperaaidaunsenbecnebebnelccuarads 4 8 Displaying the Correspondences Between hdisks OS Management Path IDs and LD ES va scsicctenwacaicincascnuiaianwusnnnelacisetthicsacnutswiieddamasteaisadhveninliaeaats a a a 4 8 Initializing Statistical Information for Paths cccssesseeeeeeseeeenseeenaeeeaeeesaeeena ened 4 9 Viewing and Setting Up the Operating EnvironMent ccccsecsseesseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4210 Viewing the Operating EnvirOnMent ccccsececcssecssesseseeseeesseeessseseeeess 4 10 Setting Up the Operating EnvirOnMent ccescesseesseeseeeeseeesesenseeenes 4 10 Viewing License INFOMMAON osc cseccccs cersevtencectscaeccacescedcsestvedsas tosses sacseatesassedaceies 4 11 Updating the LicenSe s sssesssssrsrrsrsrsrrersnssrerrenersnrenerseresarsenonnessnosnnsenssnennnne 4 12 Viewing HDLM Version Information cccsscccssesseeccsseceesesseeseseeseesseeseeeesenes 4 12 Viewing HDLM Component Information ccscecsseseeeesseeseeeeseeessesseeesseesoees
420. not in the default location or the user does not have execution permissions for the bosboot command Check the status of the bosboot command If the error code is 9 2 or 10 1 The dimpr utility is not in the default location or the user does not have execution permissions for the dimpr utility Check the status of the dimpr utility If the error code is 11 2 or 12 1 The mkdev command is not in the default location or the user does not have execution permissions for the mkdev command Check the status of the mkdev command Any other error code Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if you have an HDLM maintenance contract KAPL10585 Reboot the host Details I Reboot the host to apply the changes to the settings Action None KAPL10586 Processing terminated before completion Details I because a signal was received The dimchpdattr process has been terminated by an operation such as Ctrl C Action 8 104 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation None KAPL10587 W The specified ODM is not installed parameter value aa aa Details The specified ODM is not installed aa aa Specified parameter value Action Specify an ODM that has been installed and then retry the operation KAPL10588 W A duplicate attribute has been specified attribute aa aa Det
421. nt Processing of the dlmpremkcd u command was successful Severit y 1 Message ID KAPL15090 1 Processing of the dlmpremkcd u command failed KAPL15091 E Processing of the dlmrmprshkey 1 hdiskn command was successful KAPL15092 1 Processing of the dlmrmprshkey 1 hdiskn R RegistKey command was successful KAPL15093 1 Processing of the dlmrmprshkey command failed KAPL15094 E Initialization of path statistics was successful KAPL15101 1 Initialization of path statistics failed KAPL15102 E An attempt to place a path online or offline was successful KAPL15103 1 An attempt to place a path online or offline failed KAPL15104 W Setup of the operating environment was successful KAPL15105 1 Setup of the operating environment failed KAPL15106 E An attempt to display program information was successful KAPL15107 1 An attempt to display program information failed KAPL15108 E An attempt to display HDLM management target information was successful HDLM Functions KAPL15109 1 Category Explanation Audit event mene Message ID An attempt to display KAPL15110 E HDLM management target information failed Processing of the KAPL15001 I dimpr k command was successful Processing of the KAPL15002 E dimpr k command failed Processing of the KAPL15008 I dimpr c command was successful
422. number within the CU 6 60 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Displayed item No summary displayed Summary displayed Description The number of the SLPR to which an LU belongs indicated by a number from 0 to 31 A hyphen is displayed if the storage logical partition functionality for the storage system for the target LU is not supported HDevName 1 Host device name Hdisk name is displayed The setting information about the dynamic I O path control function is displayed for each LU on The dynamic I O path control function is enabled off The dynamic I O path control function is disabled The dynamic I O path control function is not supported OSPathID OS management path ID PathID AutoPATH_ID indicated by a decimal number AutoPATH_ID is assigned when the host is restarted or when a path configuration is changed When a new LU was added and the host has not been restarted AutoPATH_ID is assigned to each path of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr command PathName 1 The path name which indicates a path When you modify the system configuration or replace a hardware item you should check the path names to identify the path that will be affected by the change Path name consists of the following four elements separated by periods e HBA adapter number or adapter type character string Bus number or adapter number character str
423. o Display CHA Port Information cha Use this parameter to display information about the paths to each CHA port HDLM displays the unique CHA port ID assigned to each CHA port This CHA port ID is used in Offline and Online operations The following table lists and describes the displayed items Table 6 19 Items Displayed as CHA Port Information E ChaID CHA port ID Product Model ID of the storage system S N Serial number of the storage system ChaPort Port number of the CHA which identifies the CHA port that is mounted on the storage system You can identify an actual CHA port by referencing this number from the storage system management program TO Count Total I O count for the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 1 4294967295 If the total I O count reaches the maximum value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 Errors Total I O error count for the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 1 4294967295 If the total I O error count reaches the maximum value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 Paths Total number of displayed paths indicated by a decimal number OnlinePaths Example KAPLO1LOD1 I The YYYY Number of online paths in the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number When the value of Paths equals the value of O
424. o place all the paths Online enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action If you want to execute online processing enter y If you want to terminate processing enter n Before you execute the processing be sure to execute the view operation of the HDLM command Messages 8 13 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 14 Message ID Message Text Explanation dlnkmgr to check the path status For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 For details on the online operation see online Places Paths Online on page 6 11 KAPL01052 I The currently selected paths will be changed to the Offline C status Is this OK y n Details The offline operation will be started To continue the offline operation enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action If you want to execute the offline processing enter y If you want to terminate processing enter n For details on the offline operation see offline Places Paths Offline on page 6 6 KAPL01053 I If you are sure that there would be no problem when the path is placed in the Offline C status enter y Otherwise enter n y n Details The offline operation will be started To continue the offline operation enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action If you want to execute offline processing enter y If you want to terminate processing enter
425. of the following conditions the persistent reservation of the LU registered in this volume group will be cancelled o The reserve policy attribute has been set to PR_exclusive o The volume group has been activated Perform the procedure below to inactivate the volume group and then re activate it Also when you perform a planned restart of a storage system make sure you perform the operation while the volume group is inactive a Execute the following command to inactivate the volume group varyoffvg volume group name b Execute the following command to make sure that the inactivated volume group is no longer displayed lsvg o c Execute the following command to activate the volume group varyonvg volume group name Notes on the Cluster 3 16 When you use HDLM in a cluster configuration you must install the same version of HDLM on all the nodes that comprise the cluster If different versions of HDLM are installed the cluster system may not operate correctly If the HDIM Version and Service Pack Version which are displayed by executing the following command are the same the versions of HDLM are the same usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys When you use PowerHA GPFS Oracle RAC 10g Oracle RAC 11g or VCS settings such as script registration or the reservation policy setting are required For details about the settings used for each cluster see the following For PowerHA S
426. og events of the Authentication category are collected Audit log events of the ConfigurationAccess category are collected Audit log events of the StartStop Authentication and ConfigurationAccess Categories are collected audfac facility value Specifies the audit log facility The table below lists the values used for this setting The default is user Table 6 9 Values of the Audit Log Facility Corresponding facility value in the etc syslog conf file lbpathusetimes number of path use times Specifies the number of times the same path can be used for I O operations when the Round Robin rr Least I Os lio or Least Blocks 1bk algorithm is used for load balancing You can specify a decimal base 10 value from 0 to 999999 The default is 20 If you specify 0 operation is the same as when load balancing is disabled expathusetimes number of path use times Specifies the number of times the same path can be used for sequential I O operations when the extended Round Robin exrr Least I Os exlio or Least Blocks exlbk algorithm is used for load balancing 6 30 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX You an specify a decimal base 10 value from 0 to 999999 The default is 100 If you specify 0 the same path is used as long as the sequential I O operations continue dpc fon off pathid path ID lu pathid path ID storage Enab
427. ogical partition reducevg df volume group name hdisk name Execute the following command to delete the virtual SCSI disk in the client logical partition rmdev dl hdisk name Execute the following command to delete the virtual target device in the virtual I O server Creating an HDLM Environment 3 101 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 102 10 Li 12 13 14 15 16 17 rmdev dev vtscsin If the boot disk is in a single path configuration proceed to step 12 If the boot disk is in a multi path configuration execute the following command to shut down the host shutdown F Configure the host and storage system so that only a single path connects the host to the storage system single path configuration Start the host Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by HDLM umount file system mount point Execute the following command to inactivate volume groups other than rootvg varyoffvg volume group name Execute the following command to remove the hdisks recognized as HDLM management target devices from the running kernel and then stop the HDLM manager usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev The KAPLO9012 I message appears If the KAPLO9012 I message is not displayed the HDLM driver has not been deleted or the HDLM manager has not stopped Make sure that no process service file system or volume group is using the HDLM management tar
428. ogs of the configuration processing for driver the HDLM driver Position of the HDLM Driver and hdisk The HDLM driver is positioned above the SCSI driver and is an add in module of MPIO driver located in the AIX standard hdisk Each application on the host uses the hdisk logical device file created by HDLM to access LUs in the storage system The following figure shows the position of the HDLM driver and hdisk The logical device file name can be changed by using the rendev command In this manual the file name of a default logical device of the OS hdiskn or an hdisk name is used as the logical device file name HDLM Functions 2 7 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Figure 2 4 Position of the HDLM Driver and hdisk Distributing a Load Using Load Balancing When the system contains multiple paths to a single LU HDLM can distribute the load across the paths by using multiple paths to transfer the I O data This function is called oad balancing and it prevents a single heavily loaded path from affecting the performance of the entire system Figure 2 5 Flow of I O Data When the Load Balancing Function Is Not Used on page 2 9 shows the flow of I O data when the load balancing function is not used Figure 2 6 Flow of I O Data When the Load Balancing Function Is Used on page 2 10 shows the flow of I O data when the load balancing function is used Both figures show examples of I O operations being issued for the same
429. ollected by the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information The collected information is compiled into two files shown in Function and output in the specified directory f file that defines information to be collected Use this parameter when you want to specify certain directories or files to be collected In this parameter specify the file that defines information to be collected which defines the files and directories you want to collect Use an absolute path to specify file that defines information to be collected 7 6 Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX h The following is an example of the coding in the file that defines the information to be collected a01 app oracle admin sandb pfile init ora u01 app oracle HDLM manager core file paa Collects the core file of HDLM fopt DynamicLinkManager bir Oracle initial parameter Collects the initial parameter for the database Oracle directory for the database Oracle Oracle Alert Directory Collects the alert information Figure 7 1 Coding Example of a File that Defines the Information to be Collected Rules for coding a file that defines the information to be collected Use an absolute path to specify a directory or file whose information is to be collected If you use a relative path to specify a directory or file that directory or file will be searched for only within the directory in which the DLMgetra
430. ollection level The collection levels are as follows Collection levels for error logs o o o o o Collects no error information Collects error information at the Error level and higher Collects error information at the Warning level and higher Collects error information at the Information level and higher Collects error information at the Information level and higher including maintenance information Collection levels for log information in trace files o o o o Outputs no trace information Outputs error information only Outputs trace information on program operation summaries Outputs trace information on program operation details Outputs all trace information For details on how to set the collection level see Setting Up the HDLM Functions on page 3 74 Collecting error information using the utility for collecting HDLM error information DLMgetras HDLM has a utility for collecting HDLM error information DLMgetras By executing this utility you can simultaneously collect all the information required for analyzing errors information such as error logs integrated trace files trace files definition files core files system crash dump files and libraries You can use the collected information when you contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error
431. ompany if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPLO1116 W The audit log configuration file is invalid Restart the HDLM Manager and execute the dinkmgr view sys audlog command and check the setting Details The audit log configuration file is invalid Action Restart the HDLM Manager and execute the dlnkmgr view sys audlog command and then specify the desired setting by using the dlnkmgr set audlog command or the dinkmgr set audfac command as necessary KAPLO1117 W An error occurred during processing to read the audit log configuration file Details An internal error occurred while reading the audit log configuration file Action Contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPLO1118 W An error occurred during processing to output the audit log configuration file Messages Details An internal parameter error when the audit log data was output Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Action Contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPLO1119 An error occurred during processing to Details W output the audit log configuration file An internal parameter error when the audit log data was output Action Contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if there is a maintenance contr
432. on None KAPL13002 E The dilmmigsts utility ended abnormally Action Refer to action of the message outputted just before this message KAPL13003 I KAPL13004 W The specified file already exists Do you want to overwrite it y n The entered value is invalid Re enter y n Action To overwrite the specified file enter y To stop execution enter n Action Enter either y or n KAPL13005 E The entered value is invalid The operation will now stop Action To execute dimmigsts again re execute For details about the dimmigsts utility see dimmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 KAPL13006 I The user stopped the operation Messages Action To execute dimmigsts again re execute For details about the dimmigsts utility see dimmigsts Utility for 8 115 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 KAPL13007 No parameter has been specified Action W Specify the h option in the HDLM migration support utility confirm the option that should be specified and then re execute For details about the dlmmigsts utility see dimmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 KAPL13008 A parameter is invalid parameter Details W aa aa aa aa Parameter character string Action Specify the h option in
433. on on page 7 5 Explanation Action None KAPLO4002 E Could not start the HDLM manager Messages Details The HDLM manager failed to start because the current environment is unsuitable for the HDLM manager to run in Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance 8 37 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO4003 The startup parameter is invalid Details E The HDLM manager internal parameter is invalid Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO4004 HDLM manager will now terminate Action I None KAPLO4008 Cannot open the option definition file Details E aa aa HDLM manager could not start normally because it was unable to open the option definition file aa aa Option definition file name Action Check whether another program is currently using this file for exam
434. onds configuration on starting the host 8 2048 38 seconds when HDLM is not installed 16 4096 1 minutes 37 seconds Executing cfgmgr 4 1024 53 seconds 8 2048 1 minutes 14 seconds 16 4096 1 minutes 51 seconds Executing dlmrmdev 4 1024 1 minutes 15 seconds 8 2048 1 minutes 27 seconds 16 4096 1 minutes 51 seconds Executing view path 4 1024 0 42 seconds 8 2048 1 51 seconds 16 4096 3 41 seconds 1 The starting time of the host and the execution time of the utilities depend on the following conditions The hardware configuration for example whether you use Fibre Channel switches The number of hdisk created under the dev directory 2 The number of LUs is 256 3 The execution environment is as follows Machine Spec CPU Power4 1200MHz x 2 DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information This utility collects information that is needed to analyze HDLM errors that have occurred information such as error logs integrated trace files trace files definition files core files system crash dump files and libraries The Utility Reference 7 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX collected information is archived in a file and saved to the directory that you specified The following files are output e Name of the directory containing a system crash dump file system crash dump file This file contains a symbolic link to the system crash du
435. onents recognized by the host Table 2 2 Components recognized by the host An LU that the host recognizes via the HDLM driver It is called a host LU No matter how many paths exist one host LU is recognized for one LU in the storage system A Dev in an LU that the host recognizes via the HDLM driver It is called a host device No matter how many paths exist one host device is recognized for one Dev in the storage system HDLM Functions 2 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Program Configuration 2 6 HDLM is actually a combination of several programs Because each program corresponds to a specific HDLM operation it is important to understand the name and purpose of each program along with how they are all interrelated The following figure shows the configuration of the HDLM programs Host Sets up operation ig Acquires log environment HOLM ty Acquires Operates Acquires settings for Information path path F ODM etc e g for Requests information r errors path information Sets up HDLM alert driver operation s i environmen Kernel memory _ gt Requests execution of path health check and automatic Writes log Figure 2 3 Configuration of the HDLM Programs The following table lists and describes the functions of these programs Table 2 3 Functionality of HDLM Programs Program name Functions HDLM command Provides the dinkmgr command which enables yo
436. online completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Reference Using the view operation together with standard UNIX commands enables you to filter the path information listed for a specific HBA port or CHA port For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 We recommend that you use the following command and verify the information on the target paths before you execute the online operation to place online all the paths connected to a specific HBA port or CHA port Example 1 The following example shows how to filter and display the information on all paths that pass through the HBA port whose HBA adapter number is 04 and bus number is 01 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path grep 04 01 The above command will display information on all the paths that pass through the specified HBA port Example 2 The following example shows how to filter and display the information on all paths that pass through the CHA port oa of the Thunder 9500V series usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path stname grep 9500V grep OA The above command will display information pertaining to only those paths that pass through the specified CHA port set Sets Up the Operating Environment The dinkmgr command s set operation sets the HDLM operating environment Command Reference 6 17 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Format To Set Up the HDLM Operating Environment usr Dyn
437. ons of available installation methods and installation environments Zable 3 8 Combination of Installation 3 18 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Methods that Are Available in an PowerHA Environment and the Supported Installation Environments on page 3 19 lists the combinations of installation methods that are available in an PowerHA environment versus the supported installation environments Table 3 7 Combination of Available Installation Methods and Installation Environments Installation environment Host Virtual I O server Installation method Local boot disk environment Local boot disk environment Boot disk environment Boot disk environment installux sh or installp command SMIT Unattended installation Installation on alternate disks Installation in a multibos environment Legend Yes Can be executed No Cannot be executed 1 Only upgrade installations and re installations are supported 2 Only upgrade installations are supported Table 3 8 Combination of Installation Methods that Are Available in an PowerHA Environment and the Supported Installation Environments Installation environment Installation Host Virtual I O server method Local boot disk environment Local boot disk environment Boot disk environment Boot disk environment installux sh or installp command SMIT
438. operation aa aa Number of paths where the online offline operation was successful decimal base 10 number bb bb Online Online S Online D or Offline C cc cc Number of paths where the online offline operation was unsuccessful decimal base 10 number dd dd online or offline Action None For details on the online operation see online Places Paths Online on page 6 11 For details on the offline operation see offline Places Paths Offline on page 6 6 KAPLO1063 I The target path s are already aa aa Messages Details As a result of a previous online offline operation the specified path has already been set to Online Online S Online D Offline C 8 17 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation ad aa Online Online S Online D or Offline C Action Use the view operation of the HDLM command dinkmgr to check the status of the path For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 For details on the online operation see online Places Paths Online on page 6 11 For details on the offline operation see offline Places Paths Offline on page 6 6 For Online S or Online D paths To change the status of a path from Online S or Online D to Online re execute the HDLM command using the hapath parameter KAPLO1068
439. or the HDLM manager and then take the appropriate action If you do not know the appropriate action execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM and report the error and detail code For details on the DiMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO5501 E The path could not be created aa aa bb bb cc Execute the DLMgetras utility to collect error information and then contact your vendor or maintenance company Refer to the HDLM User s Guide for instructions how to execute the DLMgetras utility Messages Details The driver instance could not be registered in the kernel side aa aa HDLM driver instance name bb bb Logical device file name of hdisk cc cc Error code decimal number Action Contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM 8 49 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 50 Message ID KAPLO5508 I Message Text Data for maintenance PathCheck Error Code aa aa Status Validity bb bb Status Code cc cc Sense Code dd dd Explanation Details This message outputs the details of a path check error aa aa Error code bb bb Status Validity cc cc Status code dd dd Sense code Actio
440. or the facility in the etc syslog conf file The following shows an example where the system function name is user and messages at the info level or higher are output to the tmp syslog user log file user info tmp syslog user log For details on error levels see Filtering of error information on page 2 33 Filtering of error information Errors detected by HDLM are classified into various error levels The following table lists and describes the error levels in the order of most to least severe to the system Table 2 8 Error levels Level output in Error level Meaning syslog Fatal errors that may stop the system Errors that adversely affect the system This type of error can be avoided by performing a failover or other countermeasures Warning Errors that enable the system to warning continue but if left might cause the system to improperly operate Information Information that simply indicates the operating history when the system is operating normally HDLM Functions 2 33 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Error information is filtered according to the error level and then collected In syslog the HDLM messages on or above the level set by the user configured in etc syslog conf are collected It is recommended that you set the Information to be output at the info level or higher The error information in error logs and trace files are collected based ona user defined c
441. orage system Legend gt path m Flow of error information Figure 2 14 Flow of Data When Collecting Error Information HDLM Functions 2 31 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Types of Collected Logs 2 32 Logs might be collected in layers below HDLM such as for the HBA driver For more details see the AIX documentation HDLM collects information on the detected error and trace information in the integrated trace file trace file error logs HDLM utility s log file and syslog You can use the error information to examine the status of an error and analyze the cause of the error The following table lists and describes the error information that can be collected in logs Log name Integrated trace file Trace file Table 2 7 Types of error information Description Operation logs of the HDLM command are collected Trace information on the HDLM manager is collected at the level specified by the user If an error occurs you might need to change the settings to collect trace information Output destination The default file path is var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2 1 16 log To specify the output destination directory and the file prefix for the integrated trace file use a Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 utility The trace file name is var DynamicLinkManager log hdlmtr 1 64 log Error log Error information is collected for the user defined lev
442. orming an remove See Removing HDLM on page 3 97 and then complete the remove When performing neither of the above or if the same error continues to occur even after one of the above procedures is performed execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO1114 The audit log configuration file does not Details W exist Restart the HDLM Manager and The audit log configuration execute the dinkmgr view sys audlog file does not exist command and check the setting Action Messages 8 25 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 26 Message ID Message Text Explanation Restart the HDLM Manager and execute the dinkmgr view sys audlog command and then specify the desired setting by using the dlnkmgr set audlog command or the dinkmgr set audfac command as necessary KAPLO1115 W The audit log configuration file cannot be opened Execute the dinkmgr view sys audlog command and check whether a normal result is displayed Details The audit log configuration file cannot be opened Action If the dlnkmgr view sys audlog command does not display a normal result contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance c
443. ory and then in this directory create the license key file dlm lic_key The following shows an example when the license key is 123456789ABCDEF mkdir var DLM cho 123456789ABCDEF gt var DLM dlm lic key o When the license key file has been provided Store the license key file directly under the var tmp directory by using the hdlm_license name var tmp hdlm_ license Note that the hdim license and dim lic key files are deleted after installation finishes successfully 3 Insert the DVD ROM into the DVD ROM drive and mount the DVD ROM Creating an HDLM Environment 3 49 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 50 You do not need to mount the DVD ROM If you install HDLM by using a directory to which the DVD ROM is copied or if you use the nim command you do not have to perform this step For an upgrade installation execute the following command o When installing HDLM on an alternate disk from the DVD ROM alt_disk_copy d hdisk name hdisk name w DLManager mpio rte 1 directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted HDIM_AIX o When installing HDLM onto an alternate disk from the directory to which the DVD ROM was copied alt_disk_copy d hdisk name hdisk name w DLManager mpio rte 1l directory copied from DVD ROM HDLM AIX o When installing HDLM on an alternate disk on a NIM client from a NIM server by using the nim command A NIM server is a machine that
444. osts and storage systems A server on which HDLM is installed is called a host LAN Storage system Figure 1 1 Connections between hosts and storage systems For details about the storage systems supported by HDLM see Storage Systems Supported by HDLM on page 3 5 HDLM Features 1 2 HDLM features include the following The ability to distribute a load across multiple paths This is also known as load balancing When a host is connected to a storage system via multiple paths HDLM can distribute the load across all the paths This prevents one loaded down path from affecting the processing speed of the entire system For details on load balancing see Distributing a Load Using Load Balancing on page 2 8 Overview of HDLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX The ability to continue running operations between a host and storage system even if there is a failure This is also Known as performing a failover When a host is connected to a storage system via multiple paths HDLM can automatically switch to another path if there is some sort of failure in the path that is currently being used This allows operations to continue between a host and a storage system For details on performing failovers see Performing Failovers and Failbacks Using Path Switching on page 2 14 The ability to bring a path that has recovered from an error back online This is also known as performing a fai back If a path is r
445. ou want to configure the system so that HDLM messages are output to syslog specify user for the name of the system function defined in the etc syslog conf file In the following example the system function name is user and messages at the Information level or higher are output to the etc syslog conf file user info tmp syslog user log You can check path errors by referring to the KAPLO8xxx messages that are output to syslog To obtain detailed information about the failed path check the execution results of the view operation as indicated by the error message For details on this operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Based on the applicable message detailed information about a path can be obtained by checking the execution results of the view operation The following is an example of a message KAPLO8022 E Error in path occurred ErrorCode aa aa PathID bb bb PathName cc cc dd dd ee ee ff ff DNum gg gg HDevName hh hh The elements of the message are explained below ErrorCode The error number generated when AIX detected the path error PathID The ID assigned to a path This ID is called the AutoPATH_ID AutoPATH_IDs are re assigned every time the host is restarted or every time the path configuration is changed When you want to add a new LU without restarting the host AUtoPATH_IDs are re assigned to each path of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr comman
446. ough a specific HBA port The command will place online all the paths connected to the HBA port that has the specified HBA adapter number bus number or adapter type adapter number Specify the HBA adapter number and bus number or adapter type and adapter number of the target HBA port the numbers are found in the PathName field displayed using the view operation Enter a period Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX between these two parameter values For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 The HBA adapter number bus number and adapter type adapter number strings are case sensitive Example The following example shows how to place online all paths connected to an HBA port whose HBA adapter number is 01 and bus number is 01 When the confirmation message is displayed the user enters y to continue or n to cancel the operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online hba 01 01 KAPL01057 I All the paths which pass the specified HBA will be changed to the Online status Is this OK y n y KAPL01061 I 3 path s were successfully placed Online 0 path s were not Operation name online hbaid HBA port ID Use this parameter to place online at one time all paths that pass through a specific HBA port The command will place online all paths connected to the HBA port that has the specified HBA port ID To display the HBA port IDs execute the foll
447. out how to execute the view operation to display the HBA port IDs see To Display HBA Port Information on page 6 64 in Parameters on page 6 35 Example Command Reference 6 7 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX The following example shows how to place offline all paths connected to the HBA port whose HBA port ID is 00001 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline hbaid 00001 KAPLO1102 I All the paths which pass the specified HBA port will be changed to the Offline C status Is this OK y n y KAPLO1103 I If you are sure that there would be no problem when all the paths which pass the specified HBA port are placed in the Offline C status enter y Otherwise enter n y n y KAPL01061 I 15 path s were successfully placed Offline C 0 path s were not Operation name offline cha pathid AutoPATH_ID Use this parameter to place offline at one time all the paths that pass through a specific CHA port The command will place offline all the paths that pass through the CHA port to which the path with the specified AutoPATH_ID is connected Specify the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path which is displayed by using the view operation For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Leading zeros can be omitted 000001 and 1 indicate the same AutoPATH_ID however when the target AutoPATH_ID is 000000 enter 000000 or 0 for the parameter value AutoPATH_IDs are
448. output depending on the timing of the cancellation This message signifies that the setting change was not successful If this message is output re execute the dlmchpdattr utility with the same parameters specified To return the settings to their previous state make sure that the above setting change was successful and then execute the dimchpdattr utility with the original parameters specified Examples In the following example the utility changes the default hdisk reservation policy to no_ reserve usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchpdattr a reserve policy no_ reserve KAPL10579 I The HDLM default values will be changed Is this OK y n y KAPL10571 I The dlmchpdattr utility completed successfully In the following example the utility changes the default hdisk reservation policy to no_ reserve as well as changing the default number of requests that the queue on the disk can hold to 4 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchpdattr a reserve policy no reserve queue depth 4 KAPL10579 I The HDLM default values will be changed Is this OK y n y KAPL10571 I The dlmchpdattr utility completed successfully In the following example the utility displays the current default hdisk reservation policy Utility Reference 7 15 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmchpdattr o uniquetype disk fcp Hitachi reserve policy no reserve KAPL10571 I The dlmchpdattr utility compl
449. ow to place the path in Offline C status when the path goes through fscsi number 1 fscsi1 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline hba 00 01 Execute the command shown below to delete the path connected to the HBA that is to be replaced Specify the device name fscsi device of the HBA that is to be replaced where n is the instance number of the fscsi device rmpath p fscsin d Because the fscsi number found in step 1 is 1 fscsi1 the result is as follows rmpath p fscsil d If LUN security has been set up for the storage system add the WWN of the new HBA to the LUN security Execute the following command diag HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Note For details on the operations after executing the diag command see the AIX documentation Steps 7 to 14 below provide an example of the execution procedure for AIX V6 1 Technology Level 02 7 From the displayed menu choose Task Selection The Task Selection List window appears 8 Choose Hot Plug Task The Hot Plug Task window appears 9 Choose PCI Hot Plug Manager The PCI Hot Plug Manager window appears 10 Select List PCI Hot Plug Slots to check the PCI slot to be replaced Slot Description Dev ice s PI I3 PCI 64 bit 66MHz 3 3 volt slot Empty PI l4 PCI 64 bit G6MHz 3 3 volt slot Empty PI I5 PCI 64 bit 66MHz 3 3 volt slot PI l6 PCI 64 bit 5OMHz 5 volt slot PI I7 PCI 64 bit 5OMHz 5 volt slot P
450. owerHA 6 1 Environment in a Boot Disk Environment 3 60 For details about setting up PowerHA see the PowerHA documentation To upgrade or re install HDLM in an environment that uses PowerHA and a boot disk Log in to AIX as the root user Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation to log in to AIX 2 Stop PowerHA on the standby host 3 Upgrade or re install HDLM on the standby host To do so perform steps 2 through 21 in When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment on page 3 44 of Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 on the standby host Start PowerHA on the standby host 5 Stop PowerHA on the active host Specify takeover as the shutdown mode 6 Upgrade or re install HDLM on the active host To do so perform steps 2 through 21 in When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment on page 3 44 of Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 on the active host 7 Start PowerHA on the active host Migrating HDLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment When HDL version 5 8 1 or earlier is migrated to HDLM version 5 9 or later the logical device file that can be controlled by the HDLM driver changes from the HDLM device dimfdrvn to hdisk If the user application uses an LU managed by HDLM modify the user application appropr
451. owing is an example of executing the command to check the Key for hdiskn lsattr El hdisk12 grep PR_key value PR_ key value Oxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Reserve Key TRU Gl storage system does not support the persistent reservation or if a hardware error occurs Example To check the Reservation Keys and then clear the Reservation Keys other than those for the local host 1 Execute the dimpr utility to display the Reservation Keys for hdisk1 hdisk2 hdisk3 hdisk4 hdisk5 hdisk6 hdisk7 hdisk8 hdisk9 hdisk10 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpr k hdiskl hdisk2 hdisk3 hdisk4 hdisk5 hdisk6 hdisk7 hdisk8 hdisk9 hdisk10 self Reservation Key Oxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa hdiskl Reservation Key OX 2 2 reserve policy PR_exclusive hdisk2 Reservation Key 0x0000000000000000 reserve policy no reserve hdisk3 Reservation Key Oxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa reserve policy PR exclusive Regist Key Oxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Key Count 4 Regist Key 0xcccccccccccccccc Key Count 4 hdisk4 Reservation Key Oxbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb reserve policy PR_exclusive Regist Key OQxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Key Coun Regist Key Oxbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb Key Coun hdisk5 Reservation Key Oxbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb reserve policy no reserve Regist Key Oxbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb Key Count 4 hdisk6 Reservation Key 0x0000000000000000 reserve policy single path ECF CT Regist Key O0
452. owing view operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view hba For details about how to execute the view operation to display the HBA port IDs see To Display HBA Port Information on page 6 64 in Parameters on page 6 35 Example The following example shows how to place online all paths connected to the HBA port whose HBA port ID is 00001 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online hbaid 00001 KAPL01104 I All the paths which pass the specified HBA port will be changed to the Online status Is this OK y n y KAPL01061 I 15 path s were successfully placed Online 0 path s were not Operation name online cha pathid AutoPATH_ID Use this parameter to place online at one time all the paths that pass through a specific CHA port The command will place online all the paths that pass through the CHA port to which the path with the specified AutoPATH_ID is connected Specify the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path which is displayed by using the view operation For details about the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Leading zeros can be omitted 000001 and 1 indicate the same AutoPATH_ID however when the target AutoPATH_ID is 000000 enter 000000 or 0 for the parameter value Command Reference 6 13 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 6 14 AutoPATH_IDs are re assigned every time the host is restarted When you want to add a new LU without restarting the host AU
453. page 5 3 Attribute of the path e Own Owner path e Non Non owner path When connected to the Lightning 9900V series Hitachi USP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series Virtual Storage Platform series Hitachi AMS2000 series 3 Hitachi SMS series HUS100 series 3 or HUS VM all paths are owner paths 1O0 Count 1 Total I O count for a path The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 1 4294967295 If the total I O count reaches the maximum value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 To reset the I10 Count value to 0 execute the dinkmgr command s clear operation Executing the clear operation also resets the number of I O errors I0 Errors to 0 For details about the clear operation see clear Returns the Path Statistics to the Initial Value on page 6 3 Errors 1 Total I O error count for a path The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 1 4294967295 If the total I O error count reaches the maximum value it is reset and the count is re started from 0 To reset the 10 Errors value to 0 execute the dinkmgr command s clear operation Executing the clear operation also clears the number of I O operations I0 Count to 0 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Displayed item Description No summary Summary displayed displayed For details about the clear operation see clear Returns the Path St
454. parameter specified When the confirmation message is displayed enter y to execute or n to cancel the command If the license key file does not exist a message asking you to enter the license key appears so enter the license key Note When you are executing the dinkmgr command s set operation with the lic parameter to install the license you can only execute it once a time If you attempt to execute more than one dinkmgr command containing the set operation with the lic parameter a core file is created and the following message might appear KAPLO1075 1 A fatal error occurred in HDLM The system environment is invalid If this message appears execute the dlnkmgr command s view operation with the sys lic parameter to make sure that the license is installed correctly Gl The following shows an example in which the command is executed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr set lic KAPLO1049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name set y n y KAPLO1071 I A permanent license was installed Viewing HDLM Version Information 4 12 This section explains how to display HDLM version information To display HDLM version information execute the dlnkmgr command s view operation with the sys parameter specified The following shows an example in which the command is executed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys HDLM Version E XXX XX Service Pack Version Load Bal
455. plays Help usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpremkcd h Usage dlmpremkcd c u h dimpreremove Utility for Executed Before Removing HDLM This utility excludes the hdisk recognized as a boot disk from being an HDLM management target In a boot disk environment before you remove HDLM you must exclude the hdisk recognized as a boot disk from being an HDLM management target Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpreremove h s Parameters h Displays the format of the dimpreremove utility Executes the command without displaying the message asking for confirmation of command execution from the user Specify this parameter if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message for example when you want to execute the command in a shell script or batch file Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Examples In the following example the utility is executed in a boot disk environment usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpreremove s KAPL13103 I HDIM can be removed after rebooting the host KAPL13101 I The dlmpreremove utility completed successfully In the following example the utility displays Help usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpreremove h Usage dlmpreremove h s dimrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers This utility deletes hdisks or changes the status of hdisks to Defined according to the parameter settings When all the hdisks recognized as HDLM management target dev
456. ple the file is being opened in a text editor or whether the file has been inadvertently deleted KAPL04009 The option definition is invalid Details E HDLM manager could not start normally because some of the definitions in the option definition file were invalid Action If the KAPL04033 W message is output after 8 38 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation this message execute the dinkmgr view sys sfunc command and then check the option settings For options with setting values that have returned to default values use the dinkmgr set operation to reset the values If the KAPLO4033 W message is not output restart HDLM manager If the same error occurs re install HDLM For details on the view operation see view Displays Information on page 6 33 For details on the set operation see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 KAPLO4010 Could not open the error log file Details E HDLM manager cannot start normally unable to open the error log file var opt DynamicLinkManager log dlmmgr 1 16 1log Action Check whether another program is using the file or has opened the file with Notepad or whether the error log file has been deleted inadvertently KAPLO4011 Could not output the error log file Details E The log information could not be output to the error log
457. ple of executing the command to install HDLM as an installation bundle from the DVD ROM or a directory to which the contents of the DVD ROM have been copied multibos Xs b name of the bundle file in which the HDLM syntax is written l name of the directory to which the DVD ROM is mounted or the contents of the DVD ROM have been copied HDLM AIX When performing an upgrade installation of HDLM on an already created standby BOS e An example of executing the command to install HDLM from the DVD ROM or a directory to which the contents of the DVD ROM have been copied multibos Xc a l name of the directory to which the DVD ROM is mounted or the contents of the DVD ROM have been copied HDLM AIX e An example of executing the command to install HDLM as an installation bundle from the DVD ROM or a directory to which the contents of the DVD ROM have been copied multibos Xc b name of the bundle file in which the HDLM syntax is written l name of the directory to which the DVD ROM is mounted or the contents of the DVD ROM have been copied HDLM AIX For details about the multibos command see the AIX documentation Restart the standby BOS and then execute the following command to make sure that the package has been installed lslpp la DLManager mpio rte Make sure that DLManager mpio rte exists among the file set items on the output list and that only the COMMITTED status is disp
458. policy PR _ exclusive N A TRUE Perform the following procedure if reserve_policy is set to PR exclusive 2 Quitall applications that specify and directly access the hdisk whose attribute is to be changed 3 Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by HDLM umount file system mount point Creating an HDLM Environment 3 95 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Execute the following command to display all the activated volume groups lsvg o Among the displayed volume groups inactivate the volume groups used by HDLM varyoffvg volume group name Execute the chdev command to change the reserve policy attribute to no reserve chdev 1 hdisk nam a reserve policy no_ reserve Confirm that the setting was changed to no _ reserve lsattr El hdisk nam a reserve policy reserve policy no reserve N A TRUE Settings for Using VCS To use VCS install HDLM on all of the hosts that comprise the cluster and then configure the HDLM devices Also carry out the following procedure before starting VCS i 3 96 Specify the settings for starting the preonline script when VCS starts When you have specified the settings for starting the preonline script go to step 2 For details on the setting method see the VCS documentation The following example shows settings for starting the preonline script when VCS starts haconf makerw hagrp modify service group Pr
459. ponse to the confirmation message for example when you want to execute the command in a shell script or batch file Example The following example shows how to place a path whose AutoPATH_ID is 000002 online without asking for confirmation of command execution from the user usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online pathid 2 s KAPLO1061 I 1 path s were successfully placed Online 0 path s were not Operation name online To Display the Format of the Online Operation 6 16 help Displays the format of the online operation Example The following example shows how to display the format of the online operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online help online Format dlnkmgr online path s dlnkmgr online path hba HBAPortNumber BusNumber hbaid HBA ID s dinkmgr online path cha pathid AutoPATH ID chaid CHA ID s dinkmgr online path pathid AutoPATH ID s dinkmgr online path hdev Host Device Name ospathid Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX OS Path IDJ s dinkmgr online path hapath lu pathid AutoPATH_ ID s dinkmgr online path dfha lu pathid AutoPATH ID s Valid value AutoPATH ID 000000 999999 Decimal HBA ID 00000 99999 Decimal CHA ID 00000 99999 Decimal OS_Path_ID 00000 99999 Decimal KAPL01001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name
460. ps e mount umount command e cfgmgr command e mkdev command e xrmdev command e chdev command When a path is in an error state if you perform the online operation of the HDLM command with the s parameter it might take a long time for the command processing to finish When a path is in an error state and you want to place all paths or several paths online at the same time we recommend that you execute the command without specifying the s parameter If you do this and a path cannot be placed online a message confirming that you want to continue the processing is displayed If you enter n in response to this message you can suspend the command 4 2 HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Storage System e Start up the storage system before you start up the hosts so that AIX can detect the storage system e To delete an LU from the storage system you must delete the hdisk first and then you can delete the LU e If you change the storage system s owner controller for the LU you must re configure the hdisk or restart the server Notes on Shutting Down a Host When a cluster environment is not being used and you shut down a host without inactivating a volume group that satisfies all of the following conditions other hosts will no longer be able to operate the volume group e The volume group was created by an LU shared by multiple hosts e The reservation policy for the LU used to configure the volu
461. r collect the archive in the output directory specified at the time of execution and then contact your HDLM vendor or your maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10036 An attempt to compress the error Details E information failed Details aa aa 8 94 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX betes Message Text Explanation Execution of the compress command failed dd dd compress command output message Action See the details in the message and then remove the cause of the error For information about the error collect the archive in the output directory specified at the time of execution and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10049 Error information collection command Details I aa aa Return value bb bb Execution i A command was executed time cc cc to collect information targeted for collection aa aa Executed command bb bb Return value of the executed command cc cc year 4 digits month date hour minute second Action None KAPL10050 The utility for collecting HDLM error Details I information started Start time aa aa The utility for collectin GMT aa aa Y g HDLM error information started aa aa year 4 digits month date hour minute second Action None KAPL10521 A parameter is invalid p
462. r Guide for AIX HDLM System Requirements Check the following before installing HDLM For OS patches and software provided by OS vendors download them from the Web site of the appropriate OS vendor For the requirements for using HDLM in an HAM environment see the release notes of HDLM Host and OS Support for HDLM You can install HDLM on hosts running the OSs in the following table Table 3 1 Applicable OSs for the Host AIX 5L V5 3 4 For Technology Level 06 Apply SP9 or later For Technology Level 07 Apply SP6 or later For Technology Level 08 Apply APAR 1243371 For Technology Level 09 Apply SP2 or later and APAR 1Z42658 For Technology Level 10 Apply SP1 or later Technology Level 11 2 For Technology Level 12 Apply SP1 or later AIX 5L V5 3 Virtual 1 0 ioslevel 2 1 0 0 to 2 2 2 xx where xx is a number Server AIX V6 1 1 3 If Technology Level is not installed Apply SP1 or later and APAR 1Z11722 For Technology Level 01 Apply APAR 1242661 For Technology Level 02 Apply SP2 or later and APAR 1242662 For Technology Level 03 Apply SP1 or later Technology Level 04 4 For Technology Level 05 Apply SP1 or later Technology Level 06 Technology Level 07 For Technology Level 08 Creating an HDLM Environment 3 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 4 Apply SP1 or later AIX V6 1 Virtual I O Server 3 ioslevel 2 1 0 01 to 2 2 2 xx where xx is a number 5 AIX V7 1
463. r HDLM Management Target Device on page 3 36 of Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 36 When performing an upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM in a local boot disk environment Perform the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment on page 3 37 of Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 When performing an upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM in a boot disk environment Perform the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment on page 3 44 of Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 5 Execute the following command on the standby host When the OS used in a PowerHA 7 1 environment is AIX V6 1 TLO6 or AIX V7 1 with no TL Clusterconf r hdiskxx When the OS used in a PowerHA 7 1 environment is AIX V6 1 TLO7 or later or AIX V7 1 TLO1 or later Creating an HDLM Environment 3 63 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Clctrl start m node name 6 Execute the following command on the standby host to start PowerHA smitty cl_ start 7 Execute the following command on the active host to stop PowerHA smitty cl_ stop 8 Execute the following command on the active host When the OS used in a PowerHA 7 1 environment is AIX V6 1 TLO6 or AIX V7 1 with no TL clomd stopsrce s clconfd clus
464. r mounting the DVD ROM make the directory mkdir cdrom cdrom is the desired directory name Hereafter cdrom is used for purposes of explanation Mount the DVD ROM mount r v cdrfs dev cd0 cdrom The dev cd0 part depends on the system Back up the HDLM settings To check whether the HDLM settings information has been properly inherited after migration save the HDLM settings information into separate files o Save the HDLM environment settings information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys gt any file name o Save the HDLM execution environment ODM settings usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset o gt any file name Back up the HDLM settings Execute the dimmigsts utility for assisting HDLM migrations to save the HDLM environment settings and the HDLM execution environment ODM settings For details about this utility see d mmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool dlmmigsts b odm tmp any desired directory odm environment settings file name set tmp any desired directory set environment settings file name Also back up the information for the applications you are using if necessary Remove HDLM See the HDLM manual for the version you are going to remove Because HDLM version 5 9 or later requires deletion of hdisk do not attempt to perform device configuration cf gmgr command before performing step 17 Perform a new installa
465. r of trace files the maximum size of the trace files that can be collected is 1024000KB If the value is changed to something smaller than the value that is currently set the execution confirmation message KAPLO1097 W will be displayed and the trace file will be deleted temporarily The trace files for which a file size can be set are hdlmtrn 1log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 The trace files are fixed in length Thus even if the amount of written trace information is less than the setting file size the size of each output trace file is always the same When all the trace files become full the new trace data will overwrite the oldest trace data systfn number of trace files Specify the number of trace files Specify a value from 2 to 64 When combined with the specification for the trace file size the maximum total size of the trace files that can be collected is 1024000KB If the value is changed to something smaller than the value that is currently set the execution confirmation message KAPLO1097 W will be displayed and the trace file will be deleted temporarily The trace files for which the number of files can be set are hdlimtrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 64 pchk on intvl checking interval off Enables or disables path health checking on Enabled off Disabled For a standby host or a host connected to the Thunder 9500V series or Hitachi AMS WMS series storage system we recommend that
466. r the same reason explained in Simplifying the HDLM Environment Configuration and Operation Procedures by Changes to the Logical Device Files on page B 2 the following HDLM environment configuration and operation procedures have been changed e New installation and update installation of HDLM e Settings when GPFS is used e Replacement of HBA e Changing HDLM management target devices e Replacement of fiber cables e Replacement of fibre channel switches An update installation refers to upgrading HDLM whose version is 5 9 or later Therefore it does not include a migration from HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier to HDLM version 5 9 or later It also does not include a migration from HDLM version 5 9 or later to HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier For such installations you must first remove the existing HDLM and then install HDLM version 5 9 or later To migrate from HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier to HDLM version 5 9 or later you can use the dimmigsts utility for assisting HDLM transitions to inherit the existing HDLM settings For details see Migrating from HDLM Version 5 8 1 or Earlier to Version 5 9 or Later on page 3 56 B 4 Differences Between HDLM Version 5 9 or Later and Version 5 8 1 or Earlier Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Migrating Reservation Control Settings In HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier the reservation control setting is called the reservation level and is specified by using the set opera
467. r time KAPLO9091 E A fatal error occurred in HDLM The system environment is invalid Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract of HDLM Details A part of the HDLM configuration file is missing Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract of HDLM KAPLO9100 E 8 64 Installation is not possible because aa aa iS already installed Messages Details Installation is not possible because the fileset that was output in the message is installed aa aa DLManager rte or AutoPath rte character string Action Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Re install after removing the fileset that was output in the message KAPLO9112 E The license key file is invalid File name ada aa Place the correct license key file in the designated directory and then re install HDLM Details The format of the license key file is invalid aa aa var tmp hdilm_ license Action Place the correct license key file in the designated directory and then re install HDLM var tmp hdlm_license KAPLO9113 E There is no installable license key in the license key file File name aa aa Make sure that the license key file is correct and then re install HDLM Details There is no HDLM installable license key in t
468. r utility to check whether the target device is using persistent reservations shared host methodology All other error codes Contact your HDLM vendor or if you have an HDLM 8 125 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation maintenance contract the maintenance company KAPL13168 E The system environment is invalid Error Code aa aa bb bb Details The system environment is not valid as an environment for executing the dilmrmprshkey utility aa aa Error number decimal number bb bb Return code decimal number Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if you have an HDLM maintenance contract KAPL13169 W The specified device is not targeted for processing device name aa aa Details A device not targeted for processing was specified aa aa Specified device name Action None KAPL13170 1 Processing terminated before completion because a signal was received Details The dimrmprshkey process has been terminated by an operation such as Ctrl C Action None KAPL13171 1 If you execute the dlmrmprshkey utility and the server on which the specified key value has been registered attempts to access an LU the attempt might fail with an error Details This message is a warning to users before they execute the dlmrmprshkey utility Action None KAPL13601 W 8
469. rameter Value for an HDLM Managed device 3 17 Installing AI Lae tects acradse ts ee asics didina dae seastonsicset eens eed ceereeerdidetieeceeeecdtaaaceenets 3 17 Available Installation Me tnOdS ccoivccsiescoecocse cacessvesces cecetste dices nesiciceeredcdieaseienceee 3 17 When Performing a New Installation Upgrade Installation or Re installation of MUP S E E eat dessa deletes see E E E 3 18 When Performing a Migration of HDLM csccsseessecceeecnsecssessessenseaes 3 21 Preparations for a New Installation of HDLM sssssssssssssssssrssrsnsrssrrnrrnnrrerrrsrrens 3 23 Perform Operations for HDLM Management Target Devices 3 23 Set Up the Hardware sssssssssrsnssnsrsenersnnossnnnnonsnnerssnennnnerennenerennenanne 3 23 Switch the Kernel Mode s ssssssssssssssssrssrsnrrssrrnrrnrrrnrrnrrnrnnanrnrrnnrnnnenrrennne 3 24 Set Up Cluster Software ssssssssssssssrrsrrsrrrnrrrsrrnsrrnrrnnnnnrnnnnnnnrnnrnnnnnennne 3 25 Performing a New Installation of HDLM ssssssssssssrrsrrnrrnsrssrrnsrnnrrnrrnsrenrrnrrnnrens 3 25 When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment 3 25 When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk EnvirOnment c ccsseeesseeeseeeeaees 3 30 Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM 000 3 36 LOD Applications imcian a i a aiia 3 36 Perform Operations for HDLM Management Target Device 3 36 Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM
470. re assigned every time the host is restarted When you want to add a new LU without restarting the host AUtoPATH_IDs are re assigned to each path of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr command Always make sure that you use the view operation to find the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path before executing the offline operation Example The following example shows how to place offline all the paths connected to the CHA port oa In this example a path whose AutoPATH_ID is 000001 is connected to the target CHA port When the confirmation message is displayed the user enters y to continue or n to cancel the operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline cha pathid 000001 KAPL01055 I All the paths which pass the specified CHA port will be changed to the Offline C status Is this OK y n y KAPLO1056 I If you are sure that there would be no problem when all the paths which pass the specified CHA port are placed in the Offline C status enter y Otherwise enter n y n y KAPLO1061 I 2 path s were successfully placed Offline C 0 path s were not Operation name offline chaid CHA port ID Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Use this parameter to place offline at one time all paths that pass through a specific CHA port The command will place offline all paths connected to the CHA port that has the specified CHA port ID To display the CHA port IDs execute the following
471. re installation The previous setting will be inherited 1 Enter one key and one setting per line 2 If the value is not of an allowable type an error will occur For details about the functions set by these keys see d modmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM on page 7 21 ENVIRONMENT_SETTINGS section This section defines information that is used when the set operation of the HDLM command is executed This section is optional If this section name is omitted or if any of the keys in the section are not defined setup by means of the set operation of the HDLM command will not be executed For details on the set operation see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 The following table lists and describes the keys defined in the ENVIRONMENT SETTINGS section Utility Reference 7 37 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Table 7 8 Keys in the ENVIRONMENT_SETTINGS Section Necessity of definition Maxim Upgrad um oe e num Key name 1 Description 2 New installa ps ae installa tion or charac tion re ters installa tion load_balance Specify one of the following values Optional Optional to indicate whether to enable or disable the load balancing function on Enabled default off Disabled load_balance_type Specify one of the following values Optional Optional to indicate the load balancing algorithm rr The Round
472. rectory information file Immgr cha txt CHA port information Immgr drv txt hdisk information Immgr hba txt Immgr lu txt HBA port information HDLM LU information Immgr lu all txt HDLM LU information including the number of times an intermittent error occurred dlmmgr path txt HDLM path information dlmmgr path iem txt dlmmgr sys txt HDLM path information including the number of times an intermittent error occurred HDLM system settings dlmodmset txt HDLM execution environment ODM settings dlmpr k txt Persistent reservation key information errpt 4 txt Environment variable file Error log edit file Srrpt t txt Error log entries output file genkex txt Information of loaded drivers hacmp txt histfile xxxxx Information on the PowerHA configuration File specified in the HISTFILE environment variable iotool txt Driver information iscfg txt Firmware version of HBA etc lsdev C txt lsdev proc txt Kernel parameter value CPU information ISES Xt File system information lslpp txt List of installed packages lspath txt Utility Reference MPIO path information 7 11 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 7 12 1 Output directory lsps a txt Explanation Swap area usage of swap lspv txt Physical volume information isvg txt Infor
473. rent settings will be output as follows dd thimm rw log dev hdf dd hh mm rw log dev logivdi Figure 3 3 Example of Results from Executing the Mount p Command Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM In this example assume that HDLM manages the shaded portion of the devices o Execute the following command to unmount the disk umount mntpt 4 Execute the following command to inactivate the applicable volume group varyoffvg volume group name 3 36 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM This subsection explains how to perform an upgrade installation from an earlier version or how to re install HDLM Because HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier cannot be upgraded to HDLM version 5 9 or later migration is necessary For details about migration see Migrating from HDLM Version 5 8 1 or Earlier to Version 5 9 or Later on page 3 56 The following table lists and describes the files that are inherited during an upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM Table 3 11 List of Files Inherited During an Upgrade Installation or Re installation File Description usr DynamicLinkManager config dlmmgr xml File for setting up HDLM functionality var DynamicLi er log dlmmgr 1 16 log Log files of HDLM Manager var Dynamichi er log dlminquiry 1 2 log Log files of
474. rform an unattended installation see Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM on page 3 65 The installux sh utility for HDLM Common Installer HDLM will be installed on and installs the corresponding version of HDLM from the DVD ROM This utility can also perform unattended installations via a parameter specification For details about the installux sh utility see installux sh Utility for HDLM Common Installer on page 7 43 For details about how to use this utility to install HDLM see Performing a New Installation of HDLM on page 3 25 Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 or Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM on page 3 65 Note The utilities must be executed by a user with root permissions The starting time of the host and execution time of the utility depend on the number of LUs and paths The following table lists examples of the starting time of the host and the execution time of the HDLM utilities Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Table 7 1 Examples of the Starting Time of the Host and the Execution Time of the Utilities Number of paths 2 for an LU Total f p Operation ee of Execution time 3 paths 2 Execution time of the device 4 1024 42 seconds configuration on starting the host 8 2048 42 seconds when HDLM is installed 16 4096 43 seconds Execution time of the device 4 1024 32 sec
475. rget device from the running kernel and then stop the HDLM manager usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmdev The KAPLO9012 I message appears If the KAPLO9012 I message is not displayed the HDLM driver has not been deleted or the HDLM manager has not stopped Make sure that no process service file system or volume group is using the HDLM management target path and then re execute the above command Execute the following command to make sure that the hdisks recognized as the devices to be managed by HDLM have been deleted lsdev Cc disk If GPFS RVSD was used delete the setting information from etc vsd oemdisktypes 1lst o If XP series was used delete the following line disk fcp HP fscsi disk fcp Creating an HDLM Environment 3 99 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 100 17 18 19 20 21 o If Thunder 9500V series Lightning 9900V series excluding XP series Hitachi USP series excluding XP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series excluding XP20000 and XP24000 Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series HUS100 series or HUS VM was used delete the following line disk fcp Hitachi fscsi disk fcp If GPFS or GPFS RVSD was used execute the following utility to set the LUN RESET option to off usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset r off If you have been using VCS and have registered VCS scripts you must delete the VCS script
476. river Action None KAPLO6010 Could not process the IOCTL aa aa Details E bb bb Cc CC Although the IOCTL request aa aa code hexadecimal number from the HDLM manager or API was accepted it is not one of the requests expected to be processed by the alert driver bb bb error code hexadecimal number cc cc O fixed Action Check the message of the HDLM command dinkmgr or HDLM manager and then take the appropriate action If you do not know the appropriate action execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM and report the error and detail code For details on the DiMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO6013 Could not write log information into the Details E log buffer aa aa bb bb 8 52 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation When a log output request was made from the filter driver the log information was discarded because of a memory allocation failure Alternatively although an HDLM driver message or HDLM alert driver message or a non emergency message C I by the core logic was generated its log information was discarded by the HDLM alert driver aa aa log message code hexadecimal number
477. ronment Configuration and Operation Procedures by Changes to the Logical Device FileS s ssesssesssrsnssrersensnsssessnnsrosarsenosnnsenssnnsannenennnnennennnnnne B Changing the HDLM Environment Configuration and Operation Procedures by Changes to the Logical Device FNS cesses nrnna a a E a A B 4 Migrating Reservation Control SettingS ssssssssssrssrrsrrrnrrrrrrnrrrnrrnnrnnrnnrrnrrrnrenrrnnne B 5 Support for a Boot Disk Environment s sssssssssssrssrsesrnsrrnrrnnrrnnnrnnrnnnrnnnnnnrnnnnnrnennne B 5 About Settings when Upgrading the OS s ssssssssessrsrserensnnerssnessnsnrenennnseressenernnne B 5 Eliminating Settings when Upgrading the OS sssssssssssssrssrserrsrrsrrnsrnnrnnrresreenees B 5 Eliminating Settings when Changing the Kernel Mode ssssssssssssssrssrserresrerreenns B 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Changing a Virtual I O Server s Method of Recognizing Virtual SCSI Disks Acronyms and abbreviations Glossary Index xi Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX xii Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Preface This document describes how to use the Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager m O Intended audience Product version Release notes Document revision level Document organization Related documents Document conventions Conventions for storage capacity values Accessing product documentation G
478. ror information Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO3008 An error occurred during log input to the Details E HDLM alert driver aa aa This information is required for resolving problems aa aa API trace error information Action 8 36 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLiMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPLO3999 E An unexpected error occurred KAPLO4001 to KAPLO5000 Message ID KAPLO4001 I Message Text HDLM manager started Details Conflicting versions of HDLM modules are being used Action Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Informati
479. ror log files dimmgr 1 16 1og You can set a value from 2 to 16 The default is 2 Optional Optional trace level Set the trace output level You can set a level from 0 to 4 The default is 0 Optional Optional trace file size Set the size of the trace files hdlmtr 1 64 10g in kilobytes You can set a size from 100 to 16000 The default is 1000 Optional Optional trace file number Set the number of trace files hdlmtr 1 64 log You can set a value from 2 to 64 The default is 4 Optional Optional path health check Specify one of the following values to indicate whether to enable or disable the path health check function on Enabled default off Disabled Optional Optional path health check interval Specify the interval in minutes at which the path health check is performed You can specify a check interval from 1 to 1440 The default is 30 Optional Optional auto _ failback Specify one of the following values to indicate whether to enable or disable the automatic failback function for failed paths on Enabled default Utility Reference Optional Optional Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 7 39 7 40 Key name 1 Description 2 off Disabled Necessity of definition Upgrad e New installa installa tion or tion re installa tion auto _failback_inte rval Spec
480. roups lsvg o Among the displayed volume groups inactivate the volume groups used by HDLM varyoffvg volume group name Execute the utility indicated below to change the status of the hdisks recognized as HDLM management target devices by the active kernel and then stop the HDLM manager To inherit the existing hdisk configuration execute the dlmrmdev utility with the e parameter specified If you are using HDLM version 6 2 or earlier and you want to inherit the existing hdisk configuration use the dimrmdev utility that is included in the installation DVD ROM of the HDLM version to be installed DVD ROM mounted directory HDLM AIX hdlmtool dlmrmdev o Deleting an existing hdisk When an existing hdisk is successfully deleted the KAPL09012 I message is displayed If the KAPLO9012 I message is not displayed make sure that no processes services file systems or volume groups are using any Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX HDLM management target paths and then re execute the procedure of step 6 The hdisk of the boot disk cannot be deleted o Inheriting the existing hdisk configuration When the existing hdisk configuration is successfully inherited the KAPL10531 I message is displayed If the KAPL10531 I message is not displayed make sure that no processes services file systems or volume groups are using any HDLM management target paths and then re execute the procedure
481. rror Code 36 is output check for a path error If there is a path error restore the path status and then retry If the KAPL10648 E message has been issued but there is no path error contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10649 aa aa An attempt to perform Details E Reservation Key clear processing has failed Make sure that an error has not occurred in the HDLM management target device and that the device can be managed by HDLM If either of the above aa aa Hdisk name conditions are not met execute the Action DLMgetras utility to collect error information and then contact your vendor or maintenance company Refer to the HDLM User s Guide for instructions how to execute the DLMgetras utility An attempt to perform Reservation Key clear processing has failed Make sure that an error has not occurred in the HDLM management target device and that the device can be managed by HDLM If either of the above conditions are not met contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM Messages 8 107 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID KAPL10650 I Message Text aa aa NO RESERVATION Explanation Details A LU has not been reserved aa aa Hdisk name Action None KAPL10651 I The user terminated the operation Details The dimpr
482. rror log files default is 2 The resulting fraction will be rounded up 2 This value depends on the trace file settings The maximum is 1000 MB q t x n 1024 in MB where t is the size of the trace file units KB default is 1 000 and 3 10 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 n is the number of trace files default is 4 The resulting fraction will be rounded up This is the amount of unused capacity required to use the installhdlm utility For details on this utility see nstal hd m Utility for Installing HDLM on page 7 32 Number of LUs and Paths That Are Supported in HDLM The following table lists the number of LUs and paths that are supported by HDLM Table 3 6 Number of LUs and Paths That Are Supported by HDLM Number of LUs 1 to 4 096 1 Number of paths available to connect to an LU 1 to 64 2 Number of paths for a boot disk 1to4 Total number of paths 1 to 8 192 1 2 For details on the maximum number of LUs that can be recognized by a CHA port see the specifications of the storage system that you use If the reservation policy is PR_ exclusive and the Thunder 9500V series Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series or HUS100 series is used the number of supported paths to an LU is 1 to 32 If the reservation policy is PR exclusive Or PR_shared and a storage system other than the Thunder 9500V series Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS serie
483. rrsrrrnrrnrrrnrrnrrnrnrnrrnrrennne 6 66 To Display the Correspondences Between hdisks OS Management Path IDs and ES ats soca ects ees uate onars eet iea aa raaa aai a EREE a aia 6 67 To Display the Format of the View Operation s s ssssssssssssrrrrsrrrrrerrrresrrrens 6 68 add Adds Path Dynamically siiisssinaoisione innnan iiaa E 6 68 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX To Add a Path Dynamically s sssssnsunsnsunsusnnsnnunsnnunsunensnnsnsnnsnsanennnnsunennnn 6 69 To Display the Format of the add Operation s sssssnsrnnrnrrnrrrrerrrrerrnrnne 6 69 Pel AINE CCl S oiisnann nunnana aa siege aa a A a EEA a 6 69 To Add a Path Dy halal ys ss caidas ceaiicetadincetiveencteadccuadaceadetussecdsicsacdeceadead 6 69 To Display the Format of the add Operation cccscsseeceeeseesseeeeeeeeenees 6 69 delete Deletes a Path Dynammically ccccccsseccceeessesceseeseescasesseeseeseseeeseeesseeeees 6 70 PRIM A sce ee ccs a dato serv E EEEE EE EEEE AE E AE 6 70 To Delete a Path Dynamically citcicccessctecsecccsectasiaiaccasdecastcsdandacadtecastaadetacde 6 70 To Display the Format of the delete Operation cccccsseeseeeseeeseeeseeeaees 6 70 Pale WONG ire te cach seuss aioe cereus cae aian aE pradai aiaa hinini iiaa Eadan 6 70 To Delete a Path DyYNaMiCall wscsccccstac scare ce tdavessavas ceiscscieessatessancacetiesecoasce 6 70 To Display the Format of the delete Operation ccccccseeeeeeeeee
484. rs again In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 5 and then press the Enter key A screen to set the monitoring interval will appear The current value is displayed in Current Span sec Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Configuration Utility Rel 2 0 Type the value of interval timer for the monitor 1 300 Type to return Enter the desired interval in New Span sec The specifiable range is between 1 second and 300 seconds with a default of 10 We recommend setting a value of 5 when collecting an integrated trace To leave the monitoring interval as is leave New Span sec blank enter and press the Enter key You will be returned to the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu Press the Enter key The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears again Adjusting the Number of Messages to be Output Per Monitoring Interval This section explains how to adjust the number of messages output to fit a particular monitoring interval To adjust the number of messages to be output per monitoring interval i In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu type 6 and then press the Enter key A screen to set the monitoring interval for the amount of messages output to the integrated trace file will appear The current value is displayed in Current Span sec Creating an HDLM Environment 3 87 Hitach
485. rsion of HDLM is correct x x x xx is the installed version of HDLM Use the view operation to check whether the programs are running properly If HDLM Manager HDLM Alert Driver and HDLM Driver are all Alive all programs are running correctly Using the nimadm command to simultaneously upgrade HDLM and migrate the OS 3 54 To use the nimadm command to upgrade HDLM on a NIM client perform the steps below from a NIM master A NIM master is a machine that manages the installation or upgrade installation of software via a network A NIM client is a machine whose software installation status is managed by a NIM server Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Before you upgrade HDLM on a NIM client make sure that your HDLM license has not expired If the license has expired prepare a valid license key or license key file Make sure that the following conditions are met before using the nimadm command to upgrade HDLM The OS version after migration is AIX 7 1 TLO2 SPO1 or AIX 6 1 TLO8 SP1 or later The target disk of a NIM client used as an alternate disk is in a boot disk environment If the HDLM license on the NIM client has expired renew the license If the license has not expired proceed to step 2 o When only the license key has been provided On the NIM client execute the set operation of the HDLM command while specifying the lic parameter to enter a license key usr D
486. rtup script that was set up during HDLM installation runs and starts the HDLM manager Use the following HDLM command s view operation to confirm that the HDLM manager is running usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys msrv HDLM Manager Ver WakeupTime Alive XL XXX yyyy mm dd hh mm ss KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss When the HDIM Manager column shows Alive the HDLM manager is active Stopping the HDLM Manager 4 14 To stop the HDLM manager log in to AIX as a user with root permissions and then execute the following command stopsre s DLMManager Lower case characters can be used for the command name dimmanager stopsre s dlmmanager The stop script that was set up during HDLM installation runs and stops the HDLM manager Use the following dinkmgr command s view operation to confirm that the HDLM manager has stopped HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys msrv HDLM Manager Ver WakeupTime Dead KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss When the HDIM Manager column shows Dead the HDLM manager is inactive HDLM Resident Processes The table below lists and describes the resident processes in HDLM To monitor these processes use the names below Table 4 1 HDL
487. rval or by decreasing the number of times that the error needs to occur The figure below shows the action taken when an intermittent error is assumed not to have occurred on the path For this example the path is determined to have an intermittent error if the error occurs three or more times in 30 minutes The events that occur are described by using the time arrows Start monitoring Stop monitoring Start monitoring Stop monitoring 30 minutes 30 minutes Legend AFR Indicates where the path was changed from error status to online status by automatic fallback This includes online operation performed by a user Figure 2 12 What Will Happen When an Intermittent Error Does Not Occur on a Path 2 26 HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX As shown in Figure 2 12 What Will Happen When an Intermittent Error Does Not Occur on a Path on page 2 26 normally the count for the number of times that an error occurs is started after the path is first recovered from an error by using the automatic failback function However if all the paths connected to the LU are in the Offline E Online E or Offline C status which is due to the disconnection of the paths or some other reason the paths will not be recovered and put back online by using the automatic failback function If I O operations are continuously being issued to such an LU the count for the number of times that the error occurs might be started even
488. s or HUS100 series is used the maximum number of supported paths to an LU is limited For details contact the storage system vendor For details on reservation policy see About the Reservation Policy on page 3 90 Flow for Creating an HDLM Environment Set up the environment to use HDLM as follows Creating an HDLM Environment 3 11 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Available Installation Methods Prepare for the Preparations for a New Installation of HOLM installation of HDLM Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HOLM Performing a New Installation of HDLM Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM Migrating from HDLM Version 5 8 1 or Earlier to Instal HOLM Version 5 9 or Later Installing HOLM in a PowerHA 6 1 Environment Installing HOLM in a PowerHA 7 1 Environment Performing an Unattended Installation of HOLM Check the path Checking the Path Configuration configuration Setting up HOLM Set up HOLM Setting up Integrated Traces es Settings for Using PowerHA Set up Settings for Using GPFS cluster software Settings for Using Oracle RAC 10g or Oracle RAC 11g Settings for Using VCS Figure 3 1 Flow of HDLM Environment Setup Types of HDLM Installation 3 12 This section describes the following HDLM installation types new installation upgrade installation migration and re installation New installation
489. s Online on page 6 11 Sets the HDLM operating environment For details see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 Displays HDLM program information path information LU information HBA port information CHA port information and information about correspondences between hdisks OS management path IDs and LDEVs For details see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Dynamically adds a path as an HDLM management target For details see add Adds a Path Dynamically on page 6 68 delete Dynamically deletes a path that is an HDLM management target For details see delete Deletes a Path Dynamically on page 6 70 Note 6 2 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX o Execute the command as a user with root permissions o To specify a value that contains a space in its parameter enclose the entire value in double quotes clear Returns the Path Statistics to the Initial Value The dinkmgr command s clear operation clears the statistics I O count and I O errors of all paths that are managed by HDLM and returns them to their initial value Format To Set the Path Statistics to 0 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr clear pdst s To Display the Format of the Clear Operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr clear help Parameters To Set the Path Statistics to 0 pdst Clears statistics I O count and I O errors of all path
490. s Using Commands Starting and Stopping the HDLM Manager HDLM Resident Processes Changing the Configuration of the HDLM Operating Environment HDLM Operation 4 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Notes on Using HDLM This section provides notes on using HDLM and using the environment in which HDLM is installed Make sure that you read this section Displaying Path Information The AutoPATH ID that is displayed during the HDLM dinkmgr command s view operation differs depending on the order in which paths are detected when the host starts For this reason you should always use the path name to specify a path When a Path Error Is Detected When a path error is detected by HDLM you must immediately resolve the error and restore the path A check for path errors is performed whenever an I O is issued If there are any paths through which I O is not normally issued such as a non owner path you should enable path health checking in order to detect errors even when there is no I O For details about path health checking see Detecting errors by using path health checking on page 2 29 When a path is in an error state and the interval specified for a path health check or a failover has been reached and you execute any of the following the response time of the processing might slow down while the path health check or failover is being executed e HDLM command e HDLM utility e OS commands for operating volume grou
491. s all the HDLM commands Chapter 7 Utility Reference on page 7 1 Describes the HDLM utilities Chapter 8 Messages on page 8 1 Appendix A Functional Differences Between Versions of HDLM on page Azi Provides information about viewing messages output by HDLM It also lists and explains the HDLM messages and shows the actions to be taken in response to each message Explains the differences in functionality between HDLM versions Appendix B Differences Between HDLM Version 5 9 or Later and Version 5 8 1 or Earlier on page B 1 Related documents Explains the changes from HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier The following related Hitachi Command Suite documents are available on the documentation CD e Hitachi Command Suite Global Link Manager Installation and Configuration Guide MK 95HC107 Preface XV Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX e Hitachi Command Suite Global Link Manager Messages MK 95HC108 e Hitachi Adaptable Modular Storage Series User s Guide e Hitachi Simple Modular Storage Series User s Guide e Hitachi Unified Storage Series User s Guide e Hitachi USP Series User s Guide e Hitachi Workgroup Modular Storage Series User s Guide e Thunder9580V Series Disk Array Subsystem User s Guide e Reference Manual File Conversion Utility amp File Access Library e Universal Storage Platform V User s Guide e Universal Storage Platform VM User s Guide e Virt
492. s managed by HDLM to the initial value 0 Example usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr clear pdst KAPL01049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name clear y n y KAPL01001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name clear completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Executes the command without displaying a message asking for confirmation of command execution from the user Specify this parameter if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message for example when you want to execute the command in a shell script or batch file Example usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr clear pdst s KAPL01001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name clear completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Command Reference 6 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX To Display the Format of the Clear Operation help Displays the format of the clear operation Example usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr clear help clear Format dlnkmgr clear pdst s KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name clear completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss help Displays the Operation Format The dinkmgr command s help operation displays the list of operations available for the HDLM command or the format of individual operations Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr help operation operation Parameter operation Specify the HDLM
493. s on specifying the b parameter e Do not save odm environment settings file and set environment settings file to an HDLM related directory If you do so the saved file will be deleted during HDLM removal The followings are HDLM related directories usr DynamicLinkManager var DynamicLinkManager var DLM opt hitachi e Make sure you have write permission for odm environment settings file set environment settings file and the storage directory before executing e Do not change the contents of the saved odm environment settings file and set environment settings file e 7 20 Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Restores the settings files by using the names specified in the odm and set parameters odm odm environment settings file name Specifies the file name in which the ODM environment settings are defined Specify the file path Specify a file name different from set environment settings file name set set environment settings file name Specifies the file name in which the set operation environment settings are defined Specify the file path Specify a file name different from odm environment settings file name Executes the utility without displaying the overwrite confirmation message h Displays the format of the dimmigsts utility Examples In the following example the utility saves the ODM environment settings in the tmp odmset file and the set environment settings in
494. s one of the return codes described below Message ID Explanation Details There is no path on which the operation can be performed Action Refresh the host information check the path status and then perform the operation again Details No path was detected Action Check whether a path between the host and the storage system is connected If a path is connected check whether HDLM is configured correctly Details Memory required for HDLM internal processing could not be allocated Action Terminate unnecessary applications to increase free memory or restart the host Details An Offline path cannot be placed Online Action Remove the error in the path and then retry Details The target path of the offline operation is the last remaining path connected to the device and therefore cannot be placed in the offline status Action Click Refresh to update the host information check the path status and then retry the offline operation Details The Offline path cannot be placed Online Action Remove the error in the path and then retry Details The target path s are already Online Action Update the host information and then check the path status 8 132 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Explanation Details The target path s are already Offline C Action Update the host information and then check the path status Details
495. s utility was executed and the files found will be collected Do not specify a directory that contains the directory to which the collected information is output If you specify this directory the DIMgetras utility will run indefinitely Lines beginning with the hash mark are handled as comment lines If the hash mark is encountered anywhere other than at the beginning of a line it is assumed to be part of the path name Only one file or directory can be specified per line The root directory cannot be specified When a directory is specified the DLMgetras utility collects all the files in that directory including files contained in the directory s subdirectories If no files are found in a specified directory the utility does not perform file collection for that directory and does not create a directory for it in the destination directory Set up the specified file or directory so that it can be read by users with root permissions The DLMgetras utility can only obtain information for a file or directory that can be read Displays the format of the DLMgetras utility Note Because DLMgetras first stores error information in the specified output directory before compressing ensure that information collection areas allocated are of adequate size If the specified directory to which collected information is output already exists an overwrite confirmation message is displayed Responding by Utility Reference 7 7
496. scssssnaistencivanndcadtnwnveini cuss enne a EE ea 3 73 Checking the Current Setting S vedecsenccccvetsenscecensssinccvsantadanseidveneveetenesemesnencsanaend 3 74 Setting Up the HDLM FUNCHONS assiccejssnncidccciustGideecsescatenioonaidersnieledievewwesdtewwenntis 3 74 Setting Up Load BalanCiNG is isccrzsisctedecnsveastcterscanvadainn voesseesetiwanscebuncoteeenvens 3 75 Setting Up Path Health Checking s isinr usi innnrainainnnnnunrrnaiuininnnnannnnai anaa 3 76 Setting Up the Automatic Fallback Function s sssssssssersnrnnnnrnnrenrerenrennnn 3 76 Setting Up Intermittent Error Monitoring s sssssssssssssrssrsrssrnrnnrnrrnrnrnerennna 3 77 Setting Up Dynamic I O Path Control sssssssssssssrrsrrrsrrnrrnrrrnrnnrnnnrenrrnnns 3 77 Setting the Error Log Collection Level ssssssssssssnseressnsernesensenossnnennenanne 3 78 Setting the Trace Level sssiiosnuensiauen ninnaa aaa aA 3 79 Setting the Error Log File SiZE ssrisiinisnninani niin annann anaia a aaa 3 79 Setting the Number of Error Log FileS sssssssssssssersssrssrrrrrsrsnrserrerrsrresnns 3 80 vV Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Setting the Trace File SIZE vs sce twncesdeesencensadetencensebeesaoereesiceameaabecianceneenianns 3 80 Setting the Number of Trace FileS ssssssssssssssssnersnsenesrenensensnnnnennenanne 3 80 Setting Up Audit Log Data Collection ssssssssssssnsssnsenssnenennensnnenesnenanne 3 81 Setting the Adit Log TAO cccscsn
497. see 8 10 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation help Displays the Operation Format on page 6 4 KAPLO1036 E The Offline path cannot be placed online PathID aa aa Details aa aa Path ID decimal base 10 number Action Remove the error in the path and then retry KAPLO1039 WwW During the online operation processing of the HDLM command a path that cannot be placed in the Online status was detected PathID aa aa Would you like to continue the processing of the online operation y n Details A path that cannot be placed Online was detected during multipath online processing To ignore this path and perform online processing for the next path enter y To cancel processing enter n aa aa Path ID decimal base 10 number Action If you want to continue processing of the online operation of the HDLM command for other paths enter y If you want to terminate processing enter n For details on the online operation see online Places Paths Online on page 6 11 KAPLO1040 Ww The entered value is invalid Re enter y n Details A value other than y and n was entered Enter y or n Action Enter y orn KAPLO1041 E The entered value is invalid The operation stops Operation name ad aa Messages Details Command processing will b
498. see Figure 2 9 Path status transitions on page 2 22 it will be subject to automatic failbacks and change to the Online status The figure below shows the action taken when an intermittent error is assumed to have occurred on the path For this example the path is determined to have an intermittent error when the error occurs 3 or more times within 30 minutes The events that occur are described by using the time arrows HDLM Functions 2 25 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Stop monitoring Exclude the path from the Start monitoring items subject to automatic 30 minutes Legend AFR Indicates where the path was changed from error status to online status by automatic failback a This includes online operation performed by a user Figure 2 11 Action What Will Happen When an Intermittent Error Occurs on a Path When an intermittent error does not occur If an error does not occur on a path a specified number of times within a specified interval an intermittent error will not occur In such a case the error monitoring will finish when the specified error monitoring interval finishes upon which the number of errors is reset to 0 If an error occurs on the path again at a later time error monitoring will resume when the path is recovered from the error via an automatic failback If it takes a long time for an error to occur an intermittent error can be more easily detected by increasing the error monitoring inte
499. ser selected the item to be displayed by using the 1u item parameter all was specified No value was specified for the parameter 2 This information is displayed when one of the following conditions exist The user selected the item to be displayed by using the 1u c item parameter all was specified No value was specified for the parameter 3 This storage system applies when the dynamic I O path control function is disabled To Display HBA Port Information hba Use this parameter to display information about the paths to each HBA port HDLM displays the unique HBA port ID assigned to each HBA port This HBA port ID can also be used in Offline and Online operations The following table lists and describes the displayed items 6 64 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Table 6 18 Items Displayed as HBA Port Information Item Description HBA port ID Port HBA adapter number in character string and Bus bus number in character string or adapter type and adapter number separated by a period HBAPortWwN A 16 digit hexadecimal number indicating the WWN information for an HBA connected to the storage system This item is displayed only if portwwn is specified together with hba Total I O count for the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 1 4294967295 If the total I O count reaches the maximum
500. servations enable a server to declare that it has exclusive rights to use an LU and prevents other servers from accessing that LU Note however that while reservations allows a server to have exclusive use of only one path to the LU persistent reservations allow a server to have exclusive rights to use multiple paths If persistent reservations are used in HDLM a host can have exclusive use of multiple paths to an LU so that load balancing among these paths is possible See also reservation R reservation The reservation function enables a host to declare that it has exclusive rights to use a particular LU and prevents other hosts from accessing that LU Access permission for an LU that has been reserved is given only to the host that issued the reservation so the LU cannot be accessed from multiple paths coming from multiple hosts simultaneously However because of this load balancing is not possible See also persistent reservation S SAN Storage Area Network A high speed network connecting hosts to and storage systems This network is independent of a LAN and is dedicated to data transfers A SAN provides faster access to storage systems and prevents the transfer of high volumes of data from deteriorating LAN performance SCSI device A SCSI disk device AIBIC DIE F I r z le U v8 n Glossary 6 Hitachi Dynamic Link M
501. ses and offline path statuses are explained below The online path status The online path statuses are as follows Online I Os can be issued normally Online E An error has occurred on the path but none of the other paths that access the same LU are in the Online status If none of the paths accessing a particular LU are in the Online status one of the paths is changed to the Online E status This ensures that the LU can be accessed through at least one path The E means error which indicates that an error has occurred on the path from some previous operation The offline path status The offline path statuses are as follows 2 20 Offline C The status in which I O cannot be issued because the offline operation was executed For details on the offline operation see offline Places Paths Offline on page 6 6 The C indicates the command attribute which indicates that the path was placed offline by using the command Offline E The status indicating that an I O could not be issued on a given path because an error occurred on the path The E means error _ Online Ss The paths to the primary volume P VOL in the HAM environment have recovered from an error but I O to the P VOL is suppressed Online D The paths to the primary volume P VOL in an HAM environment have recovered from an error but I O to the P VOL is suppressed If an error occurs in all the paths to
502. set lic operation while the license for an upgrade or re installation is being updated KAPLO1095 E An attempt to acquire the HDLM version information has failed details aa aa Details aa aa Code showing the reason for the error Action Re execute the command If the same error occurs again execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information acquire the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the company for which you have a service contract KAPLO1096 E An attempt to acquire the Service Pack version information has failed details aa aa Messages Details aa aa Code showing the reason for the error Action Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Re execute the command If the same error occurs again execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information acquire the error information and then contact your HDLM vendor or the company for which you have a service contract KAPLO1097 All the current trace files will be deleted Details w Is this OK y n If you set a value that is less than the current value of the trace file size or number of trace files all the current trace files will be deleted To continue the operation enter y To cancel the operation enter n Action If you want to execute the operation of the HDLM command enter y If you w
503. set the error log collection level to 1 or higher to collect log information Table 6 3 Values of the Error Logging Level Value Description Collects no error log Collects error information for the Error or higher level Collects error information for the Warning or higher level Collects error information for the Information or higher level Collects error information for the Information or higher level including maintenance information The higher the error log collection level value the more log information will be output As the amount of log information that is output increases the amount of time before existing information will be overwritten becomes shorter Example 6 20 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set ellv 1 KAPLO1049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name set y n y KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name set completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss elfs error log file size Specify a value from 100 to 2000000 KB for the size of the error log files dimmgrn log n indicates a file number from 1 to 16 The specified value is used for HDLM manager logs By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files you can collect up to 32 000 000KB approximately 30 GB of error logs in total When the size of all the log files in a log file group r
504. settings file is too long Error The length of a single line Code aa aa bb bb line cc cc g a of the definition exceeds 1023 characters aa aa Error number decimal number that specifies the executed processing bb bb Return value decimal number of the executed processing cc cc Line number decimal number of an installation information settings file Action Specify the revised installation information settings file and then retry the operation KAPLO9234 A folder or file specified by the installation Details W information settings file does not exist A folder or file specified by Name aa aa the installation information settings file does not exist aa aa Name of the folder or file that does not exist Action Specify the revised installation information settings file and then retry the operation KAPLO9235 The log file cannot be output to its Details E destination because the environment is The log file cannot be invalid Error Code aa aa g output in this environment because certain environment settings are invalid 8 78 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX betes Message Text Explanation aa aa Error number decimal number that specifies the executed processing Action If the error code is 1 The log file destination directory does not exist Prepare the directory and then retry the operation If
505. shkey 1 hdisk8 KAPL13163 I The dlmrmprshkey utility will now be executed Is this OK y n y KAPL13157 I The dlmrmprshkey utility completed successfully In the following example the utility displays Help usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmrmprshkey h Usage dlmrmprshkey 1 HDLM device name h installhdim Utility for Installing HDLM This utility is used to execute an unattended installation when a new installation upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM is being performed You can perform an unattended installation even when you are installing HDLM in a boot disk environment Before you perform an unattended installation you must define the information that is required during the installation in the installation information settings file For details about how to perform an unattended installation see Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM on page 3 65 Format directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted or copied HDLM_ AIX hdlmtool instutil installhdim f installation information settings file name h Parameters f installation information settings file name Defines the information needed for installing HDLM For details about the installation information settings file see Items To Be Defined in an installation information Settings File on page 7 32 h Displays the format of the installihdlm utility Items To Be Defined in an installation information Settings File The following d
506. si s is the same directory as installhdim Make sure that the utility you want to execute is in the correct location and that you have the required permissions If a utility is not in the correct location copy the required files to the correct location and then retry the operation If you do not have a required permission grant required permissions to yourself and then retry the operation KAPL09219 An internal error occurred in the Details E installhdim_analysis Error Code An internal error occurred aa aa bb bb in the installhdlm analysis aa aa Error number decimal number that specifies the executed processing bb bb Return value decimal number of the executed processing Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a 8 74 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation maintenance contract for HDLM KAPLO9220 The composition of the installation Details W information settings file is invalid Error In the installation Code aa aa bb bb information settings file the length of a single line exceeds 1 023 characters or the first non whitespace non comment line that appears is not INSTALLATION SETTINGS aa aa Error number decimal number that specifies the executed processing bb bb Return value decimal number of the executed processing Action Specif
507. sk name a reserve policy reserve policy no reserve N A TRUE Settings for Using GPFS To use GPFS or GPFS RVSD carry out the following procedure before starting GPFS or GPFS RVSD 1 To use GPFS RVSD add the following lines to the last line in the etc vsd oemdisktypes lst file o When a XP series is used disk fcp HP fscsi disk fcp o When a Thunder 9500V series Lightning 9900V series excluding XP series Hitachi USP series excluding XP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series excluding XP20000 and XP24000 Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series HUS100 series or HUS VM is used disk fcp Hitachi fscsi disk fcp When GPFS or GPFS RVSD is used in the dimodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM set the LUN RESET option to on usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset r on Creating an HDLM Environment 3 93 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Settings for Using Oracle RAC 10g or Oracle RAC 11g Settings for MISSCOUNT and DISKTIMEOUT 3 94 When a host and an Oracle RAC voting disk are connected by multiple paths HDLM performs failover processing for those paths in the same way as for normal paths when an I O timeout occurs for one of the paths Note that depending on the settings of Oracle RAC Oracle RAC might determine that a node error has occurred before the failover processing performed by HDLM is completed and then re conf
508. specific sections and Preface xvii Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX paragraphs whenever possible All comments become the property of Hitachi Data Systems Corporation Thank you xviii Preface Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Overview of HDLM HDLM is a software package that manages paths between a host and a storage system HDLM is designed to distribute loads across multiple paths and will switch a given load to another path if there is a failure in the path that is currently being used thus improving system reliability This chapter gives an overview of HDLM and describes its features O What is HDLM O HDLM Features Overview of HDLM 1 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX What is HDLM The widespread use of data warehousing and increasing use of multimedia data have increased the need for high speed processing of large volumes of data on networks To satisfy this need networks dedicated to data transfer such as a SAN are now being used to provide access to storage systems The HDLM software manages access paths to storage systems HDLM uses MPIO functionality supported by AIX 5L V5 2 or later HDLM as an extended module of MPIO provides functionality for distributing the load across paths and switching to another path if there is a failure in a path being used thus improving system availability and reliability The figure below shows the connections between h
509. specified file or directory does not exist in the file for defining the where information is to be collected aa aa Line number of the file for defining which information to be collected Messages 8 89 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX ssi Message Text Explanation decimal base 10 number bb bb Indicated contents of a line Action After the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information terminates check the contents of the file for defining which information to be collected This file is shown in the message If the contents of the file are incorrect correct them and then try to collect error information again The DLMgetras utility will ignore the specified file or directory and continue processing For details on the DLMgetras utility see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7 5 KAPL10013 You lack read permission for the specified Details W file Line aa aa Value bb bb You lack read permission for the specified file in the file for defining information to be collected aa aa Line number of the file for defining information to be collected decimal number bb bb Indicated contents in a line Action After the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information terminates check the contents of the file for defining the information to be collected This file is shown in the message If the
510. ssary to restart the host and then re specify the path that goes through the replaced HBA as a path to the boot disk as shown in the procedure below To re specify a device called hdisk10 on the storage system as a boot disk a Execute the following command to restart the host shutdown Fr Make sure that the boot disk is in a multi path configuration lspath 1 hdisk10 s available Available hdisk10 fscsi0 Available hdisk10 fscsil Check the current boot disk list bootlist m normal o hdisk10 blv hd5 hdiskO blv hd5 hdiskl blv hd5 Specify boot disks that are suitable for your host environment bootlist m normal hdisk10 hdiskO hdiskl Make sure that the number of configured boot disks is the same as the number of paths that you checked in step 2 bootlist m normal o hdisk10 blv hd5 hdisk10 blv hd5 hdisk0O blv hd5 hdiskl blv hd5 HDLM Operation 4 27 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Replacing a Fiber Cable 4 28 If there are multiple active paths for an LU you can replace a desired cable while running your applications by placing offline only the path that goes through the cable to be replaced and using other paths to continue access Note The following procedure is only for replacing a fiber cable To replace a fiber cable Execute the dimodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM to c
511. st device Glossary 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX host LU number A number assigned to a host LU The host LU number is part of a path name See also host LU path name I intermittent error An error that occurs irregularly due to for example a loose cable connection L LDEV Logical Device A combination of the storage system s product name serial number and an internal LU HDLM uses this value to identify a particular LU load balancing A function for distributing the load across all the paths that are accessing the logical areas within an LU To distribute the load load balancing uses multiple paths to perform I O operations HDLM uses the following six algorithms for load balancing The Round Robin algorithm The Extended Round Robin algorithm The Least I Os algorithm The Extended Least I Os algorithm The Least Blocks algorithm The Extended Least Blocks algorithm logical device file dev hdiskn and dev rhdiskn A logical device of this term is not an LDEV The logical device file name can be changed by using the rendev command LU Logical Unit A logical unit that is a logical volume defined in the storage system and with which the host can perform input or output operations See also host LU node A server in a cluster non owner controller A controller other than an owner control
512. statuses are BROKEN remove and then re install HDLM Unmount the DVD ROM umount cdrom Delete the created mount directory rm r cdrom If a single path configuration is used connect cables to all HBAs to change the configuration to a multi path configuration Note that regardless of the configuration do not execute the cfgmgr command Execute the following command to restart the host shutdown Fr Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Make sure that the boot disk is in a multi path configuration lspath 1 hdisk10 s available Available hdisk10 fscsi0 Available hdisk10 fscsil The following procedure assumes that hdisk10 is recognized as a boot disk Check the current boot disk list bootlist m normal o hdisk10 blv hd5 hdiskO blv hd5 hdiskl blv hd5 Specify boot disks that are suitable for your host environment bootlist m normal hdisk10 hdiskO hdiskl Make sure that the number of configured boot disks is the same as the number of paths that you checked in step 15 bootlist m normal o hdisk10 blv hd5 hdisk10 blv hd5 hdiskO blv hd5 hdiskl blv hd5 If the hosts and storage systems are connected by a Fibre Channel switch perform steps 19 to 23 If the hosts and storage systems are not connected by a Fibre Channel switch go to step 24 Finish defining th
513. stination path e For HUS VM indicated by a hexadecimal number The first two characters of iLU are the CU number and the last two characters are the internal LU number within the CU For Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform indicated by a hexadecimal number The first two characters of iLU are the number of the logical DKC Disk Controller the middle two numbers are the CU number and the last two characters are the internal LU number within the CU Command Reference 6 63 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Displayed item No summary Summary Description displayed displayed When a virtual ID is not used a hyphen is displayed Physical When a path is migrated using a virtual ID displays ChaPort port number of the CHA that is connected by the migration destination path When a virtual ID is not used a hyphen is displayed Total number of the paths recognized by HDLM for the LU to be displayed OnlinePaths Number of available paths in the displayed paths indicated by a decimal number When the value of Paths equals the value of OnlinePaths all paths are online If the value of OnlinePaths is less than that of Paths some paths are offline In this case you should check the offline paths and take appropriate action for any paths that have an error status Legend Not displayed 1 This information is displayed when one of the following conditions exist The u
514. store utility is executed in a local boot disk environment the devices are reconfigured when the utility is executed in a boot disk environment the host is restarted e Before you execute the dlimpostrestore utility stop all application processes that access HDLM managed devices e Before you execute the dlmpostrestore utility make sure that no path errors are occurring If a path error occurs release of a reservation may fail dimpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation The persistent reservation of a logical unit LU may not be canceled due to some reason when multiple hosts share a volume group rather than making Utility Reference 7 25 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX up a cluster configuration In this case this utility clears the Reservation Key to cancel the persistent reservation Format usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpr k c hdisk name _ hdisk name a h Parameters k Specify this parameter to display the Reservation Key The following explains the items displayed when the k parameter is specified Reservation Key An asterisk is displayed at the end of the Reservation Key for a Reservation Key of another host If the Reservation Key is not set 0x0000000000000000 is displayed Regist Key The registered Keys are displayed Key Count The number of registered Keys is displayed Specify this parameter to clear the Reservation Key Note e Do not
515. sures access to the LU For details on the offline operation see offline Places Paths Offline on page 6 6 If an error occurs in the last available online path for each LU the status of the path is changed to Online E If you are using automatic failback when the path recovers from an error HDLM automatically places the path online When you are using intermittent error monitoring the path in which the intermittent error occurred is not automatically placed online when the path recovers from the error In such a case place the path online manually Note If there is a path failure immediately after a path is taken offline by using either the an HDLM command the status might change from Offline C to Offline E If an offline operation was just performed wait about 2 minutes check the path status by using an HDLM command and then make sure that the status has changed to Offline C If it is still Offline E retry the offline operation Monitoring intermittent errors functionality when automatic failback is used An intermittent error refers to an error that occurs irregularly because of something like a loose cable In such a case I O performance might decrease while an automatic failback is being performed to repair an intermittent error This is because the automatic failback operation is being performed repeatedly because the intermittent error keeps occurring To prevent this from happening HDLM can auto
516. t 3 60 installing HDLM in a PowerHA 7 1 environment 3 62 productID 6 49 6 51 Product ID displayed by the view path operation 6 53 program error taking actions for program information obtaining 5 6 1 3 2 29 6 22 Glossary 5 5 6 5 7 R re installation 3 13 registering HDLM script for PowerHA 3 91 removal HDLM 3 97 removing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib 3 105 Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 3 104 replacing fiber cable 4 28 Fibre Channel switch 4 29 HBA 4 23 reservation Glossary 6 reservation policy 3 90 setting 3 92 RVSD 3 93 S SAN 2 4 SAN Storage Area Network script for VCS registering 3 96 Glossary 6 SCSI device Glossary 6 serial number 6 49 6 51 set 6 17 setting reservation policy 3 92 settings for using GPFS 3 93 PowerHA 3 91 VCS 3 96 setup cluster software 3 25 HDLM 3 73 integrated traces 3 83 slot number 2 17 Glossary 7 SLPR Storage Logical Partition starting HDLM manager 4 14 statistics 6 3 clearing to the initial value 6 3 status transitions 2 22 status transitions P VOL in HAM environment 2 23 stopping HDLM manager 4 14 storage system 1 2 switching kernel mode 3 24 switching destination path priority of 2 16 Glossary 7 Index 5 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX syslog 2 33 v system configuration 2 3 vendor ID 6 49 6 51 Li w Warning 2 33 what is HDLM 1 2 working environment view view opera
517. t on systems running multiple instances of HDLM For large scale system configurations using many hosts running HDLM the operational load for managing paths on individual hosts increases with the size of the configuration By linking HDLM and Global Link Manager you can centrally manage path information for multiple instances of HDLM and reduce operational load In addition you can switch the operational status of paths to perform system wide load balancing and centrally manage the system by collecting HDLM failure information in Global Link Manager Global Link Manager collects and centrally manages information about paths from instances of HDLM installed on multiple hosts Even if multiple users manage these hosts they can control and view this centralized information from client computers HDLM Functions 2 43 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX The following figure is an example of a system configuration using HDLM and Global Link Manager i EA SNMP transfer H SMTP server ul destination server amp E E El E x Q p Global Link Manager server Global Link SSS Manager Global Link clients Manager x a ital a a x een eee eS eee Seat i 1 al Storage Pip Pip Haga system g inte Legend Path Figure 2 15 Example System Configuration Using HDLM and Global Link Manager Cluster support HDLM can also be used in cluster configurations HDLM supports the cluster software listed below e GPF
518. t error monitoring is on intermittent error monitoring will be disabled Note however that if you use the view sys operation to display the HDLM functionality configuration Intermittent Error Monitor will be shown as on When the automatic failback function is returned to on intermittent error monitoring will once again be enabled The executable operations for the automatic failback function and intermittent error monitoring depend on the settings for those functions The table below shows the relationship between the settings and available operations for automatic failback and intermittent error monitoring Table 6 5 Relationship Between the Setting for the Automatic Failback Function and Intermittent Error Monitoring and the Executable Operations Available operation Result of operation Set AFB to on The operations of AFB and IEM do not change Change the AFB setting AFB is performed under the new settings 1 Set AFB to off e AFB and IEM are disabled e The error count elapsed monitoring time and information about paths not subject to automatic failback are cleared Set IEM to on When a path is being monitored during a period of conditional intermittent error monitoring the value of the error count and the elapsed monitoring time are reset to 0 and then intermittent error monitoring will restart When a path is not being monitored nothing changes 6 26 Command Reference Hitachi Dy
519. t error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur each setting is specified as follows o When the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur has not been specified before The intermittent error monitoring interval is set to 210 minutes and the number of times that the error is to occur is set to 3 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX o When the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur has been specified before The values specified from the last time are used When a value of 2 or more is specified for the number of times the following condition must be satisfied error monitoring interval gt checking interval for automatic failback x number of times error is to occur during intermittent error monitoring If this condition is not satisfied the KAPLO1080 W message will be output and an error will occur If this happens change any of the following settings the checking interval for automatic failback intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that the error is to occur When you set the number of times that the error is to occur to 1 the above condition does not need to be satisfied The following shows the sub parameters that should be specified the error monitoring interval and the number of times that the error is to occur intvl error moni
520. t parameter SLPR PathName ChaPort CLPR Type TO Count IO Errors DNum Physical Product Command Reference 6 55 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Item that can be added Subsequent parameter Physical SerialNumber Physical iLU Physical ChaPort Org Product Org SerialNumber Org iLU HaStat hastat All items are displayed all In the sub parameters hdev or pathid you can filter the LU information to be displayed If you omit both parameters the command displays the information about all the LUs recognized by HDLM For details on the contents of each displayed item see Table 6 17 Displayed LU Information on page 6 59 The sub parameters are hdev host device name Filters the information only for the paths accessing the specified host device Specify hdisk name for host device name The host device name string is case sensitive pathid AutoPATH_ID Use this parameter to display only the information about the LU that is connected to the path with that specified AutoPATH_ID t Omits the title for each information item Example 1 The following example shows how to add SLPR PathName ChaPort CLPR Type 10 Count I0 Errors DNum IEP and vc to the displayed items for LU information 6 56 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX ChaPort
521. tact your vendor or maintenance company Refer to the HDLM User s Guide for instructions how to execute the DLMgetras utility Messages Details Registration of the path corresponding to Disk aa aa physical volume hdisk decimal sequence number and Partition bb bb Partition decimal number failed in the core logic cc cc Error code hexadecimal number 8 47 Message ID Message Text Explanation dd dd Filter driver management table address hexadecimal number Action Check whether the HDLM driver has started normally If it has not started or contains an error contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM and report the error and detail code KAPLO5014 1 The device object aa aa was registered as the path bb bb Details The path bb bb Core logic path identifier of the device object aa aa Filter driver management table address was successfully registered into the core logic Action None KAPLO5018 W The FO processing in the path aa failed bb cc Check the connection status of the path x If there is no problem with the connection status execute the DLMgetras utility to collect error information and then contact your vendor or maintenance company Refer to the HDLM User s Guide for instructions how to execute the DLMgetras utility Details FO processing failed in the path aa a
522. tened and the checking interval time after the change has already elapsed during the current checking interval the path status check will start over This setting remains stored in the system even if you disable the function by changing the setting of automatic failbacks to off Therefore if you re enable automatic failbacks and do not change the interval path status checks will be executed at the interval already stored in the system iem on intvl error monitoring interval iemnum number of times error is to occur off Enables or disables intermittent error monitoring on Enabled off Disabled Intermittent error monitoring can be enabled only when automatic failback is set to on When you use automatic failback we recommend that you set intermittent error monitoring to on to prevent an intermittent error from reducing I O performance If on is specified be sure to also specify the intermittent error monitoring interval and the number of times that the error is to occur The system assumes that an intermittent error is occurring if the specified number of times that the error is to occur is reached during the monitoring interval A path that is assumed to have an intermittent error is excluded from automatic failbacks Intermittent error monitoring is performed on each path Intermittent error monitoring starts when a path is recovered from an error by performing an automatic failback If you omit the intermitten
523. ter and Versions Earlier than 6 0 The HDLM installation function provided by the dlimsetup utility for HDLM installation configuration support has been integrated into the installhdin utility for HDLM installation The way the HDLM version is displayed in execution results of HDLM commands or utilities has been changed In a new installation of HDLM the default value for the automatic failback function has been changed from off to on Functional Differences Between Versions of HDLM Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Differences Between HDLM Version 5 9 or Later and Version 5 8 1 or Earlier HDLM version 5 9 or later supports MPIO used by AIX 5L V5 2 or later which has improved compatibility with the OS The items explained in the following subsections represent the changes from HDLM version 5 8 1 or earlier m O Add in HDLM Driver Module Simplifying the HDLM Environment Configuration and Operation Procedures by Changes to the Logical Device Files Changing the HDLM Environment Configuration and Operation Procedures by Changes to the Logical Device Files Migrating Reservation Control Settings Support for a Boot Disk Environment About Settings when Upgrading the OS Changing a Virtual I O Server s Method of Recognizing Virtual SCSI Disks Differences Between HDLM Version 5 9 or Later and Version 5 8 1 or Earlier B 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Add in
524. ter has been specified Details w operation aa aa No parameter has been specified aa aa Specified operation character string Action Execute help of the dlmodmset utility to check the parameters that can be specified and then retry For details on the dlmodmset utility see KAPLO8001 to KAPLO9000 on page 8 55 KAPL10802 A parameter is invalid operation Details W aa aa parameter bb bb The specified parameter is invalid aa aa Specified operation character string bb bb invalid parameter character string Action Execute help of the dimodmset utility to check the parameters that can be specified and then retry For details on the dlmodmset utility see KAPLO8001 to KAPLO9000 on page 8 55 KAPL10804 An internal error occurred in the Details E dimodmset utility Error Code aa aa An error not caused by the Execute the DLMgetras utility to collect user has occurred in the error information and then contact your dlmodmset utility vendor or maintenance company Refer to Messages 8 109 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text the HDLM User s Guide for instructions how to execute the DLMgetras utility Explanation aa aa Error Code character string Action Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM For details on the dlmodmset utility see KAPLO8001
525. terconf fu When the OS used in a PowerHA 7 1 environment is AIX V6 1 TLO7 or later or AIX V7 1 TLO1 or later clctrl stop m node name 9 Perform a new installation upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM on the active host When performing a new installation of HDLM in a local boot disk environment Perform the procedure described in Stop Applications on page 3 36 of Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 36 When performing a new installation of HDLM in a boot disk environment Perform the procedure described in Perform Operations for HDLM Management Target Device on page 3 36 of Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 36 When performing an upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM in a local boot disk environment Perform the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment on page 3 37 of Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 When performing an upgrade installation or re installation of HDLM in a boot disk environment Perform the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment on page 3 44 of Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 10 Execute the following command on the active host 3 64 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 11 When th
526. tform series Hitachi AMS2000 series Hitachi SMS series HUS100 series or HUS VM is being used all paths that access the same LU are candidates for the switching destination path All other paths that run through the same physical path are switched Executing the online operation places the offline path online For details on the online operation see online Places Paths Online on page 6 11 After the path status is changed to online by executing the online operation HDLM selects the path to use in the same way as for automatic path switching When using the Thunder 9500V series or Hitachi AMS WMS series HDLM selects the path to use from online owner paths and then from online non owner paths When the Lightning 9900V series Hitachi USP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series Virtual Storage Platform series Hitachi AMS2000 series Hitachi SMS series HUS100 series or HUS VM is being used since all the paths are owner paths the path to use is not switched even if you change the path status to online by using the online operation HDLM Functions 2 19 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX This storage system applies when the dynamic I O path control function is disabled Path status transition Each of the online and offline statuses described in Performing Failovers and Failbacks Using Path Switching on page 2 14 is further subdivided into several statuses The path statuses the online path statu
527. th the smallest path priority number the order for selecting a unique path is smallest CHA port number second key and then smallest PATH ID value third key This sub section explains these keys Path priority number This number indicates the priority level set for each path Priority levels can be set from 1 to 255 The lower the number the higher the priority The default is 1 The priority level is set by using OS commands The following shows an example of the procedure for setting the path priority number a Execute a command that displays the path information for the LU lspath 1 hdisk4 F name parent path id connection path status status hdisk4 fscsi0 0 50060e8005271720 31000000000000 Available Enabled hdisk4 fscsil 1 50060e8005271730 31000000000000 Available Enabled hdisk4 fscsi2 2 50060e8005271740 31000000000000 Available Enabled hdisk4 fscsi3 3 50060e8005271750 31000000000000 Available Enabled b Execute a command that displays the information for the path whose path priority number you want to set lspath 1 hdisk4 p fscsi0 w 50060 8005271720 31000000000000 E scsi id 0x651400 SCSI ID False node name 0x50060e8005271720 FC Node Name Fals state Enabled N A True priority 1 N A True c Execute a command that changes the path priority number chpath 1 hdisk4 p fscsi0 w 50060e8005271720 31000000000000 a priority 5 path Changed
528. that are not set up or re execute installhdlm If HDLM before the upgrade or re installation still exists re execute installhdlm If the status of HDLM is not COMMITTED Perform remove or cleanup according to the displayed status If an remove or cleanup attempt fails contact either your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if an HDLM maintenance contract exists KAPL09238 The specified file is not a normal one Fail Details Ww DANG dagad A file other than a normal one for example a directory file or a special file is specified 8 80 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation aa aa Specified file name character string Action Specify the correct file and then retry the operation KAPLO9239 The system will now restart Details I The host will restart because restart was specified in the installation information settings file Action none KAPL09241 An attempt to install an HDLM component Details W failed Error Code aa aa An attempt to install an HDLM component failed aa aa Error number that identifies the executed processing Action If there is no need to access the Hitachi Command Suite products that use HDLM remote access interface no action is required Note that this requires no particular action because HDLM operation is not affected when linkage with Glob
529. that defines information to be collected the getras tar z file contains the information stored in the file that defines information to be collected The table below lists and describes the detailed information stored in the getras tar Z file This table shows the information collected with or without specifying the file for defining the information to be collected Table 7 2 Information Stored in the getras tar Z File Output directory Explanation Directly under the getras log DLMgetras utility log file directory to which collected information is output var dimmgr 1 16 log HDLM Manager log including the DynamicLinkManager log driver log Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Output directory Files Explanation imwebagent log Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component log files lminquiry 1 lminquiry 1 Inquiry log lmguiinst 1 Installation linkage script log used when linking with Hitachi Command Suite products other than HDLM hdlmtr 1 64 log Trace file dimconfig 1 2 log dlmconfig 1 2 txt HDLM configuration log dlmutil 1 2 log HDLM utility s log file installhdlm log Unattended installation execution log var DynamicLinkManager log mmap hdlmtr mm Trace management file dimutil mm HDLM utility s log trace management file opt hitachi HNT mmap hntr2mmap mm Memory mapped file HNTRLib2
530. the DLMgetras utility to collect error information and then contact your vendor or maintenance company Refer to the HDLM User s Guide for instructions aa aa error code how to execute the DLMgetras utility decimal number Action error not caused by a user occurred 8 96 Messages Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPL10526 I KAPL10527 I An attempt to unmount the file system has succeeded file system aa aa An attempt to inactivate the volume group has succeeded volume group aa aa Details aa aa file system succeeded character string Action None Details aa aa volume group succeeded character string Action None KAPL10528 I The volume group will be made inactive and the file system that is using HDLM will be unmounted Is this OK y n Details Notice unmount of the file system used by HDLM or inactivation of the volume group to prompt the users to make sure of the status Action Type in operation or type stop the operation y to continue the n to KAPL10529 I All hdisks to be deleted were deleted successfully Details All hdisks for deletion were successfully removed If the HDLM driver was configured the HDLM manager has successfully stopped and
531. the Offline E or Online E status because of an error but do not check the status of paths that were placed in the Offline C status by executing an offline operation For details on offline operations see offline Places Paths Offline on page 6 6 AutoPATH_ID An ID which HDLM assigns to a path when the system is started or when path configuration is performed Every path has a unique AutoPATH_ID See also path boot disk environment An environment in which the startup disk is in a storage system instead of in the host C CHA Channel Adapter An adapter for controlling the channels of a storage system Glossary 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX CLPR Cache Logical Partition A function supported by the Hitachi USP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series Virtual Storage Platform series Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series HUS100 series and HUS VM for logically splitting up a cache This function can splits up a cache into parity groups in the storage system so that other parity groups do not affect the cache performance cluster A system of connecting multiple hosts with the same OS or platform essentially an environment in which the same application can run and treating them as one system D Dev Device A logical division of an LU that HDLM controls and operates A Dev is equivalent to a logical volu
532. the queue on the disk can hold The range of specifiable values conforms to the applicable PdAt ODM rule for HTC_ODM or XP_ODM rw timeout Specifies the timeout value for a read or write operation The range of specifiable values conforms to the applicable PdAt ODM rule for HTC_ODM or XP_ODM u HTC XP Specifies the type of ODM whose default value you want to change HTC Specify this if you want to change the default value for HTC_ODM XP Specify this if you want to change the default value for XP_ODM If this parameter is omitted the change is applied to both HTC_ODM and XP_ODM 7 14 Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Performs automatic hdisk reconfiguration required to reflect the changed reservation policy If this parameter is omitted the hdisk reconfiguration needs to be performed manually Prevents the confirmation message from being displayed when the utility is executed Displays the current value set for the reservation policy Displays the format of the dimchpdattr utility Notes e Before you execute the dimchpdattr utility stop all application processes that access HDLM managed devices e Before you execute the dlmchpdattr utility make sure that no path errors are occurring If there are any errors the dlmchpdattr utility might end with an error e If you cancel the execution of the dlmchpdattr utility by pressing Ctrl C the KAPL10571 I message might be
533. the runtime version For AIX 5L V5 3 lslpp L x1lC aix50 rte For AIX V6 1 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX lslpp L xlC aix6l rte For AIX V7 1 lslpp L xlC aix6l rte e HTC_ODM 5 0 52 1 or later If you are using the following storage systems use HTC_ODM 5 0 52 1 or later o Hitachi AMS2000 AMS WMS SMS series o Hitachi USP series excluding the XP series o Lightning 9900V series excluding the XP series o Thunder 9500V series o Universal Storage Platform V VM series excluding XP20000 and XP24000 o Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform o HUS100 series o HUS VM Note When you install HTC_ODM in an HDLM environment where XP_ODM has already been installed install HTC_ODM and then re install HDLM e XP_ODM 5 0 52 1 or later If you are using the following storage systems use XP_ODM 5 0 52 1 or later o XP series o P9500 Note When you install XP_ODM in an HDLM environment where HTC_ODM has already been installed install XP_ODM and then re install HDLM e JDK required for linkage with Global Link Manager To link with Global Link Manager make sure that JDK package 1 4 2 32 bit version or later JDK package 5 0 32 bit version or later JDK package 6 0 32 bit version or later or JDK package 7 0 32 bit version or later is already installed on the host The JDK does not need to be installed if linkage with Global Link Manager is not used When HDLM is
534. ths OnlinePaths USP 0014050 10 OLS 2 hdiskC Z 2 0151 2 hdisk1 samplevg001 0152 12 hdisk2 samplevaq002 2 2 0153 12 hdisk3 2 2 015 12 hdisk4 a 2 2 C 2 hdisks 2 C 2 hdisk 6 f 2 0157 12 hdisk 2 2 Ol 12 hdi 2 2 O15 12 hdis 2 2 KAPLOLOOI I The HDL menand mo leted rmall rati lame view completi time y mm dd he me 4 Displayed LU information Table 6 17 Displayed LU Information on page 6 59 describes the displayed LU information The following explains the table headings e No summary displayed The user specifies the 1u parameter or lu item parameter e Summary displayed The user specifies the lu c parameter or lu c item parameter Table 6 17 Displayed LU Information Displayed item No summary displayed Product Summary displayed Description Model ID of the storage system Serial number Serial number of the storage system Command Reference 6 59 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Displayed item Description No summary Summary displayed displayed Total number of LUs managed by HDLM among the LUs in the storage system Dynamic I O The setting information about the dynamic I O path Path Control control function is displayed for each storage system on The dynamic I O path control function is enabled off The dynamic I O path control function is disabled The dynamic I O path control function is not supported If an LU
535. tic failover 2 14 automatic path switching 2 14 AutoPATH_ID 2 3 Glossary 1 B command devices 2 3 HDLM command dinkmgr base 10 6 48 add 6 68 boot disk environment Glossary 1 delete 6 70 buffer size 3 83 commands of HDLM dinkmgr changing the buffer size per monitoring interval clear 6 3 duration 3 86 help 6 4 bus number 6 52 offline 6 6 online 6 11 set 6 17 c view 6 33 CHA 2 4 components CHA Channel Adapter Glossary 1 HDLM system components 2 4 changing HDLM default settings 7 13 corelogic component 2 7 channel adapter 2 3 Critical 2 33 checking CS 8 3 error information in messages 5 2 clear 6 3 Index 1 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX D decimal number meaning 6 48 default and recommended values 6 18 delete 6 70 Dev 2 3 2 4 Glossary 2 Dev number Glossary 2 directory to which collected information is output 7 6 7 16 Displayed program information 6 35 displaying information 6 33 LU information 6 54 path information 6 33 6 42 path information by selecting a display item 6 33 program information 6 33 6 35 summary of path information 6 34 dimchpdattr 7 13 DLMgetras 5 6 5 7 dimgetras 7 5 dimgetrasinst 7 16 diminstcomp 7 19 dilmmigsts 7 20 dilmodmset 7 21 dimpostrestore 7 25 dimpr 7 25 dimpremkcd 7 28 dimpreremove 7 29 dimrmdev 7 30 dimrmprshkey 7 31 dinkmgr 6 1 DNum 5 3 dynamic I O path control 3 77 emulation type Glossary 2 Error 2 33 error information 2 32 2 34 checking in messa
536. ting Creating an HDLM Environment 3 83 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Table 3 18 Default and Recommended Values for the Integrated Trace File Settings Recommended Default value value Integrated trace file size 256 KB 4096 KB Number of integrated trace files 4 8 Buffer size per Monitoring cycle 10 seconds 5 seconds monitoring f interval Buffer size per 64 KB 256 KB monitoring interval Number of Monitoring cycle 0 seconds 0 seconds messages to be output per Number of messages monitoring to be output interval If Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 is already installed the existing settings will be inherited If you change these settings keep in mind that programs other than HDLM also use them Notes on Using the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Note the following when using Hitachi Network Objectplaza trace library e If HNTRLib has already been installed when you install HDLM the settings in the trace library will not be inherited by HNTRLib2 HDLM uses the HNTRLib2 default settings e If HNTRLib2 has already been installed on a host when you install HDLM the settings in the trace library will be inherited e If a different Hitachi product is using HNTRLib2 when you attempt to remove HDLM HNTRLib2 will not be removed Displaying the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu To display the Hitachi Network Obje
537. tion 6 40 taking actions for hardware error 5 5 program error 5 6 5 7 target ID 6 52 trace file 2 32 trace file size 6 21 trace level values 6 21 types of collected logs 2 32 types of error information 2 32 U unattended installation installation information settings file 7 32 log file 7 42 upgrade installation 3 12 utilities dlmmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration 7 20 dimodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM 7 21 dimpostrestore Utility for HDLM Restoration Support 7 25 dimpr for clearing HDLM persistent reservation 7 25 dimpremkcd utility for preparing HDLM backup into external media 7 28 dimpreremove Utility for Executed Before Removing HDLM 7 29 dimrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers 7 30 dimrmprshkey utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation shared host methodology 7 31 installhdim Utility for Installing HDLM 7 32 installux sh Utility for HDLM Common Installer 7 43 overview of 7 3 Utility for HDLM Component Installation 7 19 utility 7 13 Utility for HDLM Component Installation 7 19 Index 6 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Hitachi Data Systems Corporate Headquarters 2845 Lafayette Street Santa Clara California 95050 2639 U S A www hds com Regional Contact Information Americas 1 408 970 1000 info hds com Europe Middle East and Africa 44 0 1753 618000 info eme
538. tion of HDLM on page 3 65 directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted or copied installux sh f installation information settings file name h Parameters Log file f installation information settings file name Defines the information needed for an unattended installation For details about installation information settings files see Items To Be Defined in an installation information Settings File on page 7 32 h Displays the format of the installux sh utility The installux sh utility outputs execution information to the log file var tmp hdlm_installux_sh log If the hdlm_installux_sh 1log log file already exists the utility appends execution information onto the end of the log file If the size of the log file is equal to or greater than 1 MB when the utility is executed the log file is renamed to hdlm_installux sh2 log and a new log file is created and named hdim_installux_sh log to which the execution information is output Note The hdlm_installux_sh log and hdlm_ installux_sh2 1log log files are not deleted when HDLM is removed Manually delete the log files if they are no longer required Utility Reference 7 43 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 7 44 Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Messages This chapter describes the format and meaning of the message IDs and also the terms used in the messages and message explanations For details on
539. tion of HDLM on an already created standby BOS go to step 5 2 Store the license key you prepared Create the var DLM directory and then in this directory create the license key file dlm lic_ key The following is an example of executing the command when the license key is 123456789ABCDEF mkdir var DLM echo 123456789ABCDEF gt var DLM dlm lic_key The dlm lic key file is automatically deleted after the upgrade installation of HDLM is completed normally Go to step 6 3 Store the license key file you prepared Store the license key file with the name of hdlm_ license in the var tmp directory The following is an example of executing the command var tmp hdlm_ license The hdlm_ license file is automatically deleted after the upgrade installation of HDLM is completed normally Go to step 6 4 Mount the file system of an already created standby BOS and then store the license key you prepared Create the bos_inst var DLM directory and then in this directory create the license key file dlm lic_ key Then unmount the file system of the standby BOS The following is an example of executing the command when the license key is 12345678 9ABCDEF multibos Xm mkdir bos_inst var DLM echo 123456789ABCDEF gt bos_inst var DLM dlm lic_ key multibos Xu The dim lic_ key file is automatically deleted after the upgrade installation of HDLM is completed normally Go to step 6 5 Mount the file system of an alrea
540. tion of HDLM version 5 9 or later Perform steps 4 to 9 of When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment on page 3 25 in Performing a New Installation of HDLM on page 3 25 Note that you do not have to perform steps 2 to 3 Execute the dimmigsts utility to restore the HDLM environment settings information and the HDLM execution environment ODM settings that you saved in step 14 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 cdrom HDIM AIX hdlmtool dlmmigsts r odm tmp any desired directory odm environment settings file name set tmp any desired directory set environment settings file name For details about the dimmigsts utility see d mmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration on page 7 20 Execute the following command to reconfigure the device cfgmgr Make sure that the HDLM settings information has been properly inherited o Make sure that the HDLM environment settings information has been properly inherited Execute the following command and then compare the current HDLM environment settings information with the settings information saved in step 13 usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys o Make sure that the HDLM execution environment ODM settings information has been properly inherited Execute the following command and then compare the current HDLM execution environment ODM setti
541. tion on alternate disks When Installing HDLM on Alternate Disks on page 3 49 in Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re installation of HDLM on page 3 37 3 20 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX To use SMIT see the AIX documentation When Performing a Migration of HDLM Table 3 9 Combination of Available Migration Methods and Migration Environments on page 3 21 lists the combinations of available migration methods and target environments Table 3 10 Combinations of Migration Methods Available in an PowerHA Environment and the Migration Environments on page 3 22 lists the combinations of migration methods that are available in an PowerHA environment and the migration destinations Table 3 9 Combination of Available Migration Methods and Migration Environments Migration environment Virtual I O server Migration method Local boot disk environment Local boot disk Boot disk environment environment Boot disk environment installux sh or installp command SMIT Unattended installation Installation on alternate disks Installation in a multibos environment Legend Yes Can be executed No Cannot be executed N A Not applicable Only new installations upgrade installations and re installations are supported Creating an HDLM Environment 3 21 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Table 3 10 Combinations o
542. tion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss After you have set up the collection of audit log data use the following command to make sure that the setting has been specified correctly usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys audlog Audit Log gt on 6 Audit Log Category all Audit Log Facility locald KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Setting up Integrated Traces When HDLM is used the dlnkmgr command logs are output to the integrated trace information files of Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library HNTRLib2 var opt hitachi HNTRLib2 spool hntr2n 1log n indicates a file number If a lot of integrated trace information is output the older information might end up getting deleted in a very short amount of time Also if a large amount of integrated trace information is suddenly all output at the same time any integrated trace information that is overflowing the buffer might not be saved into the integrated trace files To save as much information as possible change the settings for Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library increasing the integrated trace file size and buffer size Note that if the values are too large it will place a heavy load on the system When determining these values be sure to consider these operational tradeoffs The following table lists the default values and recommended values for the integrated trace file set
543. tion with the rsv on parameter The target of the reservation level was every LU in an HDLM management target device However you can set the reservation policy specification on each LU if the AIX version is AIX 5L V5 2 or later The reservation control setting is specified by using the chdev command in HDLM version 5 9 or later Therefore the rsv on parameter for the set operation is no longer provided The following table lists the correspondence of the setting values between the reservation level and the reservation policy Table B 2 The correspondence of the setting values between the reservation level and reservation policy Reservation Level Reservation Policy Support for a Boot Disk Environment A storage system disk can now be used for the boot disk Accompanying this the dlmpreremove utility that is executed before removing HDLM has been provided The dlmpreremove utility excludes before you remove HDLM the hdisk recognized as a boot disk from being an HDLM management target device About Settings when Upgrading the OS Eliminating Settings when Upgrading the OS There is no required procedure in HDLM when the OS is upgraded Eliminating Settings when Changing the Kernel Mode In HDLM version 5 9 or later both 32 bit and 64 bit versions are installed When the 32 bit kernel is in use the 32 bit version of HDLM is used automatically and when the 64 bit kernel is in use the 64 bit HDLM is used automatically Because
544. tions If HDLM messages are output to the OS error log execute the following command Messages 8 83 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 8 84 Message ID Message Text Explanation usr bin errupdate q f usr DynamicLinkManager common dlmfdrv_err tem plate If the message is output after command execution is complete resolve the problem according to the message and then re execute the errupdate command KAPLO9504 E The language environments of HDLM and the Service Pack are different Details The Japanese Service Pack was applied to the English edition of HDLM or vice versa Action Acquire the Service Pack that has the same language as the installed HDLM and then try again KAPLO9601 E Cannot install in this system Install HDLM on a supported OS Details HDLM cannot be installed on this system Action Execute the installation in a supported OS KAPLO9602 E The installation will now stop because a file or directory is missing Confirm that the file or directory aa aa exists Details aa aa Name of the missing file or directory Action If an installation is performed from the DVD ROM confirm that the DVD ROM is not damaged If an installation is performed by using files copied from the DVD ROM re copy all of the DVD ROM files KAPLO9603 E The installation will now stop because a command or utilit
545. to KAPLO9000 on page 8 55 KAPL10805 I The setup of the HDLM execution environment ODM will be changed aa aa bb bb Is this OK y n Details We recommend that you report the setup of the HDLM execution environment ODM that you want to change to the user for confirmation aa aa Lun Reset Online E IO Block character string bb bb on off character string Action Enter y to execute setup or enter n to cancel KAPL10806 W The entered value is invalid Re enter y n Details A value other than y or n has been entered for a y n request Enter y n Action Enter y or n KAPL10807 E The entered value is invalid The operation stops Details An invalid response was sent three times consecutively to a request Action Re execute the dlmodmset utility KAPL10808 I KAPL10809 W 8 110 The user terminated the operation No operation has been specified Messages Details The utility has been terminated because n was sent to a request Action None Details Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation No operation has been specified Action Execute help of the dimodmset utility to check the operations that can be specified and then retry For details on the dlmodmset utility see KAPLO8001 to KAPLO9000 on page 8 55 KAPL10810 W An operation
546. toPATH_IDs are re assigned to each path of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr command Always make sure that you use the view operation to find the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path before executing the online operation Example The following example shows how to place online the paths connected to the CHA port oa In this example a path whose AutoPATH_ID is 000002 is connected to the target CHA port When the confirmation message is displayed the user enters y to continue or n to cancel the operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr online cha pathid 000002 KAPLO1057 I All the paths which pass the specified CHA port will be changed to the Online status Is this OK y n y KAPLO1061 I 2 path s were successfully placed Online 0 path s were not Operation name online chaid CHA port ID Use this parameter to place online at one time all paths that pass through a specific CHA port The command will place online all paths connected to the CHA port that has the specified CHA port ID To display the CHA port IDs execute the following view operation usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view cha For details about how to execute the view operation to display the CHA port IDs see To Display CHA Port Information on page 6 66 in Parameters on page 6 35 Example The following example shows how to place online all paths connected to the CHA port whose CHA port ID is 00001 usr DynamicLinkManag
547. toring interval Specify the monitoring interval for an intermittent error Use a value from 1 to 1440 minutes The default is 210 During intermittent error monitoring if changes are made to the intermittent error monitoring interval setting or the setting for the number of times that an error is to occur the error count and the elapsed time measured since monitoring has started are reset to 0 When intermittent error monitoring is not being performed if changes are made in the settings of the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of times that an error is to occur the new settings will take effect after the next time an automatic failback is successful Because the errors and elapsed time are not counted or measured while intermittent errors are not being monitored the those values will not change The monitoring interval specified in this parameter is stored even though specifying iem off disables intermittent error monitoring Therefore when you re enable intermittent error monitoring and a monitoring interval is not specified error monitoring will be performed by using the stored monitoring interval iemnum number of times error is to occur Specify the number of times the error is to occur Valid values are from 1 to 99 The default is 3 During intermittent error monitoring if you change the number of times that the error is to occur in order for the system to determine that an intermittent error has occurred t
548. tract for HDLM KAPLO9171 E An internal error occurred in the installation of the HDLM Error Code aa aa bb bb Details A system based error not caused by the user occurred during installation of HDLM processing aa aa The error number which specifies the performed processing decimal number bb bb Return value of the executed processing decimal number Action If the error code is 3 nnnn ODM is being used Wait a while and then try again If any other error code is output Contact your HDLM vendor or the maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM KAPLO9172 E Installation is not possible because an hdisk exists Messages Action 8 67 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation Delete the hdisk and then re execute the installation program KAPLO9179 Data for maintenance aa aa bb bb Details I aa aa Message output location information decimal base 10 number bb bb Detailed information character string Action None KAPLO09183 HDLM version aa aa is installed This Details I version will now be overwritten with aa aa Installed version version bb bb number of HDLM bb bb Version number of HDLM you attempted to install Action None KAPLO9187 No parameter is specified Details No installation information settings file has b
549. ttings information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys gt any file name Make sure that the license has not expired o Save the HDLM execution environment ODM settings usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmodmset o gt any file name Reconfigure the HDLM device To automatically perform processes required for the reconfiguration such as unmounting the file system and changing the volume group statuses go to step 3 To manually perform these processes go to step 4 Execute the utility for removing HDLM devices dimrmdev with the a parameter specified To inherit the existing hdisk configuration execute the dimrmdev utility with the e parameter specified If you execute the dlmrmdev utility without the e parameter specified the existing HDLM device is deleted Note that if you want to inherit the existing hdisk configuration when the installed HDLM version is earlier than 6 2 use the dlmrmdev utility included in the installation DVD ROM of the HDLM version to be installed When dimrmdev is executed a message is displayed asking you to continue processing Enter y to continue processing To inherit the existing hdisk configuration when the version of the installed HDLM is earlier than 6 2 directory in which the DVD ROM is mounted HDLM AIX hdlmtool dimrmdev e A KAPL10528 I The volume group will be made inactive and the file system that is using HDLM will be unmounted Is this OK y n y KAPL
550. tual I O server and boot disk environment execute the required steps among those listed below When Removing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment 3 98 1 Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions If you are using a virtual I O server see the virtual I O server documentation to log in to AIX If you are not using a virtual I O server proceed to step 9 2 Execute the following command to activate the volume group that is using the virtual SCSI disk of the HDLM management target hdisk varyonvg volume group name 3 Execute the following command for the file system used to configure volume groups in the client logical partition mount file system mount point 4 Execute the following command to back up the volume group in the client logical partition savevg i f any file name or device volume name volume group name 5 Execute the following command to unmount the file system in the client logical partition umount file system mount point 6 Execute the following command to delete the volume group in the client logical partition reducevg df volume group name hdisk name 7 Execute the following command to delete the virtual SCSI disk in the client logical partition xmdev dl hdisk name 8 Execute the following command to delete the virtual target device on the virtual I O server rmdev dev vtscsin 9 Stop all processes and services that use the HDLM management target paths
551. u to e Manage paths e Display error information e Set up the HDLM operating environment HDLM utility Provides the HDLM utility which enables you to e Collect error information e Change the default value of the hdisk attribute HDLM Functions Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Program name Functions Migration of HDLM Clear HDLM persistent reservation Exclude the hdisk recognized as a boot disk from being an HDLM management target Set ODM to define HDLM operations Delete hdisks according to the parameter settings Install HDLM The unattended installation of HDLM Install Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component Collect information about errors that occur during HDLM installation Perform maintenance when HDLM managed devices are restored HDLM manager Provides the HDLM manager which enables you to Configures the HDLM operating environment Request path health checks and automatic failbacks to be performed Collects error log data HDLM alert driver Reports the log information collected by the HDLM driver to the HDLM manager The driver name is dimadrv HDLM driver Controls HDLM functionality manages paths and detects errors This is an add in module of the AIX MPIO driver The HDLM driver consists of the following e Core logic component Controls the basic functionality of HDLM Filter component Sends and receives I O data HDLM configuration log Acquires operation l
552. ual Storage Platform User s Guide Document conventions This document uses the following typographic conventions convention ton Indicates text on a window other than the window title including menus menu options buttons fields and labels Example Click OK Indicates a variable which is a placeholder for actual text provided by the user or system Example copy source file target file Note Angled brackets lt gt are also used to indicate variables Monospace Indicates text that is displayed on screen or entered by the user Example pairdisplay g oradb lt gt angled Indicates a variable which is a placeholder for actual text provided by brackets the user or system Example pairdisplay g lt group gt Note Italic font is also used to indicate variables square Indicates optional values Example a b indicates that you can brackets choose a b or nothing braces Indicates required or expected values Example a b indicates that you must choose either a or b vertical bar Indicates that you have a choice between two or more options or arguments Examples a b indicates that you can choose a b or nothing a b indicates that you must choose either a or b underline Indicates the default value Example alb Conventions for storage capacity values Physical storage capacity values for example disk drive capacity are calculated based on
553. udit log data If you want to specify the output destination for audit log data first specify the audit log facility by using the dlinkmgr set audfac command Next define the output destination of the facility in the etc syslog conf file The table below lists the values for the audit log facility setting The default is User Table 3 17 Values Indicating Audit Log Facility This example shows how to specify the audit log facility usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr set audfac localo Checking the Updated Settings This chapter describes steps involved in how to check the updated settings by using the dinkmgr command s set operation after settings have been changed 3 82 Creating an HDLM Environment Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX When you change some settings you can display information about all of HDLM function settings The following is an example of executing the command Se Pie AEE pan ideaknge view sys sfunc HDIM Version i XX MOM Service Pack Version Load Balance on extended lio Support Cluster Elog Level 2 Elog File Size KB 1000 Number Of Elog Files 25 Trace Level 1 Trace File Size KB 2000 Number Of Trace Files 10 Path Health Checking on 10 Auto Failback on 10 Intermittent Error Monitor on 2 20 Dynamic I O Path Control off 10 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view comple
554. uide for AIX Displayed Item No Description summary Summary displayed AT Ee Offline C Offline status caused by a command operation Offline E Offline due to an error Online E Failure has occurred If none of the paths accessing one LU have an Online status one of those paths is changed to the Online E status Paths that are Offline E or Online E require corrective action The appropriate action can be determined by referring to What To Do for a Path Error on page 5 3 Attribute of the path e Own Owner path e Non Non owner path When connecting to the Lightning 9900V series Hitachi USP series Universal Storage Platform V VM series Virtual Storage Platform series Hitachi AMS2000 series 2 Hitachi SMS series 2 HUS100 series 2 or HUS VM all paths are owner paths Total I O count for the path indicated by a decimal number The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 1 4294967295 If the total I O count reaches the maximum value it will re start from 0 To reset the Io Count value to 0 execute the dinkmgr command s clear operation Executing the clear operation also resets the number of I O errors 10 Errors to 0 For details about the clear operation see clear Returns the Path Statistics to the Initial Value on page 6 3 Total I O error count for the path indicated by a decimal number The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 1 429496729
555. und Robin These types of algorithms are most effective when a lot of discontinuous non sequential I Os are issued Least I Os Least Blocks Extended Round If there is a read request for I O data that is sequential with Robin the data of the I O that was issued immediately beforehand Extended Least I Os improvement in reading speed can be expected due to the storage system cache functionality These types of Extended Least algorithms are most effective when many continuous I Os Blocks are issued the I O data is sequential Some I O operations managed by HDLM can be distributed across all paths and some cannot Thus you should be aware that even if you specify the Round Robin algorithm I O operations cannot always be allocated uniformly across all paths By default the Extended Least I Os algorithm is set when HDLM is first installed When an upgrade installation of HDLM is performed the existing setting is inherited Select the load balancing algorithm most suitable for the data access patterns in your system environment If there are no recognizable data access patterns we recommend applying the Extended Least I Os algorithm You can specify the load balancing function by the dinkmgr command s set operation For details on the set operation see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 HDLM Functions 2 13 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Performing Failovers and Failbacks Using Path
556. use the c parameter during normal operation If you set the reservation policy to PR_shared the reservation for all nodes that use the corresponding hdisk is cleared so hosts that did not share the reservation can now access the hdisk This might lead to data corruption To clear only the reservation from an execution node use dilmrmprshkey Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation Shared Host Methodology on page 7 31 If you set the reservation policy to PR_ exclusive data might become corrupted because another host can now access the specified hdisk e When the hdisk name parameter is omitted the Reservation Key for the hdisks that makes up rootvg will not be cleared In this case the KAPL10670 I message is displayed in the execution result hdisk name Specify the hdisk for which you want to display or clear the Reservation Key You can specify more than one volume If you omit this parameter the utility assumes all hdisks 7 26 Utility Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX When multiple hdisks are specified even if an error occurs during processing the processing continues for all hdisks h Displays the format of the dimpr utility Note o If reservation policy for the device that is managed by HDLM is set to PR_shared the Key shown for self Reservation Key might not match the Key that is actually being used To check which Key is actually being used use the 1sattr command The foll
557. used Stop PowerHA on the active host Specify takeover as the shutdown mode Migrate HDLM on the active host To do so perform steps 10 to 26 in Migrating from HDLM Version 5 8 1 or Earlier to Version 5 9 or Later on page 3 56 on the active host Start PowerHA on the active host When PowerHA starts a warning message may be output stating that the custom disk method file usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dlm hacmp gdisk check does not exist This message can be ignored because it does not affect any operations The following is an example of such a message WARNING Custom disk method ghostdisks s file usr DynamicLinkManager cluster dlm_ hacmp gdisk check does not exist or is not executable on node xxx Name of the node being used If this warning message is output proceed to step 9 If it is not output proceed to step 12 While PowerHA is running delete the custom disk method defined in 5 8 1 or earlier or in 5 9 or later Add an HDLM custom disk method Synchronize the cluster resources Delete the custom disk method To do so perform the procedure described in Canceling Cluster Software PowerHA Settings on page 3 106 on the active host Configure a custom disk method To do so perform the procedure described in Registering the HDLM Script for PowerHA on page 3 91 on the active host If you deleted the disk heartbeat settings in step 2 re configure the disk heartbeats For details see the PowerHA docu
558. usetimes Times Same Path Was Used 20 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Example 8 The following example shows how to display the number of times the same path can be used for extended load balancing usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys expathusetimes Times Same ExPath Was Used z 100 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss To Display Path Information 6 42 When displaying path information if you specify either the item or c parameter and also specify the path parameter you can select the items to display and display a summary of path information This section describes each parameter path information and displayed items Parameters to display path information path When you specify the path parameter and do not specify either the c or item parameter the information will be displayed about the HDLM managed paths without abbreviating or selecting items In the sub parameters following path you can filter the paths to be listed using hdev and sort the list using srt When you omit both parameters the command displays information for all the paths in order of increasing AutoPATH_IDs For details on what is displayed in each item see Table 6 12 Displayed Path Information on page 6 48 AutoPATH_IDs displayed by the path parameter depend on th
559. utility that the user executed KAPL15081 E An attempt to display the information about the HDLM default configuration ODM has failed Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Name of the utility that the user executed KAPL15082 I The information about the HDLM default configuration ODM was changed successfully Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Name of the utility that the user executed KAPL15083 E An attempt to change the information about the HDLM default configuration ODM has failed Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Name of the utility that the user executed KAPL15084 I dimgetrasinst was invoked Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Name of the utility that the user executed KAPL15085 I dimgetrasinst successfully executed Command Line aa aa Details aa aa Name of the utility that the user executed KAPL15088 I Addition processing completed successfully Command line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15089 E Addition processing ended abnormally Command line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15090 I Deletion processing completed successfully Command line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed KAPL15091 E Deletion processing ended abnormally Command line aa aa Details aa aa Command that the user executed
560. uts iioun aaa a a E E 7 31 FOMA oiana aaa aaa E Aa E E A AG 7 31 Paramete Siiani anana aaa a A A E EA 7 31 installhdlm Utility for Installing AID visccdec cece eccsvedecereteesssvessesd chseddetesbncesduasectiadadss 7 32 EOIN A AYEI eases E E E tee TE A medica A E E oe Ascent ectnececetert tease 7 32 Pl AIM ONS icio nisi aiaiai paaa anaa deai ala radore a d aE RENER EA 7 32 Items To Be Defined in an installation information Settings File 7 32 POS MUN ae oo EE E E E E A 7 42 installux sh Utility for HDLM Common Installer sssssssssssssrsrresrrsrrsrrnsrnerrnrrnrrsrrrenes 7 43 EOLIE A E E A E EE tantedetendaaateecexdes 7 43 ParaMEtEl S ciiasivastesainrcirsainsiceasiedaiinnsincaaticsineaiseginaceasusesinnstaiossinacenseadanasersisbbendadeatnncinases 7 43 LOG MGs EE A E E 7 43 8 MESSAGES enara anaana aa A AR A E aana anaa 8 1 Before Viewing the List of Messages s ssssssessssssersnnersrnensrnnronsrsnresnensrsenennnnennnnn 8 3 Format and Meaning of Message IDS sssssssssrssrresrsrrerrnrrnrrnrrnnrrnrrnrrnnrerrennne 8 3 Terms Used in Messages and Message Explanations s cssssessseesseeenseeeneeees 8 3 Components that Output Messages to SySIOG c ssccsecesseecsseeeeesceeesseeeneesseees 8 3 KAPLO1001 to RAPLO 2000 Srsescecteheceutiensucdetteesaseaestnatausencluvexteccemsleswonecsinteeexteuuseccessies 8 4 KAPLO3001 t RAP OAD OO ccioucts cee sunccahendeeetbnnscdeneeioeatrewuvoenttonaneoerduendecechirskbeceatence
561. v cd0 logdir var tmp licensekeyfile var tmp hdlm_ license licensekey var DLM dlm lic_ key driver config y restart n DISK DEFAULT SETTINGS reserve policy PR_ exclusive ODM SETTINGS odm_ lun reset off Utility Reference 7 41 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Log file 7 42 odm_online e io block off odm npiv_option off odm_os_ error log off ENVIRONM ENT S ETTINGS load_balance on load balance _ type exlio load balance same path_use times 20 lbex_usetimes limit 100 error log level 3 error log _size 9900 error log number 2 trace level 0 trace file size 1000 trace file number 4 path health _check on path health check interval 30 auto failbac auto failbac intermittent _ intermittent intermittent k on k interval 60 error monitor off _error monitor interval 210 _error monitor number 3 dynamic io path control off dynamic _ io path control interval 10 Note o If a hash mark is placed at the beginning of a line in the installation information settings file that line is assumed to be a comment o If you do not want to specify a key enter a hash mark at the beginning of the line that defines that key A log file installhdim 1log is output after an unattended installation of HDLM The following explains the installhdim log file e installhdim log is created in the folder whose pat
562. view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss To display the operating environment of the audit log execute the HDLM command s view operation with the sys and audlog parameters specified The following example shows how to execute the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys audlog Audit Log 2 Off Audit Log Category n E Audit Log Facility 7 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command dompleted normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss For details on the displayed items and their descriptions see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Setting Up the Operating Environment 4 10 To set up the HDLM operating environment execute the dlnkmgr command s set operation This operation allows you to set up the following functions e Load balancing e Path health checking e Automatic failback e Intermittent error monitoring HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX e Dynamic I O path control e Error log collection level e Trace level e Error log file size e The number of error log files e Trace file size e The number of trace files e Audit log data collection e Audit log facility e Number of times the same path can be used for load balancing e Number of times the same path can be used for extended load balancing For details on how to set up each function see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 For example to set up
563. ween the commands for the utilities for operating HDLM volume groups and the standard AIX commands Table B 1 Commands of the utilities for operating HDLM volume groups and corresponding AIX commands Commands of the utilities for operating HDLM volume groups Corresponding AIX commands iImchvg chvg ilmexportvg exportvg lmextendvg extendvg lmimportvg importvg lmlistvgbackup listvgbackup lmlsvg lsvg lmmirrorvg mirrorvg lmmkvg mkvg imrecreatevg recreatevg lmreducevg reducevg lmreorgvg reorgvg lmrestorevgfiles restorevgfiles Differences Between HDLM Version 5 9 or Later and Version 5 8 1 or Earlier B 3 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Commands of the utilities for operating HDLM volume groups imrestvg Corresponding AIX commands restvg lmsavevg savevg lmsyncvg syncvg lmunmirrorvg unmirrorvg lmvaryoffvg varyoffvg lmvaryonvg varyonvg o dimcfgmgr utility for managing the HDLM configuration In HDLM version 5 9 or later the AIX cfgmgr command is used o dimchkdev utility for checking the HDLM device configuration o dlmHBAdel utility for changing the HDLM HBA Also the execution target of the dimrmdev utility for removing HDLM drivers has been changed from dimfdrv to hdisk Changing the HDLM Environment Configuration and Operation Procedures by Changes to the Logical Device Files Fo
564. xample shows how to execute the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu To change the status of paths to offline C execute the dinkmgr command s offline operation The paths to be placed offline can be specified by using an HBA port CHA port single path or host device For details on specifying paths see offline Places Paths Offline on page 6 6 For example if you want to place all the paths that pass through a specific HBA port offline execute the dlnkmgr command s offline operation with the hba parameter specified The following shows an example in which the command is executed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr offline hba 01 01 KAPLO1055 I All the paths which pass the specified CHA port will be changed to the Offline C status Is this OK y n y KAPLO1056 I If you are sure that there would be no problem when all the paths which pass the specified HBA are placed in the Offline C status enter y Otherwise enter n y n y KAPLO1061 I 3 path s were successfully placed Offline C 0 path s were not Operation name offline HDLM Operation 4 7 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 Check to see if the statuses of all the applicable paths have changed The following example shows how to execute the command usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view path Viewing LU Information This section explains how to display LU information by using an HDLM command To displa
565. xcccccccccccccccc Key Count 4 hdisk7 Reservation Key 0x reserve policy hdisk8 Reservation Key following 7 Utility Reference 7 27 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX reserve policy PR shared Regist Key Oxaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Key Coun Regist Key 0xdddddddddddddddd Key Coun hdisk9 Reservation Key following r reserve policy PR_exclusive Regist Key O0xdddddddddddddddd Key Count 2 hdisk1l0 Reservation Key Oxbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb reserve policy PR_shared Regist Key O0xdddddddddddddddd Key Count 2 KAPL10665 I The dlmpr utility completed Gi et 2 Execute the dimpr utility to clear the Reservation Keys for other hosts marked by an asterisk usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpr c hdisk4 hdisk5 3 The confirmation message appears Enter y to clear Otherwise enter n KAPL10641 I Reservation Key will now be cleared Is this OK y nj y KAPL10642 I Reservation Key of hdisk4 was cleared KAPL10642 I Reservation Key of hdisk5 was cleared In the following example the utility displays Help usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlmpr h Usage dlmpr k c hdisk name a h dimpremkcd Utility for Preparing for a System Backup When you use the mkcd mkdvd Or backupios command of your OS to back up the OS HDLM installation environment into CD ROMs or DVD ROMs you need to use the dlmpremkcd utility to prepare the OS bac
566. y j it it mkdir cdrom Creating an HDLM Environment 3 65 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 66 cdrom is the desired directory name Hereafter cdrom is used for purposes of explanation Mount the DVD ROM mount r v cdrfs dev cd0 cdrom The dev cd0 part depends on the system If you are using a copy of the installhdim utility that you have placed in a separate directory to install HDLM make sure you copy the necessary files from the cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool instutil directory The necessary files to be copied from the cdrom HDLM AIX hdlmtool instutil directory are shown below o installhdlm o installhdlm_ analysis o dimrmdev Also these files need to be copied to the same directory to which the installhdim utility is copied For a new installation proceed to step 7 If you are upgrading or re installing HDLM back up the HDLM settings If an upgrade installation or re installation fails AIX automatically removes HDLM and the HDLM settings are deleted Perform this step so that a copy of the HDLM settings is available in this case If an upgrade installation or re installation fails perform a new installation and then re execute setup to reflect the settings that have been backed up o Save the HDLM environment settings information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view sys gt any file name Make sure that the license has not expired o Save the HD
567. y the paths to be placed online by specifying an HBA port CHA port single path or host device Command Reference 6 11 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Format To Place Paths Online usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online path hba HBA adapter number bus number or adapter type adapter number hbaid HBA port ID cha pathid AutoPATH_ID chaid CHA port ID pathid AutoPATH_ID hdev host device name ospathid OS management path ID hapath lu pathid AutoPATH ID dfha lu pathid AutoPATH ID s To Display the Format of the Online Operation Parameters usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr online help To Place Paths Online 6 12 path Indicates that the target of the operation is a path managed by HDLM This parameter is optional because online is always used for paths so it is assumed Specify the paths to be placed online by using the hba hbaid cha chaid pathid or hdev parameter If you do not specify any of these parameters the command will place all the offline paths online If there is a path that cannot be placed online a message asks whether you would like to continue processing To ignore the offline path that cannot be placed online and to continue processing enter y To stop the processing enter n hba HBA adapter number bus number hba adapter type adapter number Use this parameter to place online at one time all the paths that pass thr
568. y LU information execute the dinkmgr command s view operation with the 1u parameter specified The following shows an example in which the command is executed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dinkmgr view lu Product USP SerialNumber 0014010 LUs 10 iLU HDevName OSPathID PathID Status 003A hdisk0O 00000 000000 Online 00001 000001 Online 003B hdiskl 00000 000002 Online 00001 000003 Online 003C hdisk2 00000 000004 Online 00001 000005 Online 003D hdisk3 00000 000006 Online 00001 000007 Online 003E hdisk4 00000 000008 Online 00001 000009 Online 003F hdisk5 00000 000010 Online 00001 000011 Online 0040 hdisk6 00000 000012 Online 00001 000013 Online 0041 hdisk7 00000 000014 Online 00001 000015 Online 0042 hdisk8 amp 00000 000016 Online 00001 000017 Online 0043 hdisk9 00000 000018 Online 00001 000019 Online KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss For details on the displayed items and their descriptions see view Displays Information on page 6 33 Displaying the Correspondences Between hdisks OS Management Path IDs and LDEVs This section explains the use of an HDLM command to display the correspondences between hdisks OS management path IDs and LDEVs You display this information by executing the HDLM command s view operation with the drv parameter specified For details on the view 4 8 HDLM Operation Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager
569. y Value ss a ca all Default Value all Facility Name user local0 local Default Value user Facility Number 1 16 23 Default Value 1 6 32 Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Number Of PathUseTimes 0 999999 Times Default Value 20 Number Of ExPathUseTimes 0 999999 Times Default Value 100 AutoPATH ID 000000 999999 Decimal Dpc Interval 1 1440 Minute Default Value 10 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss view Displays Information The view option displays HDLM program information path information LU information HBA port information CHA port information and the correspondences between hdisks OS management path IDs and LDEVSs Format To Display Program Information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view sys sfunc msrv adrv pdrv lic audlog lbpathusetimes expathusetimes t To Display Path Information To display path information usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path hdev host device name stname iem srt pn lu cp hbaportwwn E To display path information by selecting a display item usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view path item pn dn lu cp type ic ie dnu hd iep hbaportwwn vid ha hdev host device name stname srt pn lu cp t
570. y cannot be executed Confirm that the command or utility aa aa exists and that you have the proper permission Messages Details aa aa Name of the command or utility that cannot be executed Action When the output information is an HDLM utility Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Message ID Message Text Explanation If an installation is performed from the DVD ROM confirm that the DVD ROM is not damaged If an installation is performed by using files copied from the DVD ROM re copy all of the DVD ROM files After that confirm the permission of the HDLM utility that caused the error When the output information is an OS command o Confirm that the OS command exists and that you have the proper permission KAPLO9604 A system error occurred The installation Details E will now stop aa aa Command that command aa aa error code failed bb bb bb bb Return value Action Acquire the log var tmp hdilm_installux sh log and then contact your HDLM vendor or if you have a maintenance contract contact the maintenance company KAPL10001 to KAPL11000 a Message Text Explanation KAPL10001 No parameter has been specified Details y No directory to which the collected information will be output has been specified Action Check the parameters of the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information and then
571. y the revised installation information settings file and then retry the operation KAPLO9221 The definition of the installation Details W information settings file includes an unusable character Error Code aa aa bb bb line cc cc A character that cannot be used in a non comment line was used aa aa Error number decimal number that specifies the executed processing bb bb Return value decimal number of the executed processing cc cc Line number decimal number of an installation information settings file Action Specify the revised installation information settings file and then retry the operation KAPLO9227 The definition of the installation Details W information settings file includes an invalid key Error Code aa aa bb bb line cc CC A key that does not exist is included aa aa Error number decimal number that Messages 8 75 Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX ssi Message Text Explanation specifies the executed processing bb bb Return value decimal number of the executed processing cc cc Line number decimal number of an installation information settings file Action Specify the revised installation information settings file and then retry the operation KAPLO9228 The definition of the installation Details W information settings file includes an invalid key value Error Code aa aa bb bb line
572. yed usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu c Product S N LUs iLU HDevName Paths OnlinePaths USP 0014010 10 003A hdisk0O 2 2 003B hdiskl 2 2 003C hdisk2 2 2 003D hdisk3 2 2 003E hdisk4 2 2 003F hdisk5 2 2 0040 hdisk6 2 2 0041 hdisk7 2 2 0042 hdisks8 2 2 0043 hdisk9 2 2 KAPLO1001 I The HDLM command completed normally Operation name view completion time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss To display a summary of LU information by adding items to be displayed lu c item The items displayed when the item option is added to the lu c option options If no value is specified for the item parameter all the items that can be added are displayed See Table 6 17 Displayed LU Information on page 6 59 for the contents of each displayed item The following table lists the correspondence between the display items that can be added by using the item parameter and the parameter values that can be specified after the item parameter Command Reference Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX Table 6 16 Items That Can Be Added by Using the lu c item Parameter and Sub parameters Item that can be added Sub parameter All items The sub parameter is i Omits the title for each information item Example The following example describes how to add and display a summary of SLPR and VG r DynamicLinkManager bin dlnkmgr view lu c item Product S N LUs iLU SLPR HDevName VG Pa
573. ynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX 3 40 10 When an existing hdisk is successfully deleted the KAPL09012 I message is displayed If the KAPL09012 I message is not displayed make sure that no processes services file systems or volume groups are using any HDLM management target paths and then re execute the procedure of step 7 o Inheriting the existing hdisk configuration When the existing hdisk configuration is successfully inherited the KAPL10531 I message is displayed If the KAPL10531 I message is not displayed make sure that no processes services file systems or volume groups are using any HDLM management target paths and then re execute the procedure of step 7 Execute the following command and verify the status of the hdisks recognized as HDLM managed devices lsdev Cc disk o If you attempted to delete an existing hdisk by executing the dimrmdev utility verify that the hdisk has been deleted o If you attempted to inherit the existing hdisk configuration by executing the dimrmdev utility verify that the status of the hdisks recognized as HDLM managed devices is Defined hdiskO Available 1S 08 00 8 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdiskl Available 1S 08 00 9 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk2 Available 1S 08 00 10 0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive hdisk3 Defined 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre hdisk4 Defined 1H 08 02 Hitachi Disk Array Fibre If the license has expired prepare the license key
574. ynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr set lic KAPLO1049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name set y n y KAPLO1083 I There is no license key file File name var tmp hdlm_ license KAPLO1068 I Enter a license key 4x4KH KAPLO1071 I The permanent license was installed o When the license key file has been provided Store the license key file directly under the var tmp directory on a NIM client by using the hdlm_ license name var tmp hdlm_ license On the NIM client execute the set operation of the HDLM command while specifying the lic parameter usr DynamicLinkManager bin dlinkmgr set lic KAPLO1049 I Would you like to execute the operation Operation name set y n y KAPLO1071 I The permanent license was installed For details about license key types and the set operation see set Sets Up the Operating Environment on page 6 17 Log in to the NIM master as a user with root privileges On the NIM master execute the following nimadm command nimadm c NIM client name l1 NIM resource containing HDLM s NIM SPOT name d NIM client target disk Y For details about the nimadm command see the AIX documentation After restarting the NIM client from the alternate disk execute the following command on the NIM client to confirm that the package has been installed lslpp la DLManager mpio rte Creating an HDLM Environment 3 55 Hitachi
575. yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Even if cluster software is used the name of the cluster software is not displayed in Support Cluster However the cluster support function is operating normally From the execution result of the view operation check that the correct version of HDLM is installed If HDLM Version IS x x X xx the installed version of HDLM is correct X X X XX is the installed version of HDLM From the execution result of the view operation check that the programs are running properly If HDLM Manager HDLM Alert Driver and HDLM Driver are all Alive all programs are running correctly If you are not using a virtual I O server go to step 28 If you are using a virtual I O server define an hdisk as a virtual target device Execute the following command on the virtual I O server When creating the hdisk as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev hdisk name vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter name When creating the logical volume as a virtual target device mkvdev vdev logical volume nam vadapter virtual SCSI server adapter nam Execute the following command in the client logical partition to reconfigure the device cfgmgr Execute the following command in the client logical partition to confirm that the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk If the following message is displayed then the physical volume hdisk was recognized correctly lsdev Cc disk hdiskl Available Virtual SCSI Disk Driv

HP P9500 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents